تخطَّ إلى المحتوى
Nelum
قوانين زامبيا

Sixth National Development Plan 2011-2015

صدر في 2011-01 · النص بتاريخ 2026-10-01

القانون العام والإرشادات الرسمية منشورة بوصفها أبحاثاً. ليست مشورة قانونية أو ضريبية أو مالية.

البحث نفسه مكتوب بالإنجليزية. العناوين والوسوم مترجمة؛ أما النتائج والاقتباسات فغير مترجمة.

عن هذا القانون

اللغة
English
النوع
policy
المنظمة
Zambezi Watercourse Commission (ZAMCOM)
الدولة
زامبيا
الموضوعات
Agricultural and rural development, Environment, Food and nutrition, Fisheries and aquaculture
الكلمات المفتاحية
financial agricultural measures, agricultural development, agro-forestry, sustainable development, sustainable use, agricultural extension, investment, human rights, emissions, mining, climate change, risk assessment/management, tourism, aquaculture, subsidy/incentive, food security, nutrition, smallholders/peasants, gender, poverty
الفئات
metals-base, metals-precious, minerals-critical

أين تقرؤه

    لا يوجد رابط مصدر مسجل لهذا القانون.

النص

نص القانون نفسه، مادةً مادة، كما هو محفوظ. لكل مادة رابطها.

  1. Republic of Zambia SIXTH NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2011 – 2015 “SUSTAINED ECONOMIC GROWTH AND POVERTY REDUCTION” JANUARY 2011 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 i FOREWORD The Sixth National Development Plan (SNDP,) which covers the period 2011 – 2015, charts an ambitious path to transform the lives of Zambians. ThisPlan is the successor to the Fifth National Development Plan (FNDP), 2006 – 2010, the first in the series of medium-term plans aimed at making Zambia “a prosperous middle-income country by 2030”. The SNDP was developed through a consultative process and provides a comprehensive medium-term strategy for an all inclusive development agenda. It builds on the achievements and lessons learnt during the implementation of the FNDP. During the FNDP period, Zambia managed to achieve significant growth averaging 6.1 percent. Despite this achievement, the nation still faced a number of challenges particularlyin the areas of infrastructure, human development and effects of the global financial crisis. In this regard, the theme of the SNDP is “Sustained economic growth and poverty reduction”. This will be achieved through acceleratedinfrastructureand human development, enhanced economic growth and diversification,and promotion of rural development. Delivering development in the country requires concerted efforts and commitment of all stakeholders. I,therefore, urge all Zambians from all walks of life to be fully committed and participate in the development process of the country. I call upon the National Development Coordinating Committee (NDCC), Sector Advisory Groups (SAGs), Provincial Development Coordinating Committees (PDCCs), District Development Coordinating Committees (DDCCs), Area Development Committees (ADCs), Cooperating Partners, Civil Society Organizations, Faith-Based Organizations and the ordinary Zambians to be pillars in the implementation, supervision and monitoring of progress in the various sectors. I am convinced that through our joint effort during the next five years, we will be able to achieve the objectives of the SNDP. I have every confidence in Zambia‟s ability to implement this Plan efficiently and effectively. Rupiah Bwezani Banda PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF ZAMBIA Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 ii ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The development of this Plan has been accomplished with the involvement and participation of stakeholders. Let me acknowledge the guidance and technical support from a number of stakeholders, such as theSector Advisory Groups (SAGs),Cooperating Partners, Provincial Development Coordinating Committees (PDCCs) and District Development Coordinating Committees (DDCCs). I also wish to acknowledge the invaluable advice from their Royal Highnesses Traditional Leaders and my fellow Honourable Members of Parliament. Lastly, I wish to thank all the Experts and Consultants who, in many and varied ways, contributed to the formulation of this Plan. SitumbekoMusokotwane (Dr), MP MINISTER OF FINANCE AND NATIONAL PLANNING Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 iii TABLE OF CONTENTS FOREWORD ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ I ACKNOWLEDGEMENT ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... II FIGURES VII ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ............................................................................................................................................................................................ VIII 1. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... XII PART I ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1 ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTS ............................................................................................................................................................................... 1 2. MACROECONOMIC POLICIES AND STRUCTURAL REFORMS .................................................................................................................................... 2 3. CROSS-CUTTING ISSUES ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24 4. FINANCING ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 47 PART II .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 54 INFRASTRUCTURE .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 54 5. TRANSPORT ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 55 6. ENERGY .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 67 7. HOUSING ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 75 PART III .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 80 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 80 8. HEALTH .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 81 9. EDUCATION AND SKILLS DEVELOPMENT .................................................................................................................................................................. 91 10. WATER AND SANITATION ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 101 11. CHILD, YOUTH AND SPORTS DEVELOPMENT .......................................................................................................................................................... 110 PART IV ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 107 GROWTH SECTORS ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 107 12. AGRICULTURE, LIVESTOCK AND FISHERIES ........................................................................................................................................................... 108 13. MINING ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 120 14. TOURISM .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 126 15. MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 133 16. COMMERCE AND TRADE .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 140 PART V ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 146 SUPPORT SECTORS ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 146 17. SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION ............................................................................................................................................................ 147 18. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY ....................................................................................................................................... 153 19. NATURAL RESOURCES .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 158 20. LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND DECENTRALISATION .................................................................................................................................................. 168 21. SOCIAL PROTECTION ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 174 PART VI ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 179 REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 179 22. REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 180 PART VII ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 210 MONITORING AND EVALUATION INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT ............................................................................................................................ 210 23. IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT ............................................................................. 211 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 iv TABLES TABLE 1: MACROECONOMIC PERFORMANCE (2006-2009) ........................................................................................................................................ 3 TABLE 2: DOMESTIC REVENUE PERFORMANCE DURING THE FNDP AS PERCENTAGE OF GDP .................................................................................. 4 TABLE 3: NATIONAL KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ........................................................................................................................................... 13 TABLE 4: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ......................................................................................................................................... 20 TABLE 5: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX ........................................................................................................................................................................ 21 TABLE 6: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ............................................................................................................................................................. 23 TABLE 7: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ......................................................................................................................................... 25 TABLE 8: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX ........................................................................................................................................................................ 25 TABLE 9: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ............................................................................................................................................................. 26 TABLE 10: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) - GOVERNANCE ........................................................................................................... 27 TABLE 11: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ....................................................................................................................................... 29 TABLE 12: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ........................................................................................................................................................... 29 TABLE 13: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ....................................................................................................................................... 31 TABLE 14: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX ...................................................................................................................................................................... 31 TABLE 15: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ........................................................................................................................................................... 32 TABLE 16: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) - GENDER .................................................................................................................... 33 TABLE 17: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ....................................................................................................................................... 34 TABLE 18: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICTORS ............................................................................................................................................................. 35 TABLE 19: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ....................................................................................................................................... 36 TABLE 20: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING – DISABILITY AND DEVELOPMENT ................................................................................................... 37 TABLE 21: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ....................................................................................................................................... 38 TABLE 22: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX ...................................................................................................................................................................... 39 TABLE 23: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ........................................................................................................................................................... 41 TABLE 24 : SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................................ 42 TABLE 25: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ....................................................................................................................................... 43 TABLE 26: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX ...................................................................................................................................................................... 44 TABLE 27: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ........................................................................................................................................................... 45 TABLE 28: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – DISASTER RISK MANAGEMENT ................................................................................ 46 TABLE 29: PROJECTED REVENUES AND EXPENDITURES AS A SHARE OF GDP (%) .................................................................................................. 47 TABLE 30: ESTIMATES OF RESOURCES AVAILABLE FOR SNDP PROGRAMMES ....................................................................................................... 48 TABLE 31: ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES BY SECTORS (K‟ BILLION) ....................................................................................................................... 50 TABLE 32: PIPELINE PROJECTS UNDER PPP ............................................................................................................................................................. 52 TABLE 33: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES-ROADS, BRIDGES AND RAILWAYS ................................................................................. 59 TABLE 34: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES - MARITIME AND INLAND WATERWAYS ........................................................................ 59 TABLE 35: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES -AIR TRANSPORT ........................................................................................................... 60 TABLE 36: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX ...................................................................................................................................................................... 60 TABLE 37: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS - AIR TRANSPORT .............................................................................................................................. 62 TABLE 38: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) - ROADS AND BRIDGES* ............................................................................................. 63 TABLE 39: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) - RAILWAY TRANSPORT .............................................................................................. 63 TABLE 40: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) - AIR TRANSPORT ....................................................................................................... 64 TABLE 41: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION)–MARITIME AND INLAND WATER TRANSPORT ............................................................ 65 TABLE 42: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ....................................................................................................................................... 70 TABLE 43: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX ...................................................................................................................................................................... 71 TABLE 44: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ........................................................................................................................................................... 73 TABLE 45: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) - ENERGY .................................................................................................................... 74 TABLE 46: OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ........................................................................................................................................ 76 TABLE 47: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX ...................................................................................................................................................................... 77 TABLE 48: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ........................................................................................................................................................... 78 TABLE 49: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) - HOUSING .................................................................................................................. 79 TABLE 50: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ....................................................................................................................................... 85 TABLE 51:SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX ....................................................................................................................................................................... 87 TABLE 52: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ........................................................................................................................................................... 89 TABLE 53:SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) - HEALTH ..................................................................................................................... 90 TABLE 54: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ....................................................................................................................................... 94 TABLE 55: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX ...................................................................................................................................................................... 96 TABLE 56: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ........................................................................................................................................................... 98 TABLE 57: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – EDUCATION AND SKILLS DEVELOPMENT ............................................................... 100 TABLE 58: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES - WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT ......................................... 103 TABLE 59: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES - WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION ............................................................................. 104 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 v TABLE 60: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX - WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT ......................................................................... 105 TABLE 61: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX - WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION ............................................................................................................ 107 TABLE 62: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION ................................................................................................... 108 TABLE 63: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – WATER DEVELOPMENT .......................................................................................... 109 TABLE 64: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – WATER AND SANITATION ...................................................................................... 109 TABLE 65: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ..................................................................................................................................... 111 TABLE 66: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX .................................................................................................................................................................... 112 TABLE 67: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ......................................................................................................................................................... 113 TABLE 68: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – CHILD, YOUTH AND SPORTS DEVELOPMENT ......................................................... 114 TABLE 69: CROP PRODUCTION IN METRIC TONNES (2005-2010) .......................................................................................................................... 109 TABLE 70: LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION (2006-2009) ................................................................................................................................................. 110 TABLE 71: FISH PRODUCTION IN METRIC TONNES (2005-2009) ............................................................................................................................ 110 TABLE 72: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES - CROPS ........................................................................................................................ 112 TABLE 73: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES - LIVESTOCK AND FISHERIES ....................................................................................... 114 TABLE 74: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX .................................................................................................................................................................... 115 TABLE 75: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ......................................................................................................................................................... 118 TABLE 76: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION)- AGRICULTURE, LIVESTOCK AND FISHERIES ............................................................ 119 TABLE 77: EXPLORATION PROJECTS 2006-2010 .................................................................................................................................................... 121 TABLE 78: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ..................................................................................................................................... 122 TABLE 79: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX .................................................................................................................................................................... 123 TABLE 80: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ......................................................................................................................................................... 124 TABLE 81: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) - MINING ................................................................................................................... 125 TABLE 82: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES...................................................................................................................................... 128 TABLE 83:SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX ..................................................................................................................................................................... 130 TABLE 84: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ......................................................................................................................................................... 131 TABLE 85: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – TOURISM – ARTS AND CULTURE ............................................................................ 132 TABLE 86: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ..................................................................................................................................... 136 TABLE 87: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX .................................................................................................................................................................... 137 TABLE 88: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ......................................................................................................................................................... 138 TABLE 89: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) - MANUFACTURING ................................................................................................... 139 TABLE 90: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ..................................................................................................................................... 142 TABLE 91: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX .................................................................................................................................................................... 143 TABLE 92: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ......................................................................................................................................................... 144 TABLE 93: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – COMMERCE AND TRADE ........................................................................................ 145 TABLE 94: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ..................................................................................................................................... 149 TABLE 95: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX .................................................................................................................................................................... 149 TABLE 96: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ......................................................................................................................................................... 151 TABLE 97: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION ............................................................ 152 TABLE 98: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ..................................................................................................................................... 155 TABLE 99: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX .................................................................................................................................................................... 155 TABLE 100: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ....................................................................................................................................................... 156 TABLE 101: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY ........................................ 157 TABLE 102: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ................................................................................................................................... 159 TABLE 103: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX .................................................................................................................................................................. 161 TABLE 104: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATOR MATRIX........................................................................................................................................... 166 TABLE 105: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – NATURAL RESOURCE ........................................................................................... 167 TABLE 106: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ................................................................................................................................... 169 TABLE 107: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX .................................................................................................................................................................. 170 TABLE 108: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ....................................................................................................................................................... 171 TABLE 109: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND DECENTRALISATION ................................................. 173 TABLE 110: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ................................................................................................................................... 175 TABLE 111: SECTOR OUTPUT MATRIX .................................................................................................................................................................. 176 TABLE 112: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ....................................................................................................................................................... 177 TABLE 113: SECTOR BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) – SOCIAL PROTECTION ............................................................................................ 178 TABLE 114: RURAL ROADS - 2009 ......................................................................................................................................................................... 181 TABLE 115: 2005 AND 2010 CROP PRODUCTION FIGURES (IN METRIC TONNES) ................................................................................................... 182 TABLE 116: BASIC EDUCATION INFRASTRUCTURE DURING THE FNDP PERIOD 2006 - 2009 ................................................................................. 183 TABLE 117: HEALTH RELATED INFRASTRUCTURE CONSTRUCTED DURING THE FNDP PERIOD............................................................................. 183 TABLE 118: WATER PROGRAMMES BY PROVINCE ................................................................................................................................................. 184 TABLE 119: PROVINCIAL DEVELOPMENT INDEX (PDI) .......................................................................................................................................... 186 TABLE120: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ................................................................................................................................... 188 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 vi TABLE 121: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES .................................................................................................................................. 190 TABLE 122: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES .................................................................................................................................. 192 TABLE 123: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES .................................................................................................................................. 193 TABLE 124: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES .................................................................................................................................. 195 TABLE 125: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES ANDPROGRAMMES .................................................................................................................................... 197 TABLE 126: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ................................................................................................................................... 199 TABLE 127: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ................................................................................................................................... 201 TABLE 128: OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PROGRAMMES ................................................................................................................................... 203 TABLE 129: UNDER FIVE MORTALITY AND INFANT MORTALITY BASELINE (2007) .............................................................................................. 208 TABLE 130: REGIONAL BUDGET AND FINANCING (K‟ BILLION) ............................................................................................................................ 209 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 vii FIGURES FIGURE 1: PERFORMANCE CHAIN FRAMEWORK ...................................................................................................................................................... 12 FIGURE 2 : PAVED ROAD NETWORK CONDITION (TMD) ......................................................................................................................................... 56 FIGURE 3: UNPAVED TMD ROAD NETWORK CONDITION ........................................................................................................................................ 57 FIGURE 4: CONTRIBUTIONS OF MANUFACTURING SECTOR 2006-2009 .................................................................................................................. 133 FIGURE 5: PERCENTAGE GROWTH OF MANUFACTURING SECTOR (2005-2009) ..................................................................................................... 134 FIGURE 6: PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN SUB-SECTOR GROWTH TO THE CONTRIBUTION OF MANUFACTURING GDP (2005 – 2009) ........................... 134 FIGURE 7: TRADE FLOWS (2006-2009) .................................................................................................................................................................. 140 FIGURE 8: SHARE OF NON-TRADITIONAL EXPORTS TO TOTAL EXPORTS 2006-2009 ............................................................................................. 141 FIGURE 9: POVERTY AND INCOME- POVERTY LEVELS (2006) ................................................................................................................................ 205 FIGURE 10: HOUSEHOLD INCOME (2006) ............................................................................................................................................................... 206 FIGURE 11: EDUCATION - COMPLETION RATES (2006) .......................................................................................................................................... 206 FIGURE 12: ENROLMENT RATES BY PROVINCE (2006) ........................................................................................................................................... 207 FIGURE 13: HEALTH – UNDERWEIGHT PREVALENCE (2007) ................................................................................................................................. 208 FIGURE 14: INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT FOR PLANS IMPLEMENTATION ......................................................................................................... 212 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 viii ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ACC Anti-Corruption Commission ADCs Area Development Committees AIDS Acquired Immune-Deficiency Syndrome ABS Access Benefit Sharing APR Annual Progress Report APRM African Peer Review Mechanism ARV Anti-Retro Viral ART Anti-Retroviral Therapy BHCP Basic Health Care Package BO Budget Office CBPP Contagious Bovine Pleuro-Pneumonia CBC Community Based Care CBU Copperbelt University CCS Commitment Control System CCT Confidential Counselling and Testing CDF Constituency Development Fund CDM Clean Development Mechanisms CEC Copperbelt Electricity Cooperation CEDAW Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women CEEC Citizens Economic Empowerment Commission CFI Commission for Investigation COSETCO Copperbelt Secondary Teachers‟ College CPs Cooperating Partners CPD Continuous Professional Development CSO Central Statistical Office CSOs Civil Society Organisations CT Counselling and Testing CVRI Central Veterinary Research Institute DDCCs District Development Coordinating Committees DEC Drug Enforcement Commission DFZ Disease Free Zone DIP Decentralisation Implementation Plan DMMU Disaster Management and Mitigation Unit DoL Division of Labour DPP Director of Public Prosecution DPOs Disabled Persons Organisations DS Decentralisation Secretariat DTTM Digital Terrestrial Television Migration DWA Department of Water Affairs EAZ Economics Association of Zambia ECCDE Early Childhood Care, Development and Education ECF East Coast Fever ECZ Electoral Commission of Zambia ECZ Environmental Council of Zambia EER Environmental Emergency Response EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMoC Emergency Obstetric Care ENRMMP Environmental and Natural Resources Management, and Mainstreaming Programme EPAs Economic Partnership Agreements FANTA Food and Nutrition Technical Assistance FD Forestry Department FDI Foreign Direct Investment FIs Financial Institutions FMD Foot and Mouth Disease FNDP Fifth National Development Plan FTA Free Trade Area FTAs Free Trade Agreements FTCs Farmer Training Centres FTI Farmer Training Institute FSDP Financial Sector Development Programme GBV Gender Based Violence GDP Gross Domestic Product GHG Green House Gas GIDD Gender in Development Division GMA Game Management Area GMPs Game Management Plans GNI Gross National Income Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 ix GPI Gender Parity Index GRZ Government of the Republic of Zambia GS Governance Secretariat Ha Hectares HARID Home Affairs Research, Planning and Information Department HBC Home Based Care HCAZ Hotel and Catering Association of Zambia HFIAS Household Food Insecurity and Access Scale HIV Human Immune-Deficiency Virus HQ Headquarters HRC Human Rights Commission HTTIT Hotel and Tourism Training Institute Trust IAD Internal Audit Department ICT Information and Communications Technology IDPs Integrated Development Plans IFMIS Integrated Financial Management Information System IKS Indigenous Knowledge System ITCP Inter-Agency Technical Committee on Population IWRM-WEP Integrated Water Resources Management and Water Efficiency Plan JASZ Joint Assistance Strategy for Zambia KPIs Key Performance Indicators Kw Kilowatts K-Economy Knowledge and Innovation Economy LAs Local Authorities LCHs Low Capacity Households LCMS Living Conditions Monitoring Survey LDT Livestock Development Trust LSEN Learners with Special Education Needs MACO Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives M & E Monitoring and Evaluation MCDSS Ministry of Community Development and Social Security MCT Ministry of Communication and Transport MCTI Ministry of Commerce, Trade and Industry MDGs Millennium Development Goals MEWD Ministry of Energy and Water Development MFEZ Multi-Facility Economic Zone MHA Ministry of Home Affairs MIBS Ministry Of Information and Broadcasting Services MICE Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and Exhibitions MIS Management Information Systems MLFD Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries Development MLGH Ministry of Local Government and Housing MLSS Ministry of Labour and Social Security MMMD Ministry of Mines and Minerals Development MNCH Maternal New-born and Child Health MoESPs Ministry of Education Strategic Plans MOE Ministry of Education MoFNP Ministry of Finance and National Planning MoH Ministry of Health MoJ Ministry of Justice MPs Members of Parliament MPSAs Ministries, Provinces and other Spending Agencies MSc Master of Science MSME Micro, Small and Medium-scale Enterprises MSTVT Ministry of Science Technology and Vocational Training MSYCD Ministry of Sport, Youth and Child Development Mt Metric Tonnes MTCT Mother To Child Transmission MTEF Medium-Term Expenditure Framework MTENR Ministry of Tourism Environment and Natural Resources MNTE Maternal Neonatal Tetanus Elimination MTR Mid-Term Review MWS Ministry of Works and Supply NAC National AIDS Council NACP National Anti-Corruption Policy NBSAP National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan NDP National Development Plan NDP National Decentralisation Policy NDPs National Development Plans NDCC National Development Coordinating Committee Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 x NEAC National Economic Advisory Council NEPAD New Economic Partnership for African Development NER Net Enrolment Ratio NFNC National Food and Nutrition Commission NGOs Non–Governmental Organisations NGOCC Non-Governmental Organisation Coordinating Council NHA National Housing Authority NHCC National Heritage Conservation Commission NIFs National Implementation Frameworks NISIR National Institute for Scientific and Industrial Research NMB National Museum Board NPE National Policy on Environment NRDC Natural Resources Development College NRWSSP National Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Programme NTEs Non-Traditional Exports NTIMP National Transport Infrastructure Master Plan NUWSSP National Urban Water Supply and Sanitation Programme NWASCO National Water Supply and Sanitation Council OAG Office of the Auditor General ODA Official Development Assistance OSBP One Stop Border Post OVC Orphans and other Vulnerable Children OVP Office of the Vice President PDCCs Provincial Development Coordinating Committees PDI Provincial Development Index PEMFA Public Expenditure Management and Financial Accountability PFM Public Financial Management PhD Doctor of Philosophy PMTCT Prevention of Mother-To-Child Transmission PPPs Public Private Partnerships PS Prison Services PRSP Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper PSDRP Private Sector Development Reform Programme PSMD Public Service Management Division PSRP Public Service Reform Programme PTR Pupil Teacher Ratio PWAS Public Welfare Assistance Scheme PWDs Persons with Disabilities R & D Research and Development RDA Road Development Agency RDP Research Development Programme RDI Research, Development and Innovation REMP Rural Electrification Master Plan ROADSIP Road Sector Investment Programme RSZ Railway Systems of Zambia RWSS Rural Water Supply and Sanitation SADC Southern African Development Community SAGs Sector Advisory Groups SCCI Seed Control and Certification Institute SEED Support to Economic Expansion Diversification SGBV Sexual and Gender Based Violence SCTs Social Cash Transfers SNDP Sixth National Development Plan STI Science, Technology and Innovation STR Simplified Trade Regime SME‟s Small and Medium Scale Enterprises SWAPs Sector Wide Approach Programmes TADs Trans-boundary Animal Diseases TAZARA Tanzania-Zambia Railways Authority TB Tuberculosis TCZ Tourism Council of Zambia TDAU Technology Development Advisory Unit TDRC Tropical Diseases Research Centre TEVET Technical Education, Vocational and Entrepreneurship Training TMD Trunk, Main and District Roads TNDP Transitional National Development Plan TSA Treasury Single Account UNCRPD United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons With Disabilities UNZA University of Zambia UPP Uniform Petroleum Prices Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 xi UTH University Teaching Hospital UWSS Urban Water Supply and Sanitation VAT Value Added Tax VCT Voluntary Counselling and Testing VSU Victim Support Unit WMO World Maritime Organisation WRMD Water Resources Management and Development WSS Water Supply and Sanitation WHO World Health Organisation ZABS Zambia Bureau of Standards ZACSMBA Zambia Chambers of Small and Medium Business Association ZADP Zambia Association of Persons with Disabilities ZAMISE Zambia Institute of Special Education ZAPD Zambia Agency for Persons with Disabilities ZARI Zambia Agricultural Research Institute ZDA Zambia Development Agency ZDHS Zambia Demographic Health Survey ZAMISE Zambia Institute of Special Education ZAMTEL Zambia Telecommunications Company Limited ZAWA Zambia Wildlife Authority ZNS Zambia National Service ZP Zambia Police ZRA Zambia Revenue Authority ZRL Zambia Railways Limited Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 xii 1. INTRODUCTION The Sixth National Development Plan (SNDP) 2011–2015 is the successor to the Fifth National Development Plan (FNDP), aimed at actualising the aspirations of the Vision 2030 of becoming “a prosperous middle-income nation by 2030”. While the FNDP set the pace for improving economic infrastructure and investing in human development, the SNDP aims to build on the gains of the FNDP in the process of attaining the Vision 2030. During the FNDP period, the economy attained macroeconomic stability and continued economic growth averaging 6.1 percent while also achieving positive gains in infrastructure development. In the social sectors there was generally an improvement in the Maternal and Infant Mortality Rates and Education Enrolment Rates. Despite the gains, the reductions in unemployment and poverty levels were not significant. The theme of the SNDP is “Sustained economic growth and poverty reduction”. In line with this theme, the SNDP focuses on policies, strategies and programmes that will contribute significantly to addressing the challenges of realising broad-based pro-poor growth, employment creation and human development. Thus, the strategic focus of the SNDP is “infrastructure and human development”. The focus is guided by the principles of accountability, decentralization and efficient resource allocation. The objectives of the SNDP are to: accelerate infrastructure development; economic growth and diversification; promote rural investment and accelerate poverty reduction and enhance human development. While recognizing the importance of balanced growth in all sectors of the economy, the SNDP priority growth sectors are Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries, Mining, Tourism, Manufacturing and Commerce and Trade. During the SNDP period, investment in rural areas will be an important factor in increasing employment and reducing poverty. The Plan will, therefore, promote increased rural investment in infrastructure such as roads, rail, Information and Communication Technology, energy, water and sanitation, education and health. While recognizing the importance of all sectors, the SNDP contains only sector programmes that have been identified as critical to achieving the overall objectives of the Plan. In view of this, the Plan contains the following sections: Economic and Social Developments; Infrastructure; Human Development; Growth sectors; Support sectors; Regional Development and Monitoring and Evaluation Institutional Arrangement. Cross-cutting issues such as Governance, Human Immune-Deficiency Virus and Acquired Immune-Deficiency Syndrome, Gender, Disability, Nutrition, Environment and Disaster Risk Management have been mainstreamed. This is a deliberate and strategic approach to incorporate and ensure effective implementation mechanisms of these critical issues in the sector programmes. Details of other programmes will appear in the relevant sector strategic plans and the Medium-Term Expenditure Frameworks. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 1 Part I Economic and Social Developments Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 2 2. MACROECONOMIC POLICIES AND STRUCTURAL REFORMS 2.1 Macroeconomic Developments Economic growth improved during the Fifth National Development Plan (FNDP)period averaging 6.1 percent per annum over the period 2006-2009 compared with an average of 4.8 percent attained during the Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper(PRSP)/Transitional National Development Plan (TNDP)(2002-2005) period. Macroeconomic stability, growth in exports and overall improvements in the investment climate had a positive impact on economic growth. The improvements in the investment climate contributed to the increase in Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) especially in the mining, construction and services sectors. The annual average growth over the FNDP period was, however, still below the envisaged average growth target of 7.0 percent. This outcome was partly due to the weak performance of key sectors such as agriculture, manufacturing and tourism, as well as the effects of the external factors that included high crude oil prices and unfavourable weather conditions. Annual inflation was much lower, averaging 11.3 percent as compared to 20 percent during the PRSP/TNDP period. This reduction was, however, below the FNDP target of single digit inflation, largely due to the adverse effects of crude oil prices over the 2006/2007 period and the global economic recession over the2008/2009 period. With regard to lending rates, these showed a declining trend during the FNDP period. The annual average commercial bank lending interest rates, though still high, declined to 27.3 percent from 46.2 percent during the PRSP/TNDP period. The high levels of lending rates and the limited availability of long-term finance remained the major constraints to growth, particularly for small to medium-scale enterprises. The exchange rate of the Zambian Kwacha against major currencies steadily appreciated during the FNDP period. This was mainly as a result of improved Terms of Trade buoyed by high copper prices and output and large capital portfolio and investment inflows. The external position, however, continued to be characterised by the dominance of copper that accounted for an annual average of 77 percent of exports during the FNDP period, up from an annual average of 61 percent during the 2002-2005 period. This over-dependence on copper makes the country vulnerable to shifts in its demand and prices and has had a major influence on the exchange rate in the recent years. The general macroeconomic performance of the economy during the period is as highlighted in Table 1. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 3 Table 1: Macroeconomic Performance (2006-2009) Average 2002 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Average 2006 2009 National Accounts and Prices GDP at Constant Prices 4.8 6.2 6.2 5.7 6.4 6.1 GDP at market prices (K‟ billion ) - 38,560.8 46,194.8 54,839.4 64,615.6 Consumer Prices Consumer Prices (average) 20.0 9.0 10.7 12.4 13.4 11.4 Consumer Prices (end of period) 19.3 8.2 8.9 16.6 9.9 10.9 Domestic Credit to the Private Sector 39.6 54.3 43.0 50.2 14.3 40.5 Interest Rates Weighted Lending Rate (end-December) % 41.5 27.9 24.4 26.9 29.2 27.1 Savings Rate (end-December) % 5.6 6.1 4.8 4.8 4.7 5.1 Central Government Budget Balance Overall Balance (including grants) -3.9 18.9 -0.2 -2.2 -3.0 3.4 Overall Balance(excluding grants) -10.5 -7.6 -4.8 -6.0 -7.2 -6.3 External Sector Current Account Balance (including current and capital grants) -7.8 3.0 -4.6 -5.6 -1.0 -2.0 (excluding grants) -0.7 -9.2 -9.4 -5.6 -6.0 Terms of Trade 5.0 55.2 8.4 -16.4 -17.1 7.5 Average Exchange Rate (Kwacha per US Dollar) 4,572.3 3,601.0 4,002.0 3,754.0 5,058.0 4,103.8 Gross International Reserves (months of import cover) 1.2 2.2 2.1 2.8 4.0 3.0 National Debt Private and Parastatal as % of GDP 11.6 10.1 8.8 6.2 17.6 10.7 Public Debt as % of GDP* 88.1 28.7 26.7 22.9 25.2 25.9 External 68.8 8.7 8.8 7.5 9.0 8.5 Domestic 19.3 20.0 17.9 15.5 16.2 17.4 External Debt Stock (US $‟M) - 930.4 1,018.7 1,093.1 1,156.9 *Public debt refers to sum of external and domestic debt Fiscal Performance The implementation of the envisaged fiscal outlays proved to be a challenge, mainly due to shortfalls in domestic revenues and grants from Cooperating Partners. As a result, fiscal deficit averaged 1.9 percent of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) during the period against the FNDP average target of 1.7 percent of GDP. Domestic Revenues Total domestic revenue collections during the FNDP period averaged 17.5 percent and were below the average target of 17.7 percent of GDP. During the second and the third years of the Plan period, total domestic revenues performed above expectations, with collections being at 18.4 percent and 18.3 percent of GDP in 2007 and 2008, respectively. Total domestic revenues declined to 15.7 percent in 2009 and thereafter rose marginally to 17.9 percent in 2010 (see Table 2). This was mainly on account of the global financial crisis that was experienced in 2008. Further, fiscal incentives that were granted in form of tax concessions to various sectors to attract investment also contributed to lower revenue inflows. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 4 Table 2: Domestic Revenue Performance during the FNDP as Percentage of GDP 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010* Period Average FNDP Target ** Total Domestic Revenues 17.2 18.4 18.3 15.7 17.9 17.5 17.7 Total Tax Revenues 16.4 17.7 17.3 14.7 16.8 16.6 17.1 Income Tax 7.7 8.3 8.3 7.7 9 8.2 Value Added Tax(VAT) 4.6 4.8 4.0 3.8 4.2 4.3 Customs and Excise Duties 4.0 4.6 5.1 3.3 3.6 4.1 Non-Tax Revenue 0.8 0.7 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.9 0.6 *2010 figures are based on actuals upto September and projected for the last quarter Foreign Grants As a percentage of GDP, total grants averaged 4.1 percent during the FNDP period against the target of an average of 5.4 percent. This was asa result of low disbursements by Cooperating Partners during the Plan period. Public Expenditures Total expenditure averaged 23.1 percent of GDP over the FNDP period, compared to the target of an average of 23.8 percent of GDP. In line with the trend in revenues and grants, total expenditure was 23.5 percent and 24.3 percent of GDP in 2006 and 2007 respectively. The expenditure, however, declined in the latter part of the Plan period reaching an average of 21.2 percent of GDP by 2010. While the Plan had projected a gradual reduction in current spending from 18.5 percent of GDP in 2006 to 17.5 percent of GDP in 2010, actual current expenditures for the first four years of the Plan had been high averaging 19.2 percent of GDP. As a consequence, capital expenditures which were projected to average 6percent of GDP over the Plan period were reduced to an average of 3.7 percent.In addition, revenues did not increase in proportion to GDP growth during the Plan period while current expenditures increased, making it difficult for the Government to provide quality goods and services to the people. Over the FNDP period, current expenditures were actually higher than domestically generated revenues. The implication is that part of the deficit financing was directed towards sustaining current expenditure rather than investment. Domestic Debt Domestic debt increased by 25.9 percent to K10, 455.22 billion as at end-December 2009 from K7, 720.42 billion at the beginning of the FNDP period. The increase in domestic debt emanated from two expenditure categories, namelyinterest payments on government securities and payments towards awards and compensations which recorded an upswing of 43.4 percent and over 400 percent respectively. As a proportion of GDP, domestic debt, however, fell from 20 percent in 2006 to 16.2 percent in 2009. Labour Market Developments The labour force1 increased by 10 percent from 4.9 million in 2005 to 5.4 million in 2008. Total employment grew by 26.4 percent to 5.2 million in 2008 from 4.1 million in 2005. This was largely attributed to informal sector employment which grew by 47.6 percent to 4.7 million in 1 Population aged 15 to 64 years Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 5 2008 from 3.1 million in 2005. Formalsector employment2 grew from 416, 324 in 2005 to522,761 in 2008 representing a 25.6 percent increase. Its proportion however, remained low at 10 percent of total employment. In the formal sector, male employment accounted for 71 percent compared to 29 percent for females. Between 2005 and 2008 the level of unemployment remainedaround 15.5 percentof the total labour force of which 30 percent were in rural areas and 70 percent in urban areas3. 2.2 External Sector Developments Balance of Payments The external balances of the country improved significantly during the FNDP period. The current account deficit averaged 4.8 percent of GDP compared to 11.3 percent of GDP during the PRSP/TNDP period (2002-2005),and in 2009 it further narrowed to 3.2 percent of GDP. Exports of goods and services increased by an annual average of 22.8 percent and its share inGDP rose to 33.4 percent in the FNDP period from 28 percent in the PRSP/TNDP period. This increase in exports was attributed to the favourable metal prices on the international markets. Non-traditional exports also continued to grow, though at a reduced rate, increasing by an annual average of 13 percent during the FNDP period from an annual average of 16.1 percent of GDP in the period 2002-2005. Imports increased by an annual average of 17 percent. However, its share in GDP fell to 27.1 percent compared to 31.4 percent in the PRSP/TNDP period, partly due to the sharp decline in imports in 2009 as a result of the effects of the global economic slowdown. The increase in export earnings coupled with a significant increase in FDI contributed to the favourable balance of payments position throughout the FNDP period. The increase in exports contributed to the rise in international reserves to US $1.8 billion in 2009. In terms of import coverage, this represented an increase to over 4 months in 2009 from 1.5 months in 2005. External Debt Total national external debt increased by 16.1 percent from US $2, 014.4 million in 2006 to US $3, 407.3 million at end 2009. This was mainly on account of a higher increase in private and parastatal debt of over 100 percent from US $1, 084.0 million in 2006 to US $2, 250.4 million in 2009 while the public debt increased by 24.4 percent from US $930 million in 2006 to US $1, 156.9 million in 2009. As a proportion of GDP, external debt remained at around 9 percent and was sustainable. 2.3 Social Developments and Constraints to Growth In line with the Vision of becoming a “prosperous middle-income nation by 2030”, the country has made progress towards its attainment. The country‟s per capita4Gross National Income (GNI) increased from US $680 in 2006 to an estimated US$970 in 2009, only slightly below the lower middle-income threshold of US $995. 2 Excluding Defence Forces 3 Estimate based on the 2005 and 2008 Labour Force Surveys 4 Using the Atlas method Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 6 There has been progress made with regard to social developments in the country as indicated by improvements in the attainment of the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). The country is most likely to achieve all the goalsexcept the one relating to environmental sustainability. The MDGs targets on hunger, universal primary education, gender equality, Human Immune Deficiency Virus (HIV) and Acquired Immune-Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) are likely to be achieved, while potential exists for achievement of the goal on Global Partnerships for Development. There is also potential to meet the targets on maternal mortality, water and sanitation, child mortality, extreme poverty and malaria and other major diseases. The challenge for the country is to improve the quality of life for the majority of the population which has remained low especially in rural areas. The SNDP therefore, will focus on development strategies that address poverty, by ensuring that minimum requirements including provisionof health, education, water and sanitation and access roads are in place. Population and Development The population of Zambia stood at 9.9 million in 2000, estimated at 13.3 million in 2010 and is projected to increase to 15.5 million by 2015 5 based on the annual growth rate of 2.4 percent. At this growth rate, the population is expected to double by 2030. Zambia has a young and dependant population, with 46.0 percent of the population being under the age of 15. The overall age dependency ratio was 96.2 per100 in the year 2000. 6 The child dependency ratio was 91 dependants who are children to be cared for by 100 persons in the productive age group. A highly dependent population poses a great socio-economic burden on the family and the entire nation. The population if fully utilised, can contribute to economic growth for sustainable development. During the SNDP period the size of the labour force is expected to increase substantially as the new entrants into the labour force are children who have already been born. Therefore, the emphasis of the SNDP will be on deliberate interventions that will promote the creation for decent jobs and skills development particularly for young people. In light of the above, the SNDP aspires to attain inclusive economic growth that is three times higher than the population growth rate. Growth and Poverty The economic growth experienced during the last decade has not translated into significant reductions in poverty and improved general living conditions of the majority of the Zambians. Job creation was not commensurate with the gains registered from economic growth. Among the factors that attributed to this phenomenon were low labour productivity, low absorption capacity of the labour market for new entrants, particularly the youth and the concentration of growth in highly capital-intensive and urban-based sectors like mining, construction and services. Economic growth and poverty reduction during the FNDP period was further constrained by several factors, among which were the following: 5 Based on 2000 population and housing census 6 implying that there 96 dependents who are children and the aged to be cared for by 100 persons in the productive age group, (15-64 years) Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 7 (i) Poor Infrastructure Inadequate growth-enhancing infrastructure emerged as the major constraint. For instance, critical infrastructure for electricity, transportation and water and sanitation remained poor and limited, especially in the rural areas. Poor transport infrastructure together with high cost and inadequate Information and Communications Technology (ICT) services, adversely affected the productivity and competitiveness of the economy; (ii) Low Quality of Human Capital Despite human development playing an important catalytic role in poverty reduction and economic development, the quality of human capital continued to be low. This was evidenced by increased scarcity of skilled manpower and limited access to higher and tertiary education. Additionally, without appropriate and effective linkages in place, the existing supply of skills did not adequately meet the demand in the labour market. The poor state of health of the population, as evidenced by health indicators which though improving are still poor as well as limited access to water and sanitation, adversely affected productivity across most sectors, especially in agriculture which in turn adversely impacted on growth and social development; (iii)High Cost of Financial Services The high cost of finance posed serious limitations on the ability of entrepreneurs to start and/or to expand their operations, with small-scale farmers and other small and medium enterprises being the most affected; (iv) Inefficiencies in Public Expenditure Management Although public expenditure management generally improved, some weaknesses continued to be a challenge. Among the areas of concern were weak accountability and monitoring and evaluation systems of public expenditure, deficiencies in and low rate of implementation of public sector projects. These were compounded by poor enforcement of standards which led to sub-optimal use of public resources and delays in project completion; and (v) Limited Access to Land Although some strides were made as regards to land issues during the FNDP period, land administration and management continued to be a challenge. The land administration and management challenges have been compounded by unreliable land information management systems, lack of a decentralised land registration system and inadequate collaboration among different stakeholders. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 8 2.4 SNDP Objectives and Strategies In an effort to build on the successes and address the challenges identified during the FNDP period, the SNDP will seek to attain the following overarching objectives: (i) To accelerate infrastructure development, economic growth and diversification; (ii) To promote rural investment and accelerate poverty reduction; and (iii) To enhance human development. Pursuant to the above objectives, the Plan focuses on policies, strategies, and programmes that will contribute significantly to addressing the challenges of realising broad based pro-poor growth, employment creation and human development as outlined in the Vision 2030. Further, to achieve the MDG target of halving extreme poverty level of 59 percent (1991) and to rapidly create gainful and decent employment, economic growth has to exceed 6 percent per annum and must be more pro-poor in structure. The strategic focus of the SNDP is, therefore, to address the constraints of infrastructure and human development. The SNDP will also entrench cross-cutting issues of Governance, HIV and AIDS, Gender, Disability, Nutrition, Environment and Disaster Risk Management. Infrastructure Development Poor and inadequate infrastructure remains the major constraint to economic development and poverty reduction. A sustained commitment to infrastructure development will be the main focus in the SNDP. While Government will continue to invest in infrastructure in health, education and skills development, the focus will be in the following areas: (i) Transport to cover roads, bridges, air, water, rail and border infrastructure; (ii) ICT to cover backbone infrastructure, digitalization, next generation networks, centres of excellence; (iii) Energy to cover power generation, transmission, distribution and alternative technology; and (iv) Water supply and sanitation to cover reticulation systems, dams, pipelines and boreholes. In light of the importance of trade and regional integration in economic growth, rehabilitation of road links under various regional corridors, such as the North-South and Nacala Corridorswill be implemented with the support of Cooperating Partners and in collaboration with neighbouring countries. This will be supplemented by major improvements of border posts, including those at Nakonde, Kasumbalesa and Kazungula. Government will also enhance Public Private Partnerships (PPPs) to augment its efforts in economic and social development in areas such as construction, rehabilitation and maintenance of infrastructure and effective delivery of social services. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 9 Rural Development In order to reduce the high poverty levels in the rural areas and promote rural development, focus will be on stimulating agriculture productivity and promotion of agro-businesses, improving the provision of basic services such as water and sanitation, health, education and skills development. In addition, investments in key economic infrastructure such as feeder roads, water canals, tourist access roads and electricity access will be undertaken. In this regard, the major programme will be the continued implementation of the Rural Finance Programme and rapid roll-out of ICT services in rural areas to support the expansion and increased use of financial services. Further, rural industrialisation will be pursued in an effort to increase employment opportunities in rural areas. Human Development In view of the low quality of human capital, the focus of the SNDP in this area will be on skills development, improving labour productivity, increasing access to health and higher and tertiary education, and facilitate the distribution of skilled labour within and across sectors throughout the country. 2.5 Growth Areas in the SNDP Zambia is endowed with natural resources which could provide an impetus to the development of agriculture, tourism, manufacturing, mining and energy sectors. While mining still remains important and will continue to be promoted, there is need to aggressively diversify the economy to other sectors, in order to cushion against the negative effects of external shocks. Accelerating growth in these sectors coupled with quality human developmentand efficient public service delivery are critical for accelerated development, wealthy creation, poverty reduction and improved livelihoods of the vast majority of Zambians. In all these areas, Government will promote private sector investment and Public Private Partnerships (PPPs). In line with the objectives and strategic focus of the SNDP, the growth areas will be agriculture, tourism, manufacturing, mining and energy. The development in these areas will be augmented by human development particularly in health, education and skills development, and water and sanitation. Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries High poverty levels are most prevalent in rural areas where the majority of households are dependent on agricultural activities. Investments particularly in agriculture infrastructure and rural finance offer effective means to make a significant impact on poverty levels. These should embrace efforts to promote quality livestock and fisheries production and crop diversification while improving marketing systems, harnessing the value chain in agriculture production and increasing productivity in farming to ensure national food security, employment creation and increased income from exports. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 10 Mining The mining industry has experienced exceptional growth averaging 9 percent per annum in the last decade and prospects for further development are enormous. The sector will, therefore, continue to be a major driver of growth, while also providing impetus for value addition through the creation and expansion of the manufacturing industry. In addition, this is expected to create spill over effects through development of necessary infrastructure, especially those related to roads, railways, border facilities and reliable electricity supply. This will be complimented by redesigning of policies so as to encourage and attract private investment in exploration, re investment and development of new mines through a stable and attractive fiscal and regulatory regime. Tourism The focus on tourism in the SNDP will be to make the sector viable and competitive through improved infrastructure particularly in the Greater Livingstone area, Kafue National Park and the Northern Circuit. This will be complimented by infrastructure development initiatives such as increasing access to electricity and ICT services. Government will also focus on improving the regulatory framework and the development of human capacity to enhance service delivery in the sector. Manufacturing The focus in the SNDP will be to attract quality investment to the manufacturing sector by providing good regulatory framework and business environment that aims at linking Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) to the needs of the domestic economy. In addition, Government will continue to facilitate development of manufacturing infrastructure including Multi-Facility Economic Zones (MFEZs) and Industrial Parks, which will also contribute to employment creation especially in the urban areas. Energy Government will continue to encourage and promote private sector led investments in addition to fostering PPPs. In this regard, Government will continue to implement the policy of moving towards economic electricity tariffs before the end of this Plan period. Other reforms will be the implementation of a grid code intended to facilitate private sector participation in the electricity sector through the smooth sharing of electricity transmission infrastructure. Petroleum is another source of energy whose rising prices and procurement problems cause economic hardships in the country. The focus will be to improve the procurement procedures and to complete the rehabilitation of the Indeni Oil Refinery and the TAZAMA pipeline. Efforts will also be made to step up oil exploration and increase the use of alternative sources of energy. This will be complimented by the development of legislative, institutional and operational frameworks. Human Development To augment the development in the economic sectors, improvements in education and skills development, health, housing and water and sanitation will also be given emphasis. In each of these sectors, focus will be on infrastructure and human development interventions. In agriculture, human development will focus on improving productivity in the sector through training, research and extension services. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 11 In Tourism the focus will be skills development for operators, higher level training in tourism-as well as re-skilling and up-skilling labour within this sector and enhancing service delivery in order to increase competitiveness. With regard to manufacturing, human development will take the form of entrepreneurship training at all levels of education, business development and on farm agro-processing training. Human resource development in mining will focus on mining occupational safety and health as well as environmental impact mitigation. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 12 2.6 Monitoring the Implementation Framework of the SNDP To achieve the goals and objectives of the SNDP, there is need to strengthen oversight for monitoring and evaluation of government programmes. Measures such as enforced multi-level performance audits and evaluation and monitoring will be put in place to provide a clear and strong mechanism for tracking progress. Evaluation of emerging trends and phenomena will allow for responsive approaches to be employed to keep momentum towards achieving desired goals, and issues that can potentially threaten achievement of goals. Each Programme in the SNDP is expected to address a particular objective whose output/outcome should be demonstrated through a results chain. As a logical link between inputs, outputs, outcomes and impacts, the results chain facilitates monitoring of results to an extent that each sector should demonstrate a link between resources spent and outputs realised (see Figure 1). Further, a programme implementation monitoring matrix has been developed in each sector to show what outputs will be generated from various SNDP programmes. To further bring out the benefits being realised from the SNDP programmes, Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) or any such proxy indicators have been designated at outcome/impact levels as results manifest in different sectors. For purposes of monitoring and evaluating the Plan, the results chain will consist of not more than six KPIs per sector with a number of programme output indicators in line with the chosen sector programmes and projects. Figure 1: Performance Chain Framework Source: Ministry of Finance and National Planning Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 13 National Key Performance Indicators The overall performance of the Plan will be measured through a set of National Key Performance Indicators as outlined in Table 3 below. These indicators relate to infrastructure and human capital development. Table 3: National Key Performance Indicators National Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Percentage of SNDP annual Budget allocation released 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Percentage of Key Performance Indicators reported on annually - Increase Continue d increase Continued increase 90 Gini Coefficient (Zambia/Rural/Urban) Z = 52.6 Z = 50.0 - Z = 45.0 - Z = 38 R = 43.5 R = 42.0 - R = 41.0 - R = 40 U = 46.8 (2006) U = 44.0 - U = 43.0 - U = 42 Rate of Growth in : a) Agriculture 7.2 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 b) Energy 6.8 2.5 2.0 6.9 6.4 2.0 c) Construction 9.5 15.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 d) Tourism -13.4 13.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 Total national electricity generation (MW) 1,918 1,998 2,358 2,478 2,892 2,912 Percentage of Households with access to electricity (Zambia/Rural/) Z = 22 Z = 32.2 Z = 34.7 Z = 37.2 Z = 39.5 Z = 41.7 R = 3.5 R = 5.0 R = 7.5 R = 10 R = 12.5 R = 15 Hectares of land under irrigation 170,000 173,000 176,000 179,500 183,500 187,500 Percentage of rural households within 2 Km of all season passable road Continued increase Increase Continue d increase Continued increase 80 Forest Plantation Expansion (Ha) 60,000 65,000 70,000 75,000 80,000 85,000 (Proportion of Households living between 0-5 km of a basic school) Z = 83.5 84.8 86.1 87.4 88.7 Z = 90 R = 79.6 80.7 81.8 82.8 83.9 R = 85 U = 91.4 (2006) 92.1 92.8 93.6 94.3 U = 95 Literacy Rates (of population aged 15+), male: female 42 - 45 - 50 Proportion of the population (male; female) with access to safe water supply (%) (a) Rural 53 61 65 69 73 75 (b) Urban 74 75 76 77 79 80 Proportion of Urban population (male: female) with access to adequate sanitation (%) (a) Rural 33 43 48 53 58 60 (b) Urban 37 44 48 52 56 60 (Proportion of Households living between 0-5 km of a health facility) Z = 68.1 68.5 68.9 69.2 69.6 Z = 70 R = 54.5 55.6 56.7 57.8 58.9 R = 60 U = 93.0(2006) 93.8 94.6 95.4 96.2 U = 97 Life Expectancy at birth Male Female 48 52 50 54 53 55 55 58 Immunization Rates 55.0(2007) - 56 - 58 60 Infant Mortality Rate (per 1000) 70 (2007) 69 68 67 66 65 Child Mortality Rate (per 1000) 52 (2007) 50.2 49 47 45.4 45 Maternal Mortality Ratio (per 100,000) 591 (2007) 375 321 267 213 159 Stunting Prevalence amongst Children Under Five disaggregated by gender 45 (2007) 42 39 36 33 30 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 14 National Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 (%) Underweight Prevalence (%) 15 14 13 12 11 10 Wasting Prevalence amongst Children Under Five 5.2 (2007) 5.0 - 4.8 - 4.5 Unemployment 15 14 13 12 11 10 (a) Total Employed (% of Labour force) – male: female 84 85 86 87 89 90 (b) Formal Employment (as a % of Labour force), – male: female 8.5 12.5 14.5 16.5 18.5 20 (c) Informal Employment (as a % of Labour force), – male: female 64.7 60 58 55 53 50 Percentage of Aid on budget - - Increase Continue d increase Continued increase Percentage of aid disbursed annually according to commitments reflected in MTEF - Increase Continue d increase Continued increase 100 Percentage of aid disbursements released according to agreed schedules (GBS and SBS, within the agreed quarter) - Increase Continue d increase Continued increase 100% 2.7 Economic Management during the SNDP Macroeconomic Objectives and Policies The macroeconomic environment is expected to remain stable and conducive to growth over the SNDP period. The focus during the Plan period will be to maintain macroeconomic stability and building on the gains achieved during the FNDP period. In this regard, emphasis will continue to be placed on maintaining a business-friendly and growth-promoting environment. The key macroeconomic objectives therefore are as follows: (i) Sustain single-digit inflation; (ii) Enhance domestic revenue mobilisation; (iii) Maintain a stable and competitive exchange rate; (iv) Reduce commercial bank lending rates; (v) Maintain public debt sustainability; and (vi) Increase decent and productive employment. Macroeconomic Framework Zambia‟s economic growth prospects during this Plan period are positive. The GDP growth rate is projected to be in the range of 6-7 percent per annum. Implementation of policies and investments outlined in this Plan are expected to contribute to the positive growth. It is envisaged that the average inflation rate will be single digit during the Plan period. A favourable external economic environment is also envisaged. It is important that management of public finance should be sound with a view to consolidate macroeconomic stability. In particular, the level of Government domestic borrowing will be contained at sustainable levels, given its high cost both in absolute terms (interest payments) and Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 15 the potential crowding-out effect that it has on the private sector. In this regard, Government will target to reduce domestic borrowing to an annual average rate of 1.5 percent of GDP and to reach less than 0.75 percent by 2015. The overall fiscal deficit, however, is expected to increase to 5 percent of GDP, and will be financed by increased external borrowing. External borrowing will be targeted towards infrastructure development. External Outlook It is assumed that during this Plan period, the external economic environment will generally improve and remain stable. The country‟s external macroeconomic environment is, therefore, expected to follow the broad path of the economy during the Plan period, while reducing the country‟s vulnerability to external shocks such as commodity price fluctuations. Gross International Reserves are expected to increase to 5 months of import cover during the Plan period. This is premised on foreign direct and portfolio investment levels reaching above the FNDP trend levels, leading to higher foreign exchange inflows. Monetary Policy During the Plan period, the Central Bank will pursue a growth-enabling monetary policy stance. This policy will not only focus on inflation, but also ensure adequate levels of liquidity to cater for a growing economy. Monetary policy tools will be reviewed with the aim of shifting towards the usage of interest rates as the main monetary policy instrument to anchor inflationary expectations. The Central Bank will continue with its policy of maintaining a fully convertible Kwacha, and rely on market fundamentals to determine the value of the local currency against international currencies. This policy prevents possible currency crisis whilst also allowing for the necessary adjustment to take place. Government recognises that excessive exchange rate volatility can have an adverse impact on output, inflation and external competitiveness of the economy. In such situations, the Central Bank may periodically participate in the market to smoothen fluctuations of the exchange rate. Fiscal Policy Prudent fiscal policy will remain critical during the plan period in order to augment economic gains made over the FNDP period to support overall economic growth. In this regard, fiscal policy will continue to be expansionary so as to ensure that projects in the SNDP are undertaken in a timely and most cost effective manner. Government will undertake a comprehensive reform of the present tax system aimed at broadening the tax base and increasing revenue yield, while at the same time improving efficiency and equity. These reforms will be aimed at developing a tax system that will among other things: (i) Be based on the principle of equity; (ii) Address distortions in the application of the VAT and broaden the tax base; (iii) Promote economic growth and job creation in an open economy; (iv) Make tax administration effective to facilitate compliance by taxpayers; and (v) Increasing tax yield from 15.7 percent of GDP in 2009 to 18 percent by the end of the plan period. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 16 In addition, Government will explore other sources of financing such as PPPs, concessional and non-concessional loans to augment available resources for the SNDP. On the expenditure side, Government will place a premium on securing maximum benefit out of spending by re-aligning expenditures in order to create room for development and investment spending by: (i) Avoiding spreading development resources too thinly across numerous programmes; (ii) Freeing up additional resources through aggressive cost-cutting measures, reduction of wastage, efficiencies in public service delivery, reductions in administrative expenditures and enhanced financial prudence; (iii) Strengthening the procurement process to ensure value for money; and (iv) Developing benchmarking and value for money mechanisms and a price database to ensure that Government is not over charged. Investment Policy The policy of Government is to accelerate private sector investment so as to achieve increased and diversified growth. Government will, therefore, continue with the strategy of attracting investment through facilitation by Zambia Development Agency and improving the overall business and investment climate. Deliberate efforts will be made to linking FDI to the domestic economy in order to broker linkages with SMEs with the view of increasing their productivity, capacity and ability to penetrate into larger markets. The overall effect intended is the creation of decent employment in the various areas of investment. International Relations During the SNDP, Government will consolidate economic diplomacy and enhance its complementarity with political diplomacy in order to address emerging economic and political issues, taking into account programmes as expounded by the SNDP. The focus will be on facilitating cooperation and investment in infrastructure and human development through improved foreign relations. Government will, therefore, have a deliberate strategy to ensure that bilateral, regional and multilateral cooperation arrangements have a leaning towards infrastructure and human development. Government will also take advantage of the good foreign relations that Zambia enjoys to invigorate the country‟s drive to boost trade and attract foreign investment to strategic areas. In order to maximize the benefits that accrue from international relations, a key strategy will be to maintain presence in strategic locations and where absolutely necessary, establish new Missions. The sector will also implement the establishment of a Career Diplomatic Service. The establishment of a Career Diplomatic Service will particularly be cardinal in ensuring that the Foreign Service is manned by a cadre of officers capable of articulating Government‟s policies and programs, thereby safeguarding Zambia‟s interests abroad. Aid Policy and Management Development assistance will continue to constitute a vital financing source, especially in light of the development challenges facing Zambia. This strategy will not only be used to manage and harmonize arrangements with Cooperating Partners, but also guide and monitor mutual Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 17 performance. The Government will manage the Division of Labour (DoL) amongst the Cooperating Partners in the various sectors to provide a basis for the formulation of a new Joint Assistant Strategy for Zambia (JASZ) within the framework of the Paris Declaration to succeed the one developed for the FNDP. The Government and the Cooperating Partners will accordingly update their existing Memorandum of Understanding, “Coordination and Harmonization of GRZ/Donor Practices for Aid Effectiveness in Zambia (2004).” This will set out inter alia the standard of aid delivery to be adhered to by Cooperating Partners, mutual commitments around delivery of aid and results and re-affirmation of the institutions for Co-ordination and dialogue between Government and its Cooperating Partners. Zambia‟s preferred mode of aid delivery will continue to be Budget Support, followed by Sector Support and Sector Wide Approach Programmes (SWAPs). At the same time, the Government will continue to place strong emphasis on strengthening transparency and accountability in aid management. With regard to project support, Government will develop a database of pre screened projects ranked in order of socio-economic return and spatial preferences. Debt Management Strategy During the Plan period, both external and domestic debt borrowing will remain relatively conservative in order to maintain debt sustainability. In external debt management, Government will continue contracting a mix of concessional and non-concessional debt to finance projects with high economic return especially in infrastructure such as roads and electricity generation and transmission, so as to ensure future debt sustainability. The domestic debt has a greater impact on the Government liquidity management system. Government will, therefore, endeavour to reduce the stock of domestic debt through the gradual reduction of issuances as well as refinancing maturing government securities. Furthermore, the cost of issuance of government securities for monetary policy will be reviewed so as to reduce the cost to the Treasury. Government will also endeavour to reduce the stock of outstanding bills by instituting more stringent financial measures. Structural Reforms In order to raise and broaden economic growth and employment beyond that achieved in the FNDP period, the growth and investment strategy will be accompanied by continued implementation of reforms. The key ones will be Public Service Reform Programme (PSRP), Public Financial Management (PFM), Private Sector Development Reform Programme (PSDRP) and a range of sector specific measures that aim at increasing economic growth through investment expansion and fostering competitiveness and productivity and thereby addressing growth constraints. (a) Public Service Reform Programme During the Plan period, structural reforms under the PSRP will be largely focused on the creation of more fiscal space, the improvement of public expenditure and financial management, improvement of tax administration and the expansion of the tax base. Other reforms will focus on improvements in debt management capacity, economic statistics capacity and accessibility, as well as strengthening of monetary policy implementation. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 18 (i) Public Financial Management Government will continue to improve the quality of public financial management emphasising on efficiency, effectiveness, transparency and accountability of public funds. During the SNDP period, focus will be on the following areas: a) Development of a new comprehensive Public Financial Management Reform strategy; b) Rolling-out of the Integrated Financial Management Information System (IFMIS); c) Improvements in the preparation and execution of the national budget; d) Enactment of a Planning and Budget Act and its regulations; e) Strengthening expenditure control, accounting, audit functions and reporting; f) Improving cash management through a Treasury Single Account (TSA) system; and g) Strengthening system of non-tax revenue collection. (ii) Public Service Management Government will continue enhancing the institutional and human capacity of Public Service with special focus on strengthening and implementing human resource management. This will be achieved through re-skilling and continued training of public service workers, development of policies and systems that promote human capital development and undertaking institutional appraisal. Government will also continue to reduce the impact of HIV and AIDS on the Public Service by implementing the HIV and AIDS Strategy for the Public Service. (iii) Decentralisation and Strengthening of Local Government In line with the goal to decentralise service delivery functions to the councils, focus will be on the implementation of the Decentralisation Implementation Plan (DIP). In the medium-term the Government will focus on building the necessary capacity of the councils to prepare them to carry out the devolved functions. Devolution will commence with selected sectors that include education, health, roads, agriculture, tourism, community development and lands. Government will rationalise expenditure and revenue assignments between central and local governments. Further, Government will enhance the use of the consultative process in decision-making so as to ensure efficient and effective service delivery. (b) Private Sector Development Reform Programme During the Plan period, Government will continue to reform the business environment in Zambia through the implementation of the PSDRP II, a successor to the PSDRP I. The PSDRP II is a 5 year programme which runs from 2009 - 2014, and will fast track and accelerate private sector reforms in a number of key sectors which are expected to lead to an improved and competitive business environment.PSDRP II will aim at building and enhancing a sustainable legislative and regulatory environment and human capacity for enterprise development and growth in Zambia in the following areas: business licensing and Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 19 regulatory framework; MSME development; labour market reforms and labour productivity; PPP development and trade expansion. (c) Labour Market Reforms A key objective during this Plan period is to increase formal sector employment and improve the quality of the workforce through implementation of key policies such as the National Employment and Labour Market Policy as well as the Decent Work Country Programme. Reforms aimed at enhancing the flexible functioning of labour markets will facilitate employment creation through approaches that combine promotion of employment and up-holding of workers‟ rights. Emphasis will be placed on working towards eliminating gross human rights violations, such as worst forms of child labour and trafficking in human beings. Efforts will also be made to enhance social protection and occupational safety and health. The key legislation to be reviewed will include Employment Act Cap 268, Minimum Wages Act Cap 272 and the Industrial Relations Act Cap 269. Further, efforts to improve skills and productivity of labour will be pursued. The Labour Market Reforms to be effected are aimed at contributing to more effective job creation and development of sustainable enterprises, particularly micro, small and medium-sized enterprises. (d) Financial Sector Development The high cost of finance and limited access to financial services is a constraint to capital formation and growth. The objective of Government during the Plan period is to continue making improvements in the macroeconomic environment so as to support activities across all spheres of business and enterprises. This is meant to support the expected reduction in lending rates by the commercial banks. The Financial Sector Development Programme (FSDP) is the broad reform programme for the financial sector and will continue to be implemented under Phase II in the SNDP. The reform measures will be focused at addressing weaknesses in the financial sector so as to: (i) Improve market infrastructure; (ii) Increase competition; and (iii) Increase access to finance. Within the framework of the Rural Finance Programme, financial sector policies will also aim to increase access to financial services in rural areas. In this regard, the expansion in rural banking services will be promoted through various financial institutions including the National Savings and Credit Bank. (e) Other Key Structural Reforms To increase investments in the key infrastructure and growth sectors, particular attention will be placed on addressing the institutional, legal and policy constraints in key infrastructure and growth sectors of ICT, and energy. Following the enactment of the Information and Communications Technology Act of 2009 and the privatisation of ZAMTEL in 2010, reforms and policies will focus on promoting competition so as to reduce costs. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 20 In the energy sector, the reforms under the electricity sub-sector will continue to emphasise on raising tariffs to reflect real costs. Under the petroleum sub-sector, a review and reform will be undertaken to determine the optimal measures required to achieve efficiency and cost effectiveness in the petroleum supply chain. This is essential to attract and sustain private investment. The table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the macro-economic policies during the SNDP period. Table 4: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To enhance and consolidate Macroeconomic Stability a) Maintain sustainable levels of government debt; b) Maintain adequate buffers of international reserves; c) Maintain public wage bill within sustainable levels; and d) Improve economic and labour statistics and accessibility. Economic Management 2 To increase domestic revenue a) Undertake tax policy and administrative reforms; b) Limit tax exemptions and incentives; c) Undertake a comprehensive audit and strengthening of all revenue points and revenue sources so as to enhance collections and yield; d) Explore alternative sources of financing such as Public Private Partnerships (PPPs), concessional and non-concessional loans for projects that have high economic returns; and e) Explore other sources of revenue such as the informal sector and MSMEs. Revenue Mobilisation 3 To accelerate economic diversification and productive employment a) Effectively monitorthe implementation of key structural reforms such as PSDP Phase II, FSDP, PEMFA, among others; b) Review Employment Act Cap 268, Minimum Wage Act 269, Industrial Relations Act Cap 270; c) Develop and implement skills and labour productivity programmes; and d) Promote PPPs. Economic Diversification 4 To improve public expenditure and financial management a) Develop a new comprehensive Public Financial Management Reform Strategy; b) Strengthen the audit control system; c) Roll out IFMIS to all central spending agencies and provinces; d) Strengthen the Commitment Control System; e) Implement new treasury management system; f) Develop and implement a debt management strategy and debt database; g) Finalise and implement procurement reforms; and h) Undertake value for money and performance audits. Public Finance Management 5 To improve budget implementation a) Implement Annual budgets in line with the MTEF and NDP objectives b) Enact the Planning and Budget Act c) Produce and disseminate budget execution report d) Minimize additional expenditures outside approved budget by Parliament Budget Execution 6 To promote Rural Development a) Accelerate implementation of rural development programmes; b) Rural electrification; c) Rehabilitation and maintenance of primary feeder and Tourism roads; Rural Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 21 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes d) Rural water supply and sanitation; e) Telecommunication expansion through universal Access; f) Promote high value Agriculture; g) Rural finance programmes; and h) Education and health care services, including rural incentives and retention schemes. 2.8 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicator tables will be used: Table 5: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Output Indicators Indicator Definition Baseline 2009 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2011 2015 Economic Management Domestic borrowing as % of GDP Government borrowing on the domestic market 2.2 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.1 0.8 1.1 Public debt as % of GDP Public Debt is defined as sum of total external and domestic debt 25.2 - - - - <27 <27 Domestic revenue as % of GDP Domestic revenues comprises of taxes (Income taxes, Value added taxes, duties) and non-taxes revenues. The ratio measures the ability of the country to generate its own revenues from domestic resources 14.8 >17.5 >18 >18 >19 >20 >20 a) Tax revenue as a % GDP >17 >18 >18 >19 >20 >20 b) Non-tax revenue as a % of GDP >0.5 >0.5 >0.5 >0.5 >0.5 >0.5 Formal sector employment as a % of Labour force Defined as a ratio of formal employment as percent of total labour force. Total labour force is defined as total population that is available to be engaged in any kind of labour activity. 10 (2008) - - - - >15 Labour Productivity (GDP per person employed) Public wages bill as % GDP The ratio measures Government expenditure on wages and salaries of the civil service as proportion of GDP 8 <8 <8 <8 <8 <8 <8 Budget Execution Budgetary releases as % of Budget allocation Budget releases refers to the actual resources made available for budget implementation. 92 100 100 100 100 100 100 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 22 Programmes Output Indicators Indicator Definition Baseline 2009 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2011 2015 Budget allocation is referred to as annual planned resources for implementation of programmes Budgetary releases for NDP priority sectors as a ratio of their allocation Annual NDP allocations refer to annual budget allocation to development plans. Budget releases is defined as actual resources made available for the implementation of the programme. This indicator assesses the efficiency of budget execution as regards planned programmes - - - - - a) Health 1.09 - - - - - =1 b) Education 1.08 - - - - - =1 c) Energy 3.07 - - - - - =1 d) Agriculture 1.25 - - - - - =1 (e) Infrastructure 0.92 - - - - - =1 f) Water and Sanitation 0.41 - - - - - =1 h) Tourism and Natural Resources 0.86 - - - - - =1 Number of MPSAs submitting monthly report not later than15 days after month-end Number of MPSAs submitting monthly reports on time - - - - - 48 Public Finance Management Number of Ministries and Provinces operating the IFMIS system Number of MPSAs on IFMIS system 8 (2010) 32 8 - - - 48 Percent of heads whose total actual expenditures is between 95% and 105% of the total funding Actual expenditure are reported expenditures by MPSAs and does not include imprest, advances which are in suspense or below the line account (PAF definition) 45 100 100 100 100 100 100 Number of MPSA's with enhanced commitment control system Number of MPSAs with CCS that covers all types of payments, comprehensive commitment and cash plans - - - - - 48 Percentage of expenditure types being processed through Treasury Single Account (TSA) Proportion of total expenditure types identified for TSA which are actually processed through TSA. 0 - - - - - 100 Rural Development Budgetary releases to key rural development programmes as a ratio of their budget allocation This is a ratio of actual releases against the budget allocation as per Yellow Book 1 1 1 1 1 1 a) Rural water and supply b) Rural Electrification 1 1 1 1 1 1 c) Feeder Roads - 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 23 Programmes Output Indicators Indicator Definition Baseline 2009 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2011 2015 Number of districts accessing telecom services The number of districts connected to fibre optic cable and accessing telecom services through the fibre optic network - - - - - Number of Financial Service Institutions operational in rural areas This is the number of institutions providing financial services to communities - - - - - Table 6: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Baseline Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2011 2015 Average Macroeconomics Gross Domestic Product Growth Rate % 2009: (6.4) 6> 6> 6> 7> 7> 7> Average Annual Inflation % 2009: (9.9) 7 7 6 5 5 5 Domestic Revenue as % of GDP 2009:(14.8) 17> 18> 18> 20> 20> 20> Average Weighted Lending Rates 2009: (24 ) - - - - - <15 Poverty Headcount Poverty 2006: (59.6) - - - - - 2015: <38 Extreme Poverty 2006: (37) - - - - - 2015: <29* Rural Poverty 2006: (77) - - - - - 2015: <50 * Based on the MDGs target of halving extreme poverty by 2015 based on the 1991 poverty figures Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 24 3. CROSS-CUTTING ISSUES 3.1 Introduction Governance, HIV and AIDS, Gender, Nutrition, Disability, Environment and Disaster Risk Management are essential cross-cutting issues to the achievements of Zambia‟s desired socio economic development. Cross-cutting issues to be mainstreamed in the Plan are outlined below: 3.2 Governance Good governance remains the cornerstone for prudent managementof public affairs and ensuring that development outcomes benefit the people of Zambia. In order to ensure “total adherence to good governance by 2030”, Government will continue to promote good governance during the Sixth National Development Plan (SNDP) period in the following areas; (1) enhancing integrity, accountability and transparency in public and private bodies; (2) improving access to justice by all especially for the vulnerable; (3) promoting of human rights; and (4) enhancing democratization. During the Fifth National Development Plan (FNDP) period, the major achievements of the sector were the establishment of constituency offices for Members of Parliament; drafting of the new Republican Constitution, the launch of the National Anti-Corruption Policy (NACP); and construction of Victim Support Unit Offices in Mansa, Mongu and Lusaka. The sector also facilitated the signing of a Memorandum of Understanding on the African Peer Review Mechanism (APRM). In the area of Human Rights and Access to justice, a Parole System for release of eligible prisoners was introduced. However, the main challenge faced was the slow pace of implementation of governance reforms in the Judiciary and constitution-making process. The focus during the SNDP will be on human and infrastructure development for governance institutions to enhance their delivery capacities. In addition, governance institutions will be decentralised to provincial levels as well as streamlining good governance practices in both public and private sectors, facilitate the domestication of provisions of the international human rights instruments into law and ensure the implementation of the new Republican Constitution. Other areas of focus will be the implementation of Parliamentary reforms, Access to Justice Programme, the National Anti-Corruption Policy and the APRM National Plan of Action. 3.2.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The matrix below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Governance Sector during the SNDP period. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 25 Table 7: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To enhance governance and increase access to civil and criminal justice a) Develop additional infrastructure for justice institutions; b) Increase human capacity in governance institutions; c) Accelerate the decentralization of governance institutions to Provincial and/or district levels; d) Develop and implement Case Flow Management (CFM) system; and e) Improve access to justice for the vulnerable, especially women and children. Administration of justice 2 To facilitate the promotion of human rights Construct Offices for Human Rights Institutions. Human Rights 3 To promote broad-based participation in public affairs Invest in technology for continuous voter‟s registration. Democratization 4 To put in place effective mechanisms that prevent corruption a) Construction and rehabilitation of transparency and accountability institutions; b) Streamline good governance practices in sectors; and c) Enhance coordination amongst the governance institutions. Accountability and Transparency 3.2.2 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicator tables will be used: Table 8: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Expected Output 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Administration of Justice Develop additional Infrastructure for Justice institutions Local Courts 45 45 30 20 20 160 Subordinate Courts 4 4 4 4 4 20 High Courts 2 2 2 1 1 8 VSU Offices 1 1 1 1 1 5 MoJ Office block 1 0 0 0 0 1 Justice Houses 1 1 1 1 1 5 Rehabilitation Supreme Court 1 0 0 0 0 1 Human Rights Construct Offices for human rights institutions 1 1 1 0 0 3 Democratization Invest in technology for continuous voters‟ registration 2,500,000 registered voters 223,290 registered voters 226,983 registered voters 230,738 registered voters 234,553 registered voters 3,415, 564 Accountability and Transparency Construction of Offices for transparency and accountability institutions (PPCA, ZLDC) 2 2 2 0 0 6 Construction of constituency offices 9 9 9 9 9 45 Construction of the new 0 1 0 0 0 1 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 26 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Expected Output chamber Rehabilitation of the old Chamber 1 0 0 0 0 1 Table 9: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2010 Annual Targets Overall Target 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Public Satisfaction in the delivery of public services 49% 65% 75% 85% 85% 85% 85% Average Number of verifiable interactions between MPs and their Constituents 30% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 90% Proportion of cases reported and investigated HRC 97% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% ACC 72% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% CFI 18% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% PPCA 72% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% JCA 80% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Backlog of cases Small Claims Court 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 10% Local Courts 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 10% Subordinate Courts 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 10% High Court (62%) 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 10% Supreme Court (27%) 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 10% Remand/Convict Ratio, 1: 5 30% 25% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 3.2.3 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 10: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) - Governance Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K Billions Cost in K Billions Cost in K Billions Cost in K Billions Cost in K Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Administration of Justice 45.0 17.2 62.2 43.0 16.3 59.3 42.5 12.3 54.8 40.0 12.8 52.8 38.0 10.7 48.7 Human Rights 0.7 0.7 2.2 2.2 5.7 5.7 6.5 6.5 0.7 0.7 Democratisation 5.6 6.0 11.6 5.9 6.2 12.1 4.7 5.5 10.2 4.7 5.5 10.2 4.7 14.0 18.7 Accountability & Transparency 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.5 2.0 2.0 Total 50.6 27.4 78.0 48.9 28.7 77.6 47.2 26.5 73.7 44.7 27.2 71.9 42.7 27.4 70.1 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 28 3.3 HIV and AIDS The HIV epidemic presents major challenges to the achievement of desired infrastructure and human development aspirations of the SNDP. HIV and AIDS has the capacity to negate efforts to promote human development and progress towards achieving the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). Although the epidemic is likely to affect overall long-term economic growth, the short-term effects are evident at household, community and institutional levels. During the FNDP period, the prevalence rate of HIV and AIDS slightly reduced and the treatment coverage of Anti-Retroviral Therapy(ART) increased significantly. The prevalence rate of HIV and AIDS reduced from 16.9 percent to 14.3 percent. Females were more likely to be HIV positive (16.1 percent) than males (12.3 percent). Urban areas had higher prevalence (20 percent) than rural areas (10 percent) 7 . An estimated 10 percent of HIV transmission from parent to child occurs during pregnancy, birth or breastfeeding, yet with effective treatment and follow up, paediatric HIV could be virtually eliminated. The treatment coverage of ART increased significantly with 283,863 people in 2009 receiving treatment that allows them to live longer and healthier lives. Significant progress has therefore been made in access to treatment, blood safety and injection safety. Challenges include slow progress in behavioural change, weak resource tracking, and poor impact mitigation especially for Orphans and Vulnerable Children (OVC). In this regard, the strategic focus during the SNDP period will be scaling up the comprehensive workplace and community prevention, treatment, and impact mitigation response to HIV and AIDS by various sectors and strengthening of mechanisms for a coordinated decentralized response. Due to the impact HIV and AIDS has on the labour force particularly on the loss of productivity, the pandemic is increasingly being addressed at the workplace level. The ongoing labour law reform process proposes to make HIV and AIDS workplace policies and programmes mandatory for companies. During the SNDP period, concerted effort will be targeted at the six key drivers of new infections which are 1) high rates of multiple concurrent sexual partners, 2) low and inconsistent condom use, 3) low rates of male circumcision, 4) mobility, 5) vulnerable groups with high risk behaviours, and 6) Mother To Child Transmission (MTCT). 7 Central Statistical Office Zambia Demographic and Health Survey, 2007 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 29 3.3.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the HIV and AIDS Sector during the SNDP period. Table 11: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To reduce the rate of new infections every year (HIV incidence) a) Intensifying and accelerating prevention of sexual transmission Promoting prevention of Transmission of HIV in family settings including MTCT; b) Integrating prevention in all aspects of care at all health care settings; and c) Expanding and scaling-up access to and use of VCT services. Prevention Response 2 To expand access to appropriate care, support and Treatment for people living with HIV and AIDS, their caregivers and their families, including services for TB, STIs and other opportunistic infections a) Promoting Universal access to quality ART and Confidential Counseling and testing; b) Scaling up of treatment for TB/STIs/OI including cancers; and c) Strengthening Home and Community Based Care and provide access to palliative care. Treatment, Care and Support 3 To provide improved social support services for orphans, and vulnerable children, people living with HIV and their caregivers and families a) Scaling up support services for Orphans and vulnerable children Promoting Programmes of food ; and b) Security and income/livelihood generation for PLHA and their caregivers and families. Mitigation 4 To strengthen the capacity for a well-coordinated and sustainably managed HIV and AIDS multi-sectoral response a) Promoting practices which reduce stigma and discrimination through structural and community measures; b) Strengthen mainstreaming, decentralisation and community HIV and AIDS response; c) Enhance resourcing and tracking of a sustained national response; d) Strengthen monitoring, evaluation and Research; and e) Streamline and align the HIV and AIDS Institutional Arrangements in line with the Decentralisation Policy and other legal instruments. Coordination and Management 3.3.2 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicator tables will be used: Table 12: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2010 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 CT# of adults tested for HIV and receiving their test results 1,910,253/ 6,822,332(28%) 2,275,417/ 7,001,282(33%) 2,643,413/ 7,167,607(37%) 3,023,728/ 7,330,249(41%) 3,414,029/ 7,481,984(46%) 3,816,765/ 7,633,530(50%) PMTCT # of HIV + women receiving 47,175 /79,498 (2009) 61% 60,002/ 81,504(73%) 66,415/ 83,598(79%) 72,828/ 85,708(85%) 79,242/ 87,883(90%) 85,655/ 90,163(95% ) Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 30 Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2010 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 complete course of ARV ART # of people with HIV and AIDS who receive ARV 283,863/434,168 (2009)68% 361,919/ 452,399(80%) 398,692/ 469,050 (85%) 420,415/ 483,236(87%) 443,643/ 498,476 (89%) 462,443/ 513,826 (90%) ART # of children who have HIV and Aids receiving ARVs 21,050/36,215 (2009) 62% 26,080/ 38,379 (68%) 28,595/ 39,429 (72%) 31,110/ 39,469 (79%) 33,625/ 38,785 (87%) 36,140/ 38,042 (95%) Mainstreaming # of organizations with comprehensive workplace and community response strategies to HIV and AIDS (CS, Public and private sector, informal sector) 500 organizations 520 540 560 580 600 3.3.3 Sector Budget and Financing Financing of the HIV and AIDS interventions are within the provisions of the Health Sector Budget and Financing. In addition, It is expected that the efforts of combating HIV and AIDS will be complimented by external financing. 3.4 Gender Government will continue to advance the mainstreaming of gender in the development process and the empowerment of women. In this regard, major interventions shall be gender mainstreaming into policies and legislation; and support to the socio-economic empowerment of women. Further, government will undertake to comprehensively integrate, into national policies and programmes, important international and regional conventions and treaties on gender to which Zambia is party. In order to ascertain the empowerment of women, attention will be paid to interventions in agriculture, land, energy, commerce, trade and industry, access to finance, education and training, governance, social protection sectors and HIV and AIDS. 3.4.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The matrix below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Gender Sector during the SNDP period. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 31 Table 13: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To develop gender responsive policies and legal framework. a) Domesticate appropriate and relevant provisions contained in the Convention on the Elimination of all forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW); b) Facilitate the enactment of the Gender Based Violence (GBV)Bill; c) Facilitate awareness raising on gender and development issues; d) Promote the review and harmonization of customary and statutory land ownership laws, procedures and administrative practices; and e) Facilitate the review of all pertinent legislation to enhance women and girls rights. Gender Responsive Policies and Legislation 2 To enhance capacity of women to participate in national development a) Devise appropriate poverty reduction programmes and projects for women; b) Facilitate capacity building in entrepreneurship, survival and life skills among women; c) Promote girls‟ participation in science and technology; d) Enhance women and girls training in leadership skills; and e) Reduce the vulnerability of women to Gender Based Violence and HIV infection. Empowerment of Women 3 To strengthen institutional capacities for effective Gender mainstreaming a) Facilitate monitoring of Gender and development programmes and activities; and b) Promote and build capacity of systems for collecting Gender disaggregated data. Coordination for Gender Mainstreaming 3.4.2 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicator tables will be used: Table 14: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects/Activities to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Gender Mainstreaming Capacity building 5 5 5 5 2 22 institutions trained in Gender mainstreaming GIDD, ZAMIM, ESAMI Gender Audit 2 2 2 2 2 10 gender audits GIDD, ESAMI, Line Ministries Gender Surveys 1 1 1 3 p-surveys carried out. GIDD, Line Ministries Legislative & policy review 3 2 2 2 1 5 policies and 5 pieces of legislation dev. & reviewed GIDD, MOJ,PAC,ZLDC, Line Ministries Empowerment of Women Training 15 15 15 15 15 75 women clubs trained in entrepreneurship GIDD, ZDA, ZACSMBA Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 32 Programmes Projects/Activities to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s) Key Stakeholders 50 50 50 50 50 250 women in politics trained in leadership skills GIDD,NGOCC ZWL, CEEC 50 50 50 50 50 250 girls mentored in leadership skills GIDD,NGOCC ZWL 40 40 40 40 40 200 women trained in corporate management and communication GIDD, ZAFWIB, IoD, MISA Awareness creation 2 2 2 2 1 9 provinces sensitized on the contents of Gender Based Violence Bill GIDD, MOJ, WILSA, ZLDC 50 50 50 50 50 200 Women attending appropriate technology demos. GIDD, NISIR,TDAU, Establish one stop Centre for GBV Survivors in 9 provinces 1 2 2 2 2 9 one stop Centres for GBV Survivors established GIDD, MoH, MoHA, MoJ, MCDSS NGOCC, VSU Table 15: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2010 Annual Targets Overall target Name Definition 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Reduction in the number of GBV cases at national level Percentage of women experiencing GBV 47(ZDHS,2007) 45 40 35 30 25 25 Percentage of women in Decision making positions Percentage of women in decision making positions in the public sector 16 18 20 25 27 30 30 Percentage of women‟s projects financed by CEEC Percentage of successful projects promoted by women under CEEC 22.7 24 26 28 29 30 30 Percentage of women in formal sector employment Total number of women/total formal sector employment X 100 21% (2008) 24 26 28 29 30 30 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 3.4.3 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 16: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) - Gender Programme 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Empowerment of Women 11.0 11.0 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 8.1 8.1 8.5 8.5 Coordination for Gender Mainstreaming 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 Total 11.5 11.5 8.4 8.4 8.2 8.2 8.7 8.7 9.2 9.2 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 34 3.5 Nutrition Good nutrition underpins progress and will contribute towards achieving most of the MDGs and the Vision 2030. Good nutrition also leads to enhanced education and health outcomes that consequently contribute to improved productivity and overall national socio-economic development. During the SNDP period, the Nutrition sector will focus on guiding and expanding the scope of implementation of, and monitoring the nutrition related interventions under various sectors as per the National Food and Nutrition Policy. The key sectors of interest will be Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries Development, Health, Education and Skills Development and Commerce, Trade and Industry. Under Health, the focus will be to advocate for increased access to and coverage of high impact community-based nutrition interventions. In Agriculture, the focus will be to advocate for the promotion of nutritious diet through crop diversification, adequate food processing, storage and utilization. Under Education the sector will support the expansion of school nutrition services. The sector will also centre its efforts on ensuring adequate quality and safety of locally produced and imported food and food products in collaboration with Commerce, Trade and Industry. The selected strategies within the key sectors will contribute towards improvement in the nutrition status of the population, thus adding value to the human capital required for social and economic development. Furthermore, to enhance and streamline the interventions, the sector will facilitate the amendment of the National Food and Nutrition Commission Act No. 41 of 1967, to empower the National Food and Nutrition Commission (NFNC) to effectively coordinate the nutrition sector in view of the current emerging food and nutrition and related challenges. 3.5.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Nutrition Sector during the SNDP period. Table 17: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To improve the nutritional status of the Zambian population through the provision of quality nutrition services and increased availability, access and utilization of quality and safe foods a) Amend the National Food and Nutrition Commission Act No. 41 of 1967; b) Expand proven high impact and cost effective food and nutrition interventions focusing on under-served areas and vulnerable population groups; c) Advocate for the promotion of nutritious diet through crop diversification, adequate food processing, storage and utilization; d) Ensure adequate quality and safety of local and imported food and food products; e) Enhance effective utilization of food by advocating for control, prevention and treatment of diseases having an impact on nutrition and specifically community-based interventions; and f) Support expansion of the school feeding programme and other school nutrition services. Food and Nutrition Coordination and Management Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 35 3.5.2 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicator tables will be used: Table 18: Key Performance Indictors Key Performance Indicators Indicator Definition Baseline 2009 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Prevalence of underweight Percentage of under five children with weight-for-age below -2SD (WHO reference) 15%* 14% 13% 12% 11% 10% Prevalence of stunting Percentage of under five children with height-for-age below -2SD (WHO reference) 45%* 42% 39% 36% 33% 30% Coverage of use of adequately iodized salt Percentage of households using salt iodized with 20-40 ppm > 70% > 80% > 80% > 90% > 90% 3.6 Disability and Development In the Plan, the focus will be to accelerate mainstreaming of disability issues in national development in order to improve the lives of persons with disabilities. This will be done through the development and implementation of legislation, policies and programmes in line with the UN Convention of Rights for Persons with Disability (UNCRPD). Government will ensure that user friendly infrastructure is in place to enhance accessibility to services by persons with disabilities. The creation of productive and decent employment for Persons WithDisabilities (PWDs) will also be taken into prime consideration. Other interventions will include provision of free medical and health services, assistive technology, promotion of community rehabilitation centres, providing education opportunities and skills development to vulnerable persons with disabilities, and employment promotion for persons with disabilities. 3.6.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for Disability and Development during the SNDP period. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 36 Table 19: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To enable persons with disabilities participate fully in all aspects of life a) Identify and eliminate obstacles and barriers to accessibility in the physical environment, transportation and information communication technology; and b) Provide training to Disabled Persons Organisations (DPOs) Inspectors on issues of accessibility by Persons with Disabilities. Accessibility 2 To ensure that health services are accessible to persons with disabilities a) Provide free medical &health servicesto vulnerable persons with disabilities. Medical Care 3 To ensure persons with disabilities have access to quality rehabilitation services to attain their full functional capacity a) Provide assistive technology to the disabled; b) Rehabilitate existing rehabilitation centres; and c) Establish, promote and support community based rehabilitation for persons with disabilities. Rehabilitation and Independent living 4 To provide inclusive education and skills training at all levels a) Strengthen and implement training programmes for teachers in special needs education; b) Provide education opportunities and skills development to vulnerable persons with disabilities; c) Provide adequate educational facilities, services, equipment and materials to persons with disabilities in learning institutions; and d) Promote the employability of PWDs. Education and Skills Development 5 To create equal employment opportunities for Persons with Disabilities in decent employment a) Provide incentives to organizations and individuals to enhance employment opportunities for persons with disabilities; b) Provide micro-credit to persons with disabilities to enable them undertake entrepreneurial activities; and c) Develop a mechanism for PWDs to access funds from financial Institutions. Employment promotion for PWDs Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 3.6.2 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 20: Sector Budget and Financing – Disability and Development Programme 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K Billions Cost in K Billions Cost in K Billions Cost in K Billions Cost in K Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Accessibility 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.9 Medical Care 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.8 1.8 Rehabilitation and Independent Living 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Education and Skills Development 2.4 2.4 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 Employment Promotion for PWDS 1.2 1.2 1.7 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.9 2.0 2.0 Total 9.6 9.6 10.7 10.7 11.4 11.4 12.3 12.3 13.1 13.1 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 38 3.7 Environment During the FNDP period, the legal and policy framework was strengthened through the adoption of the National Policy on Environment. Other achievements were the review and amendment of the Environmental Protection and Pollution Control Act of 1990, initiation of the Environmental and Natural Resources Management, and Mainstreaming Programme (ENRMMP) and Reclassification of Effective Management of National Protected Areas System. The sector‟s main challenges were inadequate human and technical capacity and weak coordination for environmental policy implementation and law enforcement. During the SNDP period, the National Policy on Environment (NPE) and Environmental Protection and Pollution Control Act (EPPCA) will be reviewed to address emerging issues on climate change and Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA). The sector will also undertake legal reforms to domesticate some international environmental conventions and protocols. The sector will also collaborate with relevant stakeholders to speed up the implementation of the National Decentralization Policy in order to facilitate improved service delivery. In addition, other sector policies that have a bearing on the environment will be strengthened to promote environmental sustainability. These include policies in agriculture, forestry, wildlife, water, energy, mining, land, health, construction as well as science and technology. 3.7.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The matrix below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Environment during the SNDP period. Table 21: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1. To strengthen policy and legal framework for effective environmental management a) Harmonize sector policies and legislation to ensure adequate coverage of environmental and natural resources concerns in selected sectors (Agriculture, Health, Education, Energy, Water, Land, Infrastructure, Mining, Local government and MoFNP); b) Review existing policy and legal framework for environmental management; c) Strengthen enforcement of environmental regulations; d) Domesticate Multilateral Environmental Agreements; e) Develop long term environment and climate change; mainstreaming and response strategies respectively for implementation at national, sector and sub national levels; and f) Strengthen institutional capacity at national, provincial, district and community levels to effectively implement the policy and legal framework. Environmental Protection and Pollution Control To strengthen environmental protection and management a) Improve data and information management systems and equipment and human capacity for environmental accounting and pollution mitigation and control; b) Promote sustainable land management and facilitate rehabilitation of degraded lands in open areas; c) Improve management of waste, chemicals and effluent; d) Information management systems and equipment for air quality monitoring installed across the country; e) Improved environmental emergency response capacity; and Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 39 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes f) Facilitate environmental Research and Development 2. To promote effective management of the environment and natural resources in key sectors a) Carryout systematic and targeted training in application of tools for integration of environment and natural resources management in selected sectors and provinces; b) Facilitate the development and implementation of sector and provincial specific environmental integration and climate change adaptation and mitigation guidelines and programmes; c) Develop and implement a sector wide environmental education, public awareness and advocacy campaign on key environmental issues; d) Create an environment fund for promoting resource mobilization and investment for effective environmental management; and e) Develop an investment framework and financing strategy for sustainable land management. Environment and Climate Change Mainstreaming 3.7.2 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicator tables will be used: Table 22: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Coordination and Environmental Protection and pollution control. Harmonizatio n of sector policies and legislation 1 1 1 1 1 5 Sector policies and legislation harmonized starting with agriculture & energy MTENR, ECZ and. 5 Selected sectors Development of institutional coordination mechanisms and guidelines 4 5 4 5 18 integrated district plans developmen t plans in place MTENR, MLGH, Provincial Administration - 1 - 1 2 provincial plans in place Development of data and information management systems and equipment for 3 3 3 - - 9 data and information management system stations for pollution MTENR, ECZ, Meteorology Department, Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 40 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s) Key Stakeholders air pollution control control established across the country Licensing and enforcement 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 85% of all licensable facilities issued with pollution control licenses Environmental Council of Zambia (ECZ) 45% 50 % 60% 70 % 75 % 75% chemical handlers registered ECZ Strengthen enforcement of environmental regulations 40% 45% 50% 55% 60% 60% of licensed facilities submit emission returns ECZ Collection and disposal of solid waste in designated site 40% 45% 50% 55% 65% 65% of waste generated collected and disposed of Local Authorities and ECZ Emergency response capacity 40 % 60 % 70% 80% 80% of EE responded to by developers ECZ Environment and climate change mainstreaming Training sector and provincial development planners and practitioner 1 1 2 1 2 5 selected sectors and 2 selected provinces trained in mainstreami ng tools MTENR, ECZ and. 5 selected sectors and 2 selected provinces Development of long term Mainstreamin g strategy 1 - - - - 1 Long term mainstreami ng strategy and action plan in place MTENR and selected sectors and provinces Development of sector and provincial environmental integration and climate change adaptation and mitigation programmes 2 sector s,2 provin ces 2 sector s 1 provin ce 2sect ors 3 provi nces 6 sector specific and 6 province specific environment integration programmes in place MTENR, ECZ, selected sectors and provinces Environmenta l Fund Establishment 10 10 10 10 10 50 projects supported MTENR,ECZ,ZAWA,NH CC NGOs, Ministries Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 41 Table 23: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indictors Baseline 2009 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Level of compliance to environmental regulations & safeguards (% of the total number of facilities ) 40 45 50 55 60 60 Total greenhouse inventory undertaken emissions in CO2 (Gg) equivalent 24, 000 - - - - 30, 000 % of solid waste collected and disposed in designated sites in Urban local authorities 35 40 45 50 55 65 Effluent discharge compliance to statutory limit 38% 40% 45% 50% 55% 60% Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 3.7.3 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 24 : Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Environment Programme 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Environmental Protection and Pollution Control 0.9 24.2 25.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 Environment and Climate Change Mainstreaming 1.3 40.5 41.8 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 Total 2.1 64.7 66.8 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.8 2.8 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 43 3.8 Disaster Risk Management Zambia has continued to experience a number of hazards over the FNDP period. The most serious have been droughts, seasonal floods and flash floods, extreme temperatures and dry spells. Some of these, especially droughts and floods have increased in frequency, intensity and magnitude during the FNDP period and have adversely impacted heavily on food and water security, infrastructure, energy, health and sustainable livelihoods of rural communities. Though there is no doubt that climate change vulnerability has negative effects, adaptation presents enormous challenges. To address climate change vulnerability disaster risk management measures will be instituted. In addition, rural and urban land use management and urban planning will be enhanced through the local authorities and National Housing Authority. During the SNPD period, the main aim is to reduce the socio-economic impact of disasters by enhancing and building strong disaster risk management mechanisms at community, district and national level as well as building infrastructure that can withstand natural disasters. This will be achieved through enhanced planning, response, reconstruction, rehabilitation and disaster mitigation. Efforts to achieve this include the integration of disaster risk management into sustainable development planning and programming at all levels. 3.8.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The matrix below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Disaster Risk Management during the SNDP period. Table 25: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To mainstream disaster risk management in priority sectors a) Develop early warning information system and information dissemination; b) Establishment of district based vulnerability and risk profiles; c) Formulate and update district and provincial disaster management plans; d) Participate in the formulation of land use plans; e) Mainstreaming disaster risk management in infrastructure development, Agriculture, Health and Local Government and Housing, Energy and Education; and f) To enhance coordination. Disaster management mainstreaming 2 To build capacity for disaster management a) Institutionalization of Provincial and District Preparedness Plans; b) Enhancement of Disaster Preparedness at all levels; and c) Strengthening of Disaster prevention and mitigation. Capacity building 3.8.2 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicator tables will be used: Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 44 Table 26: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects/activities to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Disaster management mainstreaming Vulnerability and Risk Profiling 41 32 - - - 73 District Profiles in Place. DMMU, CSO Institutionalization of Disaster Risk Management Plans 20 27 26 - - 73 Disaster Management Plans in Place DMMU Disaster Risk Management Stakeholder Capacity Building 9 - - - - 9 Sectors sensitized and oriented in Disaster risk management and mitigation DMMU Disaster Risk Management Framework Formulation 1 - - - A Disaster Risk Management Framework in Place. DMMU Early Warning 1 1 2 2 1 1 Early Warning Systems in Place at DMMU Headquarters and 5 other sector systems developed (in Mines, Education, Local Government, Commerce and Industry and Community development) DMMU, MMMD, MOE, MLGH, MCTI, MCDSS Disaster Risk Management Capacity Strengthening Maintenance of adequate stocks for disaster response (a) 4,500 Mt of grain a) 4,500 Mt of grain a) 4,500 Mt of grain a) 4,500 Mt of grain (a) 4,500 Mt of grain 4,500 Mt of grain DMMU (b) 4,500 tents (b) 4,500 tents (b) 4,500 tents (b) 4,500 tents (b) 4,500 tents 4,500 tents DMMU (c) 5,000 boxes of Chlorine (c) 5,000 boxes of Chlorine (c) 5,000 boxes of Chlorine (c) 5,000 boxes of Chlorine (c) 5,000 boxes of Chlorine 5,000 boxes of Chlorine DMMU (d) 4,500 ITN (d) ,4500 ITN (d) 4,500 ITN (d) 4,500 ITN (d) 4,500 ITN 4,500 ITN DMMU (e) 300 Cholera Drug Kits (e) To be established (e) To be established (e) To be established (e) To be established To be established DMMU Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 45 Table 27: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Definition Baseline (2010) 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Response Time (Hrs) (a) National This is the time taken between the time a disaster strikes and the time the affected communities receive an intervention from the Disaster Management Cadre 72 48 36 24 12 within 12 hours (b)Provincial 36 24 12 6 4 within 4 hours (c)Satellite 3 2 1 within an 1 hour within an 1 hour within an 1 hour Early Warning Response level (%) This is the percentage of people who are exposed to hazard risk who receive early warning information and take action. 23 30 40 50 55 60 Stock Threshold (a) food stocks (maize equivalent -Mt) This is the minimum level of stock (disaggregated as; food and non-food) available for disaster management and mitigation at any given time, measured in metric tonnes (Mt). (a) 4,500 (a) 4,500 (a) 4,500 (a)4,500 (a) 4,500 (a) 4,500 (b) Tents (b) 4,500 (b) 4,500 (b) 4,500 (b) 4,500 (b) 4,500 (b) 4,500 (c) Chlorine (c) 5000 boxes of Chlorine (c) To be established (c) To be established (c) To be established (c) To be established (c) To be established (d) Insecticide Treated Nets (d) 4,500 (d) 4,500 (d) 4,500 (d) 4,500 (d) 4,500 (d) 4,500 (h) Drug Kits (e) 300 Cholera Drug Kits (e) To be established (e) To be established (e) To be established (e) To be established (e) To be established Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 3.8.3 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 28: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Disaster Risk Management Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Coordination of Disaster Management Programmes 0.5 - 0.5 0.5 - 0.5 0.6 - 0.6 0.6 - 0.6 0.5 - 0.5 Provision of Management Services 1.3 - 1.3 1.2 - 1.2 1.2 - 1.2 1.1 - 1.1 1.5 - 1.5 Disaster Response 42.6 - 42.6 27.8 - 27.8 28.0 - 28.0 23.5 - 23.2 18.5 - 18.5 Stock Piling 3.0 - 3.0 3.2 - 3.2 3.0 - 3.0 3.2 - 3.2 2.9 - 2.9 Development and Maintenance of Information and Communication Systems 0.6 - 0.6 0.7 - 0.7 0.7 - 0.7 0.5 - 0.5 0.6 - 0.6 Project formulation 0.2 - 0.2 0.1 - 0.1 0.1 - 0.1 0.2 - 0.2 0.2 - 0.2 Vulnerability and Needs Assessment Profiling 0.2 - 0.2 0.2 - 0.2 0.1 - 0.1 0.1 - 0.1 0.2 - 0.2 Disaster Preparedness 0.5 - 0.5 0.2 - 0.2 0.2 - 0.2 0.2 - 0.2 0.2 - 0.2 Total 49.0 - 49.0 34.0 - 34.0 34.0 - 34.0 29.4 - 29.1 24.6 - 24.6 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 47 4. FINANCING 4.1 Fiscal Framework Over the SNDP period, Government projects to increase domestic revenues as a share of GDP to an average of 18.6 percent from the FNDP target of 17.7 percent. This is premised on improved economic activities and tax administration as well as an expansionary tax reform programme which will be undertaken in 2011 and 2012. In view of the envisaged increase in domestic revenues, grants from Cooperating Partners are expected to reduce from an average of 3.3 percent of GDP in 2010 to an average of 2.1 percent over the SNDP period. The projected revenues and expenditures as a share of GDP are shown in the Table below. Table 29: Projected Revenues and Expenditures as a Share of GDP (%) 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Average GDP 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 2011 -2015 Total Revenues and Grants 20.11% 20.48% 20.64% 20.92% 21.39% 20.71% Domestic Revenues 18.27% 17.84% 18.41% 18.94% 19.64% 18.62% Tax Revenues 17.64% 17.21% 17.77% 18.30% 18.99% 17.98% Non-Tax Revenues 0.62% 0.63% 0.63% 0.64% 0.65% 0.64% Grants from Cooperating Partners 1.84% 2.64% 2.23% 1.98% 1.75% 2.09% Total Expenditure 23.31% 26.44% 24.41% 22.69% 22.31% 23.83% Expenses & Liabilities 17.24% 15.97% 15.19% 13.79% 14.01% 15.24% Assets 6.07% 10.46% 9.22% 8.90% 8.30% 8.59% o/w Domestically Financed 3.44% 4.30% 5.22% 6.90% 6.90% 5.35% Domestically Financed Roads 1.76% 1.80% 2.20% 2.75% 3.19% 2.34% Rural Electrification 0.17% 0.15% 0.15% 0.14% 0.17% 0.16% Water and Sanitation 0.14% 0.15% 0.32% 0.33% 0.33% 0.25% Financing 3.20% 5.96% 3.77% 1.78% 0.92% 3.12% Domestic Financing 1.41% 1.20% 1.10% 1.10% 0.75% 1.11% External Financing 1.79% 4.76% 2.67% 0.68% 0.17% 2.01% Projected Government expenditures are expected to broadly remain at an average of 23.8 percent of GDP during the Plan period. Government‟s intention during the SNDP period is to create more fiscal space to allow for increased spending on core programmes. In this regard, Government projects expenses and liabilities to decline from 17.2 percent of GDP in 2011 to 14.0 percent of GDP by 2015. The driving factors in this downward trend are expected to be the reduction in administrative costs across all Government departments, without constraining key operations in the critical sectors of health, education and skills development. Efficient use of resources in the health, education and road sectors will be important. In line with the SNDP‟s strategic focus of facilitating economic development through increased investments in infrastructure, Government‟s resource allocation towards capital expenditures is projected to substantially increase from 6.1 percent of GDP in 2011 to 8.3 percent of GDP by Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 48 2015. The bulk of these resources will go towards infrastructure development particularly in health, education and skills development. In addition, Government will also commit a significant share of its domestic resources to other core programmes such as roadinfrastructure, rural electrification and water and sanitation. As such, the Government projects to increase the domestic allocation to road infrastructure development from 1.8 percent of GDP in 2011 to 3.2 percent of GDP by 2015. The Government will also allocate adequate resources to the Rural Electrification Programme as projected in the Rural Electrification Master Plan. In addition, the allocation to water and sanitation will increase from 0.1 percent of GDP in 2011 to 0.3 percent of GDP by 2015. 4.2 Estimation of Resources for the SNDP Total resources 8 for the SNDP (2011-2015) are projected at K132.2 trillion and expected to average K26.4 trillion per annum. Of the total resources, non-discretionary expenditures such as Personal Emoluments, Debt Service and Grants to Institutions will account for K78.7 trillion or 59.5 percent of the total resources. The remaining balance of K53.6 trillion representing 40.5 percent of the total resources will be applied on discretionary expenditures. Of the discretionary resources, K48.0 trillion or 89.6 percent is earmarked for the strategic focus of the SNDP and will be applied on roads, health, education and skills development, water and sanitation programmes and foreign financed capital projects. The balance of K5.6 trillion will be directed to the rest of the SNDP programmes. Table 30: Estimates of Resources Available for SNDP Programmes 2011 K'Billion 2012 K'Billion 2013 K'Billi on 2014 K'Billion 2015 K'Billi on TOTAL Average Total Resource Envelope 20,537 25,903 26,789 28,123 30,866 132,219 26,444 Domestic Revenues 15,769 17,285 19,997 23,242 26,932 103,224 20,645 Tax Revenues 15,230 16,675 19,308 22,456 26,037 99,707 19,941 Non-Tax Revenues 539 610 688 786 895 3,518 704 Grants from Co-operating Partners 1,588 2,557 2,425 2,426 2,394 11,390 2,278 Total Financing 3,181 6,060 4,367 2,456 1,540 17,604 3,521 Domestic Financing 1,220 1,163 1,195 1,350 1,028 5,956 1,191 Foreign Financing 1,961 4,897 3,172 1,106 512 11,648 2,330 Total Expenditure 20,537 25,903 26,789 28,123 30,866 132,219 26,444 Precommited Expenditures 13,543 14,325 16,757 16,024 18,006 78,656 15,731 Personal Emoluments 7,404 8,122 8,803 9,544 10,292 44,165 8,833 Debt Service 1,665 1,654 1,761 1,938 2,113 9,131 1,826 Awards and Compensation 170 100 100 150 88 608 122 Pension Fund 359 304 339 353 417 1,771 354 Settlement of Domestic Arrears 85 30 50 0 0 165 33 Grants to Institutions 1,216 1,257 1,389 1,471 1,549 6,883 1,377 8 Total resources include domestic revenues (tax and non-tax revenue), grants from Co-operating Partners and financing (domestic and external borrowing). Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 49 2011 K'Billion 2012 K'Billion 2013 K'Billi on 2014 K'Billion 2015 K'Billi on TOTAL Average Voter Registration/Election 243 4 4 4 4 259 52 Food Security Pack 15 15 15 15 15 75 15 Operations of MPSAs 1,424 1,340 1,640 1,647 2,410 8,461 1,692 Empowerment Funds 76 76 100 100 100 452 90 Foreign Financed 503 1,271 2,421 666 862 5,722 1,144 Resources Available For SNDP Programmes 6,995 11,577 10,032 12,099 12,860 53,563 10,713 Earmarked Programmes 6,604 10,773 9,055 10,468 11,104 48,004 9,601 O/w Roads 1,521 1,740 2,395 3,372 4,369 13,397 2,679 O/w Rural Electrification Fund 150 150 160 169 230 859 172 O/w Health, Education and Skills Development 1,919 2,770 3,114 3,794 4,095 15,694 3,139 O/w Foreign Financed Capital Projects 2,260 5,363 2,403 2,068 1,265 13,358 2,672 O/w Water and Sanitation 119 150 350 400 450 1,469 294 O/w Farmer Input Support Programme 485 500 533 564 594 2,677 535 O/w Strategic Food Reserve 150 100 100 100 100 550 110 Other 390 804 977 1,631 1,756 5,559 1,112 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 Allocation of Resources by Sector The resources over the SNDP period have been aligned with the strategic focus. The following is a detailed breakdown of SNDP resources broken down by sector. Table 31: Allocation of Resources by Sectors (K’ Billion) 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 TOTAL GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total SNDP RESOURCES 4,734.49 2,260.12 6,994.61 6,214.89 5,362.55 11,577.45 7,628.92 2,402.70 10,031.62 10,031.62 2,067.53 12,099.15 11,595.07 1,264.66 12,859.73 40,204.99 13,357.56 53,562.56 TOTAL 4,734.49 2,260.12 6,994.61 6,214.89 5,362.55 11,577.45 7,628.92 2,402.70 10,031.62 10,031.62 2,067.53 12,099.15 11,595.07 1,264.66 12,859.73 40,204.99 13,357.56 53,562.56 CROSS CUTTING SECTORS 122.90 92.02 214.92 105.66 28.65 134.31 104.29 26.45 130.74 98.89 27.20 126.09 93.52 27.35 120.87 525.26 201.67 726.93 Governance 50.60 27.35 77.95 48.90 28.65 77.55 47.20 26.45 73.65 44.70 27.20 71.90 42.70 27.35 70.05 234.10 137.00 371.10 Gender 11.52 11.52 8.36 8.36 8.21 8.21 8.69 8.69 9.16 9.16 45.94 45.94 Disability and Development 9.60 9.60 12.10 12.10 12.40 12.40 13.50 13.50 14.30 14.30 61.90 61.90 Environment 2.14 64.67 66.81 2.29 2.29 2.45 2.45 2.62 2.62 2.81 2.81 12.30 64.67 76.97 Disaster Risk Management 49.04 49.04 34.01 34.01 34.03 34.03 29.38 29.38 24.56 24.56 171.02 171.02 INFRASTRUCTURE 1,713.92 1,687.53 3,401.45 2,060.56 4,906.34 6,966.91 2,852.28 1,879.29 4,731.57 4,239.66 1,463.17 5,702.83 5,451.23 512.75 5,963.98 16,317.65 10,449.09 26,766.73 Transport Infrastructure 1,555.07 1,523.28 3,078.35 1,846.57 3,066.34 4,912.91 2,635.22 1,879.29 4,514.51 3,933.86 1,463.17 5,397.03 5,085.21 512.75 5,597.96 15,055.93 8,444.84 23,500.77 o/w Roads 1,520.70 1,523.28 3,043.98 1,740.34 3,066.34 4,806.68 2,394.73 1,879.29 4,274.02 3,372.16 1,463.17 4,835.33 4,369.41 512.75 4,882.16 13,397.34 8,444.84 21,842.18 Rail 2.96 2.96 54.97 54.97 180.70 180.70 453.30 453.30 578.00 578.00 1,269.93 1,269.93 Air 29.83 29.83 39.06 39.06 45.59 45.59 82.60 82.60 104.90 104.90 301.98 301.98 Water 1.59 1.59 12.20 12.20 14.20 14.20 25.80 25.80 32.90 32.90 86.69 86.69 Energy 154.82 164.25 319.07 191.13 1,840.00 2,031.13 193.20 193.20 280.93 280.93 339.74 339.74 1,159.82 2,004.25 3,164.07 o/w Rural Electrification 150.00 164.25 314.25 150.00 150.00 159.90 159.90 169.33 169.33 230.00 230.00 859.23 164.25 1,023.48 Others 4.82 4.82 41.13 1,840.00 1,881.13 33.30 33.30 111.60 111.60 109.74 109.74 300.59 1,840.00 2,140.59 Housing 4.03 4.03 22.86 22.86 23.86 23.86 24.86 24.86 26.28 26.28 101.89 101.89 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 2,016.87 220.50 2,237.37 2,918.16 161.96 3,080.12 3,472.55 161.96 3,634.51 4,241.41 161.96 4,403.37 4,615.46 161.96 4,777.42 17,264.46 868.34 18,132.79 Health 802.44 802.44 1,287.53 1,287.53 1,471.70 1,471.70 1,754.97 1,754.97 1,847.82 1,847.82 7,164.47 7,164.47 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 TOTAL GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Education and Skills Development 1,059.14 220.50 1,279.64 1,407.80 161.96 1,569.76 1,568.64 161.96 1,730.60 1,962.14 161.96 2,124.10 2,166.79 161.96 2,328.75 8,164.50 868.34 9,032.84 Water and Sanitation 140.46 140.46 192.63 192.63 399.73 399.73 489.90 489.90 564.63 564.63 1,787.35 1,787.35 o/w Water Development 20.46 20.46 42.63 42.63 49.73 49.73 89.90 89.90 114.63 114.63 317.35 317.35 Water Supply and Sanitation 120.00 120.00 150.00 150.00 350.00 350.00 400.00 400.00 450.00 450.00 1,470.00 1,470.00 Youth and Sports Development 14.83 14.83 30.20 30.20 32.49 32.49 34.40 34.40 36.23 36.23 148.14 148.14 GROWTH SECTORS 725.04 208.98 934.02 853.66 221.10 1,074.76 922.71 288.00 1,210.71 1,142.45 373.00 1,515.45 1,122.87 526.40 1,649.27 4,766.73 1,617.48 6,384.20 Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries 683.00 183.00 866.00 766.38 220.00 986.38 822.79 288.00 1,110.79 1,037.58 373.00 1,410.58 1,009.77 521.00 1,530.77 4,319.51 1,585.00 5,904.51 Mining 7.20 4.30 11.50 14.30 1.10 15.40 14.60 14.60 15.10 15.10 15.10 5.40 20.50 66.30 10.80 77.10 Tourism 27.73 14.17 41.90 43.25 43.25 49.91 49.91 51.11 51.11 53.91 53.91 225.91 14.17 240.08 o/w Arts and Culture 6.90 6.90 9.60 9.60 10.30 10.30 11.30 11.30 14.00 14.00 52.10 52.10 Manufacturing 4.42 1.10 5.52 19.88 19.88 27.43 27.43 29.10 29.10 33.14 33.14 113.96 1.10 115.06 Commerce and Trade 2.69 6.41 9.09 9.85 9.85 7.99 7.99 9.57 9.57 10.95 10.95 41.04 6.41 47.45 SUPPORT SECTORS 94.91 51.09 146.00 157.77 44.50 202.27 168.78 47.00 215.78 181.59 42.20 223.79 164.85 36.20 201.05 767.88 220.99 988.87 Science, Technology and Innovation 12.12 12.12 20.67 20.67 21.50 21.50 23.00 23.00 24.00 24.00 101.29 101.29 Information and Communications Technology 2.17 2.17 42.60 42.60 47.00 47.00 57.00 57.00 40.00 40.00 188.77 188.77 Natural Resources 4.73 5.99 10.72 10.46 10.46 11.44 11.44 12.75 12.75 12.71 12.71 52.09 5.99 58.08 Local Government and Decentralisation 14.49 1.10 15.59 14.44 14.44 13.44 13.44 9.44 9.44 6.44 6.44 58.23 1.10 59.33 Social Protection 61.40 44.00 105.40 69.60 44.50 114.10 75.40 47.00 122.40 79.40 42.20 121.60 81.70 36.20 117.90 367.50 213.90 581.40 REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT 60.84 60.84 119.09 119.09 108.32 108.32 127.63 127.63 147.14 147.14 563.02 563.02 Regional Development 60.84 60.84 119.09 119.09 108.32 108.32 127.63 127.63 147.14 147.14 563.02 563.02 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 52 4.3 Alternative Sources of Financing In the Plan period, Government will endeavour to facilitate Public Private Partnership (PPP) projects across all areas of economic development and social service delivery for the benefit of the general population. More specifically, key projects to be procured under the PPP arrangement will transcend across sectors such as Energy, Water and Sanitation, Agriculture, Housing, Communications, Transport, Health and Education. Some selected projects expected to be undertaken through PPP over the SNDP period are indicated in the Table below. Table 32: Pipeline Projects under PPP Name of Project Cost PPP type Status of Implementation Roads Lusaka-Ndola TBA* BOT*/Tolling EOI Advertised Kitwe Chingola TBA BOT/Tolling EOI Advertised/Negotiation Chingola-Jimbe Border TBA BOT/Tolling EOI Advertised Lusaka-Livingstone TBA BOT/Tolling EOI Advertised Kafue –Chirundu TBA BOT/Tolling EOI Advertised Railways Zambia Railways Concession US$ 750,000 plus concession fees Concession Concession entering 7 th year on operation Kazungula-Livingstone Railway Spur TBA TBA Approved for Implementation Tazara-Chipata TBA TBA Approved for Implementation Solwezi-Kaoma-Mongu TBA TBA Approved for Implementation Mongu – KatimaMulilo TBA TBA Approved for Implementation Border Post Support Infrastructure Kasumbalesa TBA BOT Implementation in progress Kazungula TBA BOT EOI Advertised Nakonde TBA BOT EOI Advertised Mwami TBA BOT EOI Advertised Jimbe TBA BOT EOI Advertised Kipushi TBA BOT EOI Advertised Energy Kafue Gorge Lower (600 – 700 Mw) US$ 2 billion BOT Feasibility Study completed and Procurement of Developer about to commence Itezhi-Tezhi Hydro TBA TBA Financial closure being pursued Upgrade of Indeni and TAZAMA TBA TBA Feasibility Study advertised Development of Kabompo mini hydro TBA TBA Pipeline Development of Kalungwishi mini hydro TBA TBA Pipeline Development of Monobututu mini hydro TBA TBA Pipeline Estate and Housing Government Offices Complex TBA Maintenance Contract Implementation in progress UNZA Hostels TBA BOT Completed UNZA Ultra-modern business park TBA BOT Feasibility Luburma Market TBA BOT Implementation in progress 4,000 Housing Unit each in Livingstone, Lusaka and Ndola TBA BOT Advertised Mulungushi Village Complex TBA TBA Advertised Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 53 Name of Project Cost PPP type Status of Implementation Agriculture NansangaFarm Block TBA BOT Advertised Irrigation Development Project TBA TBA Feasibility Study in progress Grain Marketing TBA TBA Consultation and Feasibility in progress Health Lusaka Ultra- Modern Centre of Excellency Hospital TBA TBA Pipeline Development of 3 diagnostic Health facilities in Lusaka, Livingstone and the Copperbelt TBA TBA Pipeline Airports Lusaka TBA BOT Pipeline Livingstone TBA BOT Pipeline Ndola TBA BOT Pipeline Solwezi TBA BOT Pipeline Mfuwe TBA BOT Pipeline * ToBe Advised *Built Operate Transfer Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 54 Part II Infrastructure Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 55 5. TRANSPORT 5.1 Introduction Transport infrastructure serves as a central delivery mechanism in the generation of quality socio-economic development. In the Sixth National Development Plan (SNDP), Transport infrastructure covers: roads and bridges, railways, airports and aerodromes and maritime and inland waterways. The contribution of the sector to the GDP measured by construction industry‟s share averaged 14.7 percent over the period 2006 to 2009. The positive contributions were attributed to increased investment in the education, health and transport (road) sectors.The state of transport infrastructure, however, remained inadequate to sustain and match the desired levels of growth due to weak structural and management capacity resulting in over commitments, high cost of construction and low investment. In the SNDP period, the Government will seek to strongly address the challenges in transport infrastructure as these remain the major constraint to growth, economic diversification and human development. The key focus will be on construction, rehabilitation and maintenance of physical infrastructure. 5.2 Review of Past Performance Over the Fifth National Development Plan (FNDP) period, the focus of the sector included road, airport, rail, water transport and public infrastructure development and rehabilitation. General performance of the infrastructure sector is as highlighted below. Transport Infrastructure Sub-sector (i) Roads and Bridges Zambia has a total road network of 67,671 km of which 40,265 km forms the core road network 9 . About 9,403 km of the core road network is paved and the rest is unpaved. During the FNDP period rehabilitation works on paved roads was targeted at 1,007 km out of which 940 km was completed by 2009 representing 94 percent. With regard to unpaved roads, 8,355 km was rehabilitated against a target of 5,971 km. A total of 3,012 km of paved roads underwent periodic and routine maintenance from total paved network of 9,403 km. With regard to unpaved roads, only 17,571 km underwent periodic and routine maintenance from a total of 30,862 km representing 57 percent. Out of the completed works of unpaved roads 8,761 km represent roads that were under periodic maintenance while the rest was under routine maintenance. A total of 459 km of gravel roads was targeted for upgrading to paved out of which a total of 242 km was completed, while works on the remaining 217 km were on-going. A total of 710 km of urban roads was targeted for rehabilitation out of 9 Core road network is the bare minimum road network that Zambia requires to be maintained continuously and on sustainable basis so as to unleash the potential in the country and its people to promote self-development as the approach to poverty alleviation and economic growth. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 56 which 313 km were completed representing 44 percent. Whereas 2,998 km was targeted for maintenance, only 910 km were completed representing 30 percent. With regard to feeder roads, a target of 2,595.7 km was targeted for rehabilitation out of which, 1,192.7 km were completed. Whereas 10,760.35 km was targeted for maintenance, 1,584.75 km were completed representing 15 percent.A total of 674.7 km of tourist roads was targeted for rehabilitation out of which 271.4 km were completed representing 40.2 percent. With regard to maintenance of unpaved roads, 796.4 km were completed thereby surpassing the target of 665.3 kmrepresenting 119.7 percent. Figure 2 shows the trend in the overall condition on the paved Trunk, Main and District Roads (TMD) over the FNDP period. A revision in the ROADSIP II criteria for the good, fair and poor has seen the bulk of the paved network on TMD roads falling in a good condition rather than fair condition with the previous criteria which has a tremendous bearing on the maintenance budget of the network. Figure 2 : Paved Road Network Condition (TMD) Source: Road Development Agency - 2010 There was an apparent decline in the unpaved road network condition for the Trunk, Main and District roads from 2006 to 2009. The roads in fair condition slid into the poor condition. The decline is clearly noticeable from 2007. Network 2006 Network 2007 Network 2008 Network 2009* Good 29 19 33 75 Fair 64 71 61 24 Poor 7 10 6 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 P e rc e n ta g e ( % ) Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 57 Figure 3: Unpaved TMD Road Network Condition Source: Road Development Agency - 2010 A total of 117 bridges were successfully completed during the review period. Three weighbridges were rehabilitated at Mpika, Livingstone and Solwezi while two were constructed at Kazungula and Kapiri-Mposhi. This resulted in a reduction in the rate of overloading to 3.1 percent from 30 percent for axle load and 8 percent from 55 percent for gross vehicle mass. (ii) Airports and Aerodromes During the period under review, Lusaka, Livingstone, Ndola, Mfuwe and Kasaba Bay airports were rehabilitated. While works were undertaken on the following airports and aerodromes: a) Mansa Control Tower and terminal building; b) Kasama terminal building; c) Chipata terminal building; d) Kasaba Bay runway; e) Siavonga runway; f) Southdown runway; and g) Aerodromes were maintained in Nyangwe in Mbala, Zambezi, Senanga and Serenje areas. (iii) Railways During the FNDP period, the state of railway infrastructure continued to be poor with the only major progress being the completion of the Chipata-Mchinji Railway line. As a result of low investment, the railway line network continued to deteriorate to the extent that the average locomotive speed reduced from 60km/h to 15km/h. Consequently, the targeted volume of cargo 2004 2006 2007 2008 2009 Good 1 22 36 8 10 Fair 44 30 24 9 11 Poor 54 48 40 83 79 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Percentage 70 80 90 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 58 and passengers transported could not be met and this put more pressure on the road network. The linking of Chipata/Mchinji Rail line to TAZARA will therefore, improve connectivity to the railway network to the Port of Nacala in Mozambique. The feasibility studies for Nseluka-Mpulungu and Chingola-Solwezi-Lumwana-Benguela railway lines were undertaken to ascertain the plausibility of opening up convenient trade routes with the Great Lakes region via Lake Tanganyika, and Lobito Bay in Angola. (iv) Maritime and Inland Waterways During the FNDP period, out of an approximated 1,700 km of canals and inland waterways, approximately 700 km underwent routine maintenance and rehabilitation, while one dredging equipment was rehabilitated and two were procured. 5.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “A well developed and maintained socio-economic infrastructure by 2030”. Goal To enhance economic development of the prioritised economic sectors through provision of improved quality of transport infrastructure. Strategic Focus In the SNDP, emphasis will be on road and railway transport maintenance and rehabilitation. With regard to roads, focus will be on maintenance of feeder roads, tourist access and urban roads within the core road network. As regards to railway, the focus will be to maintain and upgrade the existing network to facilitate for efficient national and international commerce and trade. However, efforts will be made to invest in other transport infrastructure components namely air and water transport. 5.4 Policies and Key Reforms During the SNDP period, the sector will develop the National Transport Infrastructure Master Plan (NTIMP). The NTIMP will be developed with a cogent consideration of existing infrastructure sector developmental plans and programmes such as Road Sector Investment Plans, Lusaka Development Master Plan, Tourism Master Plan, Rural Electrification Programmes, National Farming Blocks development, the MFEZ, amongst others. The sector will further harmonise a number of policies to support its infrastructure development programmes, such as the National Construction Industry, Transport, Decentralisation, Public Private Partnership and Land Policies. 5.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Transport Infrastructure Sector during the SNDP period. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 59 Table 33: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes-Roads, Bridges and Railways No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To coordinate and strengthen transport infrastructure development a) Develop and implement a National Transport and Communications Master Plan; b) Human and Institutional capacity development; and c) Enhance the capacity of DRM in the sector. Public Road Transport Infrastructure Development and Management 2 To maintain and rehabilitate road transport infrastructure a) Strengthen human capacity development for local contractors; b) Promote Public Private Partnerships; c) Enforce standards; and d) Replace pontoons with bridges. Development of design standards and codes of practice for infrastructure adapted to climate change resilience 3 To maintain rehabilitate and upgrade rail transport infrastructure a) Enhance investment in rail infrastructure; b) Re-capitalize TAZARA ; c) Develop a strategy on Railway Systems of Zambia (RSZ) Expand railway network; and d) Promote Public Private Partnerships. Railway Transport Infrastructure Development and Rehabilitation Table 34: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes - Maritime and Inland Waterways No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To bring the core canal network to navigable condition in order to Improved water transport facilities a) Develop a rehabilitation and maintenance plan for Canals; b) Secure financial resources for labour based methods; and c) Procure dredging Equipment. Canals and Waterways Rehabilitation and Maintenance in all provinces 2 To build capacity in the sector and produce qualified and skilled personnel. a) Develop a Training school master plan; b) Secure financial resources; c) Encourage PPP in Maritime Training; d) Collaborate with other countries offering Maritime training courses e.g. (Malawi, Tanzania); and e) Secure Technical Assistance from the World Maritime Organization (WMO). Establish Marine Training Schools 3 To enhance safety of navigation in order to save lives and property on waterways a) Secure financial resources and procure equipment; b) Undertake capacity building for end-users of equipment; and c) Construct Light Houses and Navigation aids. Navigation aids/radio communications 4 To facilitate efficient and effective clearing of goods at major ports in order to decongest the border posts a) Secure land; and b) Encourage PPP in the development and management of the facility. Establish Inland Dry ports, Sea Port, Dry Port and terminal Port Facilities 5 To facilitate the efficient and effective means of construction of Canals and Waterways a) Secure financial resources; and b) Build Capacity of end users Dredging Equipment. Procurement of Dredging Equipment Suction dredgers Bucket Dredgers Multi-purpose Dredgers Earth Moving Equipment Service Boats 6 To provide transport to communities for social economic sustenance a) Secure financial resources; and b) Encourage Private participation in water transport service provision. Procurement of Vessels a) Lake Tanganyika b) Lake Kariba c) Lake Mweru d) Lake Bangweulu Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 60 Table 35: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes -Air Transport 5.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicator tables will be used: Table 36: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be Implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expecte d end of SNDP [km] Responsible Institution(s) Key Institutions 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 [km] [km] [km] [km] [km] Public Road infrastructure Development and Management Trunk Main and District Roads - Up-grading to Paved Standard Trunk Main and District Roads - Up grading to Paved Standard 656.00 577.00 501.00 525.00 501.00 2,760.00 Trunk Main and District Roads Rehabilitation Paved 164.00 391.33 391.33 268.33 0.00 1,215.00 Trunk Main and District Roads Public Private Partnerships 160.0 257.4 308.9 - 726.32 Trunk Main and District Roads Rehabilitation Unpaved 282.97 409.33 2,271.21 1,975.65 231.70 5,170.86 Trunk Main and District Roads Maintenance Paved 628.11 844.38 375.84 541.07 447.96 2,837.36 Trunk Main and District Roads Routine Maintenance 17,824.00 17,262.7 5 15,154.5 5 16,258.3 7 17,699.1 7 84,198.8 4 Primary Feeder Roads Rehabilitation Unpaved 1,439.61 1,439.61 1,439.61 1,439.61 1,439.61 7,198.04 Feeder Roads Maintenance Unpaved 2,303.37 3,742.98 5,182.59 6,622.20 8,061.81 25,912.9 5 Urban Roads Rehabilitation and 493.00 850.00 429.00 261.00 538.00 2,571.00 No. Objectives Strategies Programme 1 To improve air transport infrastructure a) Improve the landing and take-off of Aircraft and shelter to passengers; b) Increase the capacity airport to handle additional traffic; c) Construct Fire Station at Airports and aerodromes in order to increase safety; d) Improve the safety of navigation and fire prevention and management; e) Install Radar Equipment at International Airports in order to increase navigation; f) Install Doppler VORs at Kasama, Solwezi and Livingstone; and g) Install linked computer systems at all Provincial Airports in order to improve communication. Airport and aerodrome infrastructure improvement Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 61 Programmes Projects to be Implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expecte d end of SNDP [km] Responsible Institution(s) Key Institutions 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 [km] [km] [km] [km] [km] Construction (Paved) Various Roads Maintenance (Paved and Unpaved) 500.00 508.00 516.00 516.00 516.00 516.00 Tourist Roads Rehabilitation/Mainte nance 1,560.00 1,754.00 1,372.00 1,617.00 1,497.00 7,800.00 RAMP Rehabilitation/Mainte nance 4,828.00 4,828.00 4,828.00 4,828.00 4,828.00 24,140.0 0 Bridges and Pontoon Infrastructure Upgrading to Bridges Bridge Infrastructure [No.]/% [No.]/% [No.]/% [No.]/% [No.]/% Bridge Infrastructure Construction Bridge Across Zambezi River at Sioma 50 % 100 % - - - Bridge MWS RDA MoFNP MLGH Mufuchani Bridge - 50 % 100 % - - Bridge Matumbo Bridge in Chama 10 % 60 % 100 % - Bridge Lufubu Bridge 20 % 40 % 100 % - - Bridge Other Bridges and Culverts 25 25 25 25 25 125 Bridges Kazungula - 10 % 50 % 100 % - Bridge Chiawa 10 % 70 % 100 % 100 % - Bridge Zambezi - 10 % 60 % 100 % 100 % Bridge Mbesuma - 50 % 100 % - - Bridge Safwa - 10 % 60 % 100 % - Bridge Railway Infrastructure Rehabilitation Mulobezi Railway line 30 km 30 km 30 km 30 km 30 km 150 km MCT, ZRL, RSZ TAZARA Track rehabilitation 200 km 200 km 200 km 175 km 175 km 950 km MCT, TAZARA RSZ- Main and Inter mine 240 km 240 km 240 km 240 km 124 km 1,084 km RSZ, ZRL, MCT Development of Railway Infrastructure Chingola-Solwezi 40 km 40 km 40 km 30 km 20 km 170 km MCT, ZRL,RSZ, MoFNP Njanji Commuter, Lusaka 4 km 4 km 4 km 4 km 4 km 20 km MCT, ZRL Construction of Nseluka - Mpulungu Railway Line: PPP - - - - 200 km MCT, ZRL Proposed Railway Line Feasibility Studies Chipata-Petauke to TAZARA - - - - - MCT,ZRL Kafue to Lion‟s Den 150 km - - - - 330 km MCT, ZRL Solwezi-Benguela - 431.2 km - - 431.2 km MCT, ZRL Mulobezi –Caprivi 150 km - - - - 150 km MCT, ZRL Airport infrastructure Airports Upgrading 1 Livingsto ne 1 Lusaka 1 Mfuwe 1 Ndola 4 Airports Upgrade d MCT MWS MoFNP NACL Airports Rehabilitation 7 - - - - 7 Airports rehabilit ated MCT, NWS, MoFNP and NACL Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 62 Source: Ministry of Communications and Transport, 2010 Table 37: Key Performance Indicators - Air Transport Key Performance Indictors Annual Targets Baseline (2009) 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Name Definition Number of Passengers moved on Air flights Total number of passengers moved on both local and international flights in 912,830 920,000 970,000 1,100,000 1,300,000 1,710,000 Volume of cargo transported on flights Total weight of cargo transported on flights in tonnes 5,000,000 5,500,000 6,000,000 6,500,000 7,000,000 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 5.7 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 38: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) - Roads and Bridges* Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Public road infrastructure development and management 1,279.4 192.2 1,471.6 1,414.8 1,856.6 3,271.4 2,221.0 1,329.7 3,550.7 3,195.8 956.0 4,151.8 4,273.0 200.0 4,473.0 Bridges 98.7 39.4 138.1 185.0 42.0 227.0 143.7 21.0 164.7 141.4 0.0 141.4 61.4 0.0 61.4 Feasibility studies and detailed designs 142.6 49.4 192.0 140.5 10.8 151.3 30.0 5.8 35.8 35.0 2.8 37.8 35.0 0.9 35.9 Total 1,520.7 281.0 1,801.7 1,740.3 1,909.4 3,649.7 2,394.7 1,356.5 3,751.2 3,372.2 958.8 4,331.0 4,369.4 200.9 4,570.3 * Other sources of Finances of K3, 738.14 billion is projected for a period of five years. Table 39: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) - Railway Transport Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Construction of Nseluka - Mpulungu Railway Line 6.0 6.0 35.0 35.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 Rehabilitation of TAZARA Line( 950km) And Installation of The Micro Wave Train Control System 15.0 15.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 53.0 53.0 Rehabilitation of Zambia Railways Limited Line(870km Main Line (214) Inter-Mine) 3.0 3.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Construction of Chipata- TAZARA (Serenje) 2.2 2.2 5.0 5.0 40.0 40.0 120.0 120.0 95.0 95.0 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Rehabilitation of Mulobezi Commuter (150km ) 0.8 0.8 10.0 10.0 13.7 13.7 30.0 30.0 40.0 40.0 Construction of Chingola-Solwezi Line (170km) 5.0 5.0 34.0 34.0 58.0 58.0 60.0 60.0 Rehabilitation of Njanji Commuter (20km) 3.0 3.0 5.0 5.0 30.0 30.0 45.0 45.0 Feasibility Study /Design /Construction Solwezi And Benguela Railway (431.2 KM) 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 60.0 60.0 Feasibility Study /Design Construction Livingstone to Kazungula(140km) 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 47.3 47.3 65.0 65.0 Feasibility Study /Design Construction of New Railway line between Kafue and Lions Den in Zimbabwe (150km) 3.0 3.0 5.0 5.0 35.0 35.0 65.0 65.0 Total 3.0 3.0 55.0 55.0 180.7 180.7 453.3 453.3 578.0 578.0 Table 40: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) - Air Transport Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Aerodrome Infrastructure 33.6 33.6 40.0 40.0 61.4 61.4 78.6 78.6 Aerodrome Rehabilitation 3.9 3.9 4.3 4.3 4.4 4.4 20.0 20.0 20.2 20.2 Capital & Aviation Management 2.2 2.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 6.2 6.2 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Airport Infrastructure Development 23.7 23.7 i) Kasaba Airport 18.6 18.6 ii) Kasama Airport 2.8 2.8 iii) Mansa Airport 1.1 1.1 iv) Mongu Airport 1.2 1.2 Total 29.8 29.8 39.1 39.1 45.6 45.6 82.6 82.6 104.9 104.9 Table 41: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion)–Maritime and Inland Water Transport Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Canals and Waterways Rehabilitation and Maintenance 0.8 0.8 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 6.5 6.5 Harbour and Ports Development and Rehabilitation 2.1 2.1 6.0 6.0 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 Marine Training Schools 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.3 1.3 Navigation Aids/radio Communications 0.1 0.1 0.8 0.8 2.0 2.0 4.3 4.3 5.0 5.0 Inland Dry ports Development 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 5.0 5.0 5.6 5.6 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Sea Port, Dry Port and Terminal Port Facilities Development 0.7 0.7 1.3 1.3 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 Procurement of Dredging Equipment 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 Procurement of Vessels 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 Total 1.6 1.6 12.2 12.2 14.2 14.2 25.8 25.8 32.9 32.9 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 67 6. ENERGY 6.1 Introduction Energy is a critical input into all sectors of the economy. A viable energy sector is, therefore, key to achieving sustainable economic development in the country. During the Fifth National Development Plan (FNDP) period, the sector goal was to ensure availability of reliable, affordable and environmentally sound energy for sustained social and economic development. The main thrust of the energy sector during the Sixth National Development Plan (SNDP) period will be to expand electricity generation and transmission capacities and enhance cost effectiveness in fuel supply. This entails that the sector will focus on exploiting the most cost effective hydro energy resources, putting in place an efficient and effective fuel supply system while mitigating the effects of climate change. In addition, the sector will continue exploring alternative sources of energy for sustainable development. 6.2 Review of Past Performance One of the key developments in the sector during the FNDP period was the adoption of the revised National Energy Policy which ensures that the sector‟s potential to drive economic growth and reduce poverty is harnessed. Another key strategy during the FNDP period was to undertake a comprehensive assessment of the renewable energy potential in selected parts of the country in order to develop a resource map and bankable project proposals. Although there was no significant progress recorded in this area, the National Energy Policy and the Energy Regulations Act were reviewed to promote the production, use and regulation of bio-fuels. During the period under review, the energy sector registered an average growth rate of 5 percent. The main challenge for the electricity sub-sector was disruptions in power supply due to constrained generation capacity, which is a consequence of lack of investment in the face of increasing demand. With regard to the petroleum sub-sector, the main challenge was fluctuating petroleum prices due to volatility in oil prices on the international market. The developments in the various energy sub-sectors are highlighted below. Electricity Sub-Sector Total generation capacity increased by 180 Mw from 1,738 Mw to 1,918 Mw as a result of the rehabilitation and up-rating programme. The improvement contributed to the reduction of load shedding by 630 Mw at peak times during the latter part of the FNDP period. Furthermore, electricity imports declined from 183,218 Mwh in 2006 to 90,489 Mwh in 2009. However, due to increased domestic demands, exports also fell from 264,710 Mwh to 74,510 Mwh during the same period. Other achievements included the commissioning of a 220 Kv transmission line interconnection between Livingstone in Zambia and Katima-Mulilo in Namibia commissioned in 2008. Further a 33 Kv transmission line interconnection between Zambia (Chama) and Malawi (Mzuzu) was commissioned. In addition, a privately owned mini-hydro power station with a capacity of 0.75 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 68 Mw at Zengamene in Mwinilunga in North-Western Province and the installation of a 10 Mw generator at Lunsemfwa Hydro Power Station, were completed. During the same period feasibility studies for Kafue Gorge Lower (600 Mw) were completed, works on Kariba North Bank extension (360 Mw) were commenced and a Special Purpose Vehicle for Itezhi-Tezhi Power Company (ITPC) was formed to spearhead development of the 120 Mw Itezhi-Tezhi Hydro-Power Plant. In terms of overall access to electricity, this continued to be low and only increased by 2 percentage points from 20 percent in 2005 to 22 percent in 2009. In terms of spatial distributions between rural and urban areas, access in rural areas was only 3.5 percent compared to 48 percent in urban areas. This was mainly on account of the slow pace in the implementation of the Rural Electrification Programme. The major challenge in the electricity sub-sector was the huge capital requirement for the development of hydro-power projects such as Kafue Gorge Lower, Itezhi-tezhi and Kalungwishi which required US $1.8 billion, US $350 million and US $741 million respectively. Petroleum Sub-Sector Generally, during the FNDP period, reliability in supply of petroleum products improved. This was on account of strengthened procurement arrangements and increased storage capacity at Bwana Mkubwa in Ndola following the completion of the 40 million litre storage tank. Furthermore, the undertaking of rehabilitation works at the INDENI Oil Refinery also improved efficiencies in the processing of petroleum feedstock. Under the petroleum exploration programme, the major milestone was the issuance of exploration licences to six successful bidders for blocks in Eastern, North-Western and Western Provinces. The petroleum sub-sector faced a number of challenges including inadequate resources to purchase petroleum, strategic stocks,rehabilitationand building adequate storage, procurement encumbrances and high international oil prices. 6.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “Universal access to clean, reliable and affordable energy at the lowest total economic, financial, social and environmental cost consistent with national development goals by 2030”. Goal To ensure that the following are attained to guarantee availability and accessibility to adequate and reliable supply of energy at the lowest economic, social and environmental cost: (i) An increase of at least 1,000 Mw (50 percent) to the 2010 electricity generation capacity of 1,900 Mw; (ii) An increase of rural access to electricity from 3.5 percent to at least 15 percent and national access from 22 percent to 40 percent; and Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 69 (iii)An increase of over 100 per cent in the existing petroleum bulk storage facilities in order to achieve 30 days petroleum strategic stock. Strategic Focus In achieving the SNDP objective of accelerating and diversifying growth, and enhancing rural development, it is essential that reliability of supply of energy is fully achieved. An expansion in the mining, agriculture, tourism and manufacturing sectors combined with other socio-economic actions will require a secure supply of electricity and a reliable and cost effective fuel delivery system. In this regard, the strategic focus of the energy sector in the SNDP will be to ensure that adequate and reliable supply of energy is made available through development of appropriate infrastructure to improve the electricity generation capacity and also assure efficiency and cost effectiveness in the supply of fuel. This will guarantee availability of sufficient quantities of energy to support the development processes in the growth sectors of the economy, especially agriculture and manufacturing. 6.4 Policies and Key Reforms The Government will continue recognizing the energy sector as a key driver of socio-economic development during the SNDP period. In line with the main objective of accelerating and diversifying growth and achieving rural development during the Plan period, the sector will focus on ensuring availability of adequate and reliable supplies of energy at the lowest cost with due regard to environmental concerns. In order to ensure energy efficiency, Government will continue to encourage energy substitution and conservation practices at household, institutional and industrial levels. To support the policy reforms undertaken, the sector will put in place legislative reforms aimed at addressing the following measures: (i) In the electricity sub-sector, the reforms will entail the need to implement an open access regime for transmission and continue with the attainment of cost reflective tariffs as a means of assuring the financial viability of existing companies and for attracting new investment in the sector. These new investments will add an additional 1,000 Mw to the current capacity at the end of the SNDP. Furthermore, the Rural Electrification Master Plan will continue to be implemented and will utilize other technologies such as isolated mini-grids; (ii) In the petroleum sub-sector, the focus will be on facilitating construction and rehabilitation of storage facilities countrywide for Strategic Petroleum Reserves. Focus will also be on streamlining the fuel supply chain to make it more efficient and cost effective; and (iii)For the renewable and alternative energy sources, the Government will continue putting in place appropriate measures to promote the role of these energy sources in the national energy mix. Considering that 99 percent of Zambia‟s electricity generation is based on hydro-power and biomass energy accounts for 80 percent of the total energy use, the energy sector is vulnerable to climate change with associated hazards and risks which have the potential to negatively affect Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 70 current and future outputs of Zambia‟s traditional energy sources. The hazards include droughts, excess rainfall, changes in wind regimes and cloud cover. Therefore, vulnerability assessment of the impact of the potential hazards as well as formulation of mitigation measures will be cardinalin ensuring the energy security of the country. During the SNDP period, climate change adaption and mitigation will, therefore, entail up-scaling energy management, the use of renewable energy and promotion of a wider energy mix. 6.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Energy Sector during the SNDP period. Table 42: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes Electricity 1 To increase electricity generation capacity by at least 1,000 Mw and build appropriate transmission lines. a) Expand and Improve infrastructure for electricity generation, transmission and distribution; b) Establish an open and non-discriminatory transmission access regime in the electricity industry; c) Implement a Cost-Reflective Electricity Tariff Regime; and d) Adopt the Electricity Grid Code. Electricity Generation and Transmission Line Development 2 To increase electrification levels in the Rural Areas of Zambia to 15.0 percent Implement the Rural Electrification Master Plan (REMP). Rural Electrification Petroleum 3 To ensure security of supply of petroleum products in the country by increasing storage capacity by more than 100 percent to achieve 30 days strategic stock a) Develop requisite legislation for development of an institutional and operational framework for management of strategic petroleum reserves; b) Develop storage infrastructure for the reserves; and c) Put in place an efficient mechanism for procuring petroleum strategic stocks. Strategic Petroleum Reserves 4 To create an enabling environment for stable, efficient and cost effective supply of petroleum products a) Promote efficiency and effectiveness in the existing fuel delivery systems; b) Develop mechanism for promoting the setting up of petroleum. businesses in rural areas; c) Introduce Uniform Petroleum Prices; and d) Promote Public- Private Partnerships projects in the exploration and development of Energy Resources. Petroleum Supply and Management Renewable Energy, Alternative Energy and Biomass 5 To expand the use of renewable and alternative energy in the country‟s energy mix. a) Promote the development and use of solar technology systems; b) Introduce an appropriate cost-effective renewable energy feed-in tariff; c) Promote the production of electricity from geothermal energy; d) Promote the use of biogas for cooking, lighting and electricity generation; and e) Promote the use of radioactive energy minerals for long term energy production. Renewable and Alternative Energy Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 71 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 6 To increase the use of bio fuels as a substitute to mineral fuel by 10% and 5%, for Bio ethanol and Biodiesel respectively. a) Promote the use of bio fuel switches for all stationary engines; b) Establish bio-fuels blending ratios; c) Develop innovative financing mechanisms; and d) Promote the manufacturing of oil extraction technology. Bio fuels Development 7 To develop a rational and implementable approach to improve sustainability of bio mass energy supply and raise end-user efficiencies a) Develop a Bio mass Energy Strategy; and b) Promote biomass gasification electricity generation and co-generation. Bio mass Management Energy Efficiency and Management 8 To ensure that major industrial sectors, public institutions and households bring their energy intensities in line with internationally acceptable standards and best practices Develop and Implement an Energy Efficiency Strategy. Energy Efficiency and Conservation 9 To improve standards in all fields of engineering Develop engineering capacity relevant for all fields of engineering. Human Resource Development Cross-Cutting Issues 10 To reduce greenhouse gas emissions from the energy sector and strengthen adaptation and resilience to climate change related stresses a) Develop Incentive Framework for investing in environmentally friendly technologies for electricity, lighting, heating and agriculture; and b) Develop Energy Sector Vulnerability Assessments and Risk Management Plan and Mitigation Action Plan. Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation 6.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators Table will be used: Table 43: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be Implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) Key Institutions 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Electricity Generation and Transmission Line Development Construct heavy fuel Oil Power Plant 1 - - - - 1X 50 Mw heavy fuel Oil Power Plant constructed MEWD, MoFNP, MCTI, ZESCO Limited, Lunsemfwa Hydro power Company and CEC Up-rate Electricity Generator 1 - - - - 1 Generator up-rated by 30 Mw at Kariba North Bank Construct Extension Hydro Power Project 1 - - - Extension Hydro Power Project completed and generating 360 Mw Construct Hydro Power Project - 1 - - Hydro- Power Project completed and generating 120 Mw Construct Hydro power Project - - 1 - 1X34 Mw Kabompo Hydro-power Project completed Up-rate the - - - - 1 Lunzua Hydro-power Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 72 Programmes Projects to be Implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) Key Institutions 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Lunzua Hydro power Project in Mbala to 15 Mw Project up-rating to 15 Mw completed Lusiwasi Hydro power Project Extended to 62 Mw - - - 1 Lusiwasi Hydro power Project Extension to 62 Mw completed Construction of a 400 Mw Coal Fired Power Plant - - - 1 1X400 Mw Coal Fire Power Plant completed at Maamba Rural Electrification Project Implementation Packages Electrification Project Packages 21 11 12 10 8 62 Electrification Project Packages completed MEWD, MoFNP, REA, ZESCO Limited and Private Sector. Strategic Petroleum Reserves Construction of 78.6 million litres capacity Storage Infrastructure for Strategic Petroleum Reserves 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 26.2 78.6 million Litre Storage Capacity for Strategic Reserves constructed MEWD, MoFNP, INDENI Petroleum Refinery and TAZAMA Pipeline Limited Renewable and Alternative Energy Development Construction of a 1 Mw Shiwang‟andu Mini-hydro power Project 1 - - - - 1X1 Mw mini-hydro power Project constructed MEWD, MoFNP, REA, ZESCO Limited and Private Sector. Construction of a 1 Mw Bio mass Gasification Electricity Generation Project in Kaputa. 1 - - - 1X 1 Mw Bio mass Gasification Electricity Generation Project constructed in Kaputa MEWD, MoFNP, REA, ZESCO Limited and Private Sector. Construction of Chavuma (4Mw) and Chanda (1Mw) Mini hydro-power Projects - 2 - - 2 Mini-hydro-power projects with total capacity of 5 Mw constructed MEWD, MoFNP, REA and Private Sector. Construction of a 3 Mw Mombututa Mini hydro-power Project - - - 1 1X3 Mw Mombututa Mini-hydro-power Project constructed MEWD, MoFNP, REA and Private Sector. Construction of a 2.5 Mw Chilinga Mini-hydro power Project - - - 1 1X 2.5 Mw Chilinga Mini-hydro-power Project constructed MEWD, MoFNP, REA and Private Sector. Climate Resilience and Mitigation a) Development of Energy Sector Vulnerability Assessments and Risk Management Plan. 1 - - - Sector Vulnerability Assessments and Risk Management Plan MEWD, MoFNP, REA and Private Sector. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 73 Programmes Projects to be Implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) Key Institutions 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 b) Development of Mitigation Action Plan 1 - - - a) Mitigation Action Plan developed b) Number of Sub sectors climate proofed and mitigation projects developed MEWD, MoFNP, REA and Private Sector. Table 44: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indictors Annual Targets Baseline (2009) 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Name Definition Additional Electricity Generation Capacity 1,000 Mw of additional electricity generation capacity added to the existing system 1,918 1,998 2,358 2,478 2,892 2,918 Additional Petroleum Storage Capacity 150 million litres of Storage infrastructure to be built. 71.4 84.5 97.6 110.7 123.8 150 Strategic Petroleum Reserves Maintained Amount of strategic stock procured in number of stock days 0 5 10 15 20 30 Contribution of Renewable Energy to the National Electricity Generation Mix Amount of electricity generated from Renewable Energy Sources in Mw 1 23 5 10 15 20 Bio fuels Consumption Quantity of Bio ethanol consumed (% of national fuel mix) 0 2 5 7 10 10 Quantity of Bio diesel consumed (% of national fuel mix) 0 1 2 3 4 5 Percentage of Population with Access to Electricity Households with access to electricity (%) 22 32.2 34.7 37.2 39.5 41.7 Rural Population Access to Electricity (%) 3.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 6.7 Sector Budget and Financing The table below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 45: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) - Energy Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Rural Electrification Fund (REF) 150.0 164.3 314.3 150.0 150.0 159.9 159.9 169.3 169.3 230.0 230.0 Electricity Generation and Transmission Line Development 0.7 0.7 6.5 1,840.0 1,846.5 5.3 5.3 17.9 17.9 17.5 17.5 Management of Petroleum Sector 1.0 1.0 7.4 7.4 5.9 5.9 19.7 19.7 19.5 19.5 Renewable & Alternative Energy Development & Promotion 1.5 1.5 9.7 9.7 7.4 7.4 24.1 24.1 24.1 24.1 Biofuels Development 0.6 0.6 6.2 6.2 5.1 5.1 17.2 17.2 16.9 16.9 Management of Woodfuel Sector 0.2 0.2 4.7 4.7 4.1 4.1 14.3 14.3 13.8 13.8 Energy Efficiency & Conservation 0.8 0.8 6.7 6.7 5.4 5.4 18.3 18.3 18.0 18.0 Total 154.8 164.3 319.1 191.1 1,840.0 2,031.1 193.2 193.2 280.9 280.9 339.7 339.7 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 75 7. HOUSING 7.1 Introduction Housing is a basic human need which improves the welfare of society and contributes to social and economic development. Zambia has been facing a very critical shortage of housing since independence. The lopsided pattern of development between rural and urban areas has resulted in very high rural-urban migration without a corresponding effort to provide appropriate housing in the expanding urban regions. The inadequate availability of affordable and decent housing leads to poor living conditions and high disease burden. The housing sector in Zambia is largely driven by individual and private sector initiatives, and has to a large extent influenced growth in the economy. However, the rapid growth of the sector in the last five years posed a challenge in maintaining and accounting for the pace of this growth due to among other challenges inadequate provision of support services, ineffective coordination of the various stakeholders, poor management information systems and weakenforcement of standards. In order to address the current housing deficit, Government will create an enabling environment to provide affordable, quality and adequate housingto the majority of Zambians.Government will also encourage Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs) in the housing development and construction of ancillary facilities. The Sector will strive to improve data capture and coordination among the stakeholders to effectively account for the sector‟s contribution to overall growth. 7.2 Review of Past Performance The housing sector implemented a number of programmes aimed at increasing the housing stock and providing decent accommodation for front-line staff especially in the rural areas. Under various government programmes, a total of 2,898 housing units were constructed. Government further implemented a programme to facilitate the provision of municipal services in newly created planned settlements in Ndola, Mansa and Mongu districts. During the FNDP period, the private sector and individuals also made tremendous efforts in expanding the housing stock. 7.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “Planned settlements with adequate, affordable and quality housing by 2030.” Goal To facilitate the construction of adequate and affordable housing, increase the existing housing stock and enhance quality. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 76 Strategic Focus Increase the housing stock, improve the living environment in settlements and leverage the role of Public Private Partnerships. 7.4 Policies and Key Reforms During the SNDP, Government will continue to review and amend the laws in the housing sector to suit the current development. In this regard the harmonization of the Town and Country Act Cap 283 and Housing (Statutory and Improvement) Areas Act Cap 194 that commenced in 2007 will continue. The sector will also finalize the revision of the National Housing Policy of 1996, the National Housing Development Strategy and National Housing Standards and Inspection Manual of 1974 to enhance the performance of the sector and address the problem of housing. 7.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Housing Sector during the SNDP period. Table 46: Objectives Strategies and Programmes No. Objective Strategies Programmes 1 To increase the housing stock in districts for both Home Ownership and Rental a) Construct 150,000 Housing units every year (100,000 low cost, 40,000 medium cost and 10,000 high cost houses) in ten districts; b) Carry out Housing needs assessment for each district; c) Encourage Home Ownership and Rental Housing schemes; d) Provide serviced land for private housing development e) Mobilize cheap long-term finance from the capital market for housing development; f) Review the National Housing Policy; and g) Implement the Public Service Housing scheme. National Housing Development Programme 2 To provide municipal services in settlements a) Foster housing areas that are healthy, functional, environmentally friendly and aesthetically pleasant b) Provide basic services such as water and sanitation, roads, drainages and other social amenities; c) Streamline building standards, regulations and other controls; d) Provide solid waste management systems; e) Relocate families living in areas earmarked for other development in approved Structure Plans; f) Mobilize concessional long-term financing; and g) Provide municipal infrastructure and Upgrading of unplanned Settlements Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 77 No. Objective Strategies Programmes support services in harmony with other sectors. 3 To promote use of local building materials and technology development a) Research in improving the quality of local material to extend the life span; b) Encourage private sector manufacturing of affordable building materials; c) Develop training programmes for use of local materials; and d) Disseminate and demonstrate programmes to popularize the use of local building materials. Research and Development 4 To renew urban settlements a) Rehabilitate municipal infrastructure and housing; and b) Enhance spatial planning National Urban Renewal 5 To capture new and existing housing statistics in order to measure the share of growth of the sector a) Develop a strategy for data collection and surveys; b) Develop housing management information system and coordination mechanisms in the sector; c) Conduct inventory of existing stakeholders in the sector; and d) Conduct inventory of existing housing units and type. Development of Housing Management Information System 6 To create serviced plots for individuals and private sector to build a) Demarcate and allocate plots for site and services. Site and Services programme 7.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators Table will be used: Table 47: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be Implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 National Housing Development Construction of housing units 150,000 150,000 150,000 150,000 150,000 750,000 Housing Units constructed under various PPP initiatives a) 500,000 low cost, b) 200,000 medium cost c) 50,000 high cost MLGH , Local Authorities, National Housing Authority, Private Sector National Urban Servicing of settlements 18 28 36 36 54 172 Plots serviced (in 3 MLGH, Local Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 78 Programmes Projects to be Implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Renewal districts by 9 areas in each province). Authorities Upgrading of unplanned settlements Provision of Municipal services (drainage, water, sewerage and solid waste management roads) in unplanned Settlements 12 20 28 36 50 146 Unplanned Settlements serviced (3 districts by 9 areas in each Province) MLGH, Local Authorities, NHA, Private Sector Development of Housing Management Information System Housing Management Information System 1 - - - A functional updated Management Information System developed for housing MLGH, Local Authorities, NHA, NAPSA, Private Sector Development of Housing Management Information System Housing Sector Coordination 4 4 4 4 4 Quarterly reports submitted by the Private Sector, Local Authorities and national Government Departments on housing Statistics MLGH, Local Authorities, NHA, NAPSA, Private Sector Table 48: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indictors Annual Targets Name Definition Baseline 2009 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Total Percentage of the Local Authorities Budget allocated to provision of municipal services: (a) Cities (b) Municipalit ies (c) District Councils Budget line for provision of water, roads, drainages sewerage and solid waste disposal At least 30 percent At least 30 percent At least 30 percent At least 30 percent At least 30 percent At least 30 percent Ratio of Deficit: Housing Stock (a) Low (b) Medium (c) High Percentage increase in stock of housing disaggregated by the following categories; Low Medium and High cost; To be establish ed from 2010 Census data. To be establish ed from 2010 Census data. To be establish ed from 2010 Census data. To be establish ed from 2010 Census data. To be establish ed from 2010 Census data. To be establish ed from 2010 Census data. To be establish ed from 2010 Census data. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 7.7 Sector Budget and Financing The Table below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 49: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) - Housing Programme 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total National Housing Development 3.0 3.0 20.0 20.0 21.0 21.0 22.0 22.0 23.0 23.0 Provision of Municipal services in Unplanned Settlements (Upgrading of unplanned settlements) 1.3 1.3 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 3.3 3.3 Total 4.3 4.3 22.9 22.9 23.9 23.9 24.9 24.9 26.3 26.3 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 80 Part III Human Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 81 8. HEALTH 8.1 Introduction Government recognizes health as one of the priority sectors that contribute to the wellbeing of the nation and therefore remains committed to providing quality health services to all of its citizens. Recognizing that a healthy population is critical to improved production and productivity, Government will continue investing in the health sector in order to bring health care as close to the people as possible and also to ensure sustainability of the nation‟s human capital base required for sustainable economic growth. During the Fifth National Development Plan (FNDP) period, the sector made some progress towards meeting some of the performance targets such as the health centre utilization rate, immunization coverage, malaria case fatality rate and disbursement of funds to districts. Despite these achievements, the sector continued to face challenges which include high disease burden, inadequate medical staff and weak logistics management in the supply of drugs and medical supplies. During the Sixth National Development Plan (SNDP) period, the sector will focus on overcoming these challenges in order to effectively provide promotive, preventive, curative and rehabilitative health services. 8.2 Review of Past Performance During the FNDP period, the sector‟s performance generally improved though the disease burden still remained high. The results of the 2007 Zambia Demographic and Health Survey (ZDHS) provided evidence that the years of investment in primary health care programmes had begun to yield positive results. Notably, infant, under-five, neonatal and maternal mortality rates dropped between 2002 and 2007. For every 1,000 live births, the Infant Mortality rate decreased from 95 to 70 deaths, Under-five Mortality rate decreased from 168 to 119 deaths and Neonatal Mortality Rate (NMR),which reflected the least decrease among the child mortalities, decreased from 37 to 34 deaths.The NMR as a proportion of the Under Five Mortality Rate in the 2007 ZDHS was 29 percent. Maternal Mortality Ratio reduced from 729 to 591 deaths per 100,000 live births during the same period. These mortality rates were, however, still high. Maternal,New-bornand Child Health Despite the reduction in Maternal and Child Mortality rates, these are still generally high. This is on account of incomprehensive antenatal coverage, inadequate functional emergency facilities, low institutional deliveries and untrained staff. Adolescent pregnancies continue to contribute significantly to the high Maternal Mortality Rate and neonatal deaths. For instance, out of 73 districts only 12 had functioning Basic Emergency Obstetric Neonatal Care facilities. Further, it is estimated that more than 50 percent of pregnant women deliver at home. During the period under review, the most prevalent diseases that affected child health were malaria, respiratory infection (non-pneumonia) and diarrhoea. With regard to the national immunization programme, coverage was generally high, averaging 85 percent between 2006 and 2008. However, in the 20 least performing districts, coverage averaged 67 percent between 2006 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 82 and 2008. On the other hand, the country maintained a polio free status which was achieved in 2005 and Maternal Neonatal Tetanus Elimination (MNTE) in 2007. Malaria The annual incidence of malaria significantly dropped from 412 cases per 1,000 population in 2006 to 252 cases per 1,000 population in 2008. Malaria deaths reported from health facilities also declined by 66 percent, implying that Zambia reached the 2010 Roll-Back Malaria target of reducing malaria mortality by 50 percent. The improvements in the prevention and control of malaria is as a result of increased use of long and lasting insecticide-treated nets, indoor residual spraying, improved treatment therapy, prevention of malaria in pregnancy, improvements in diagnosis using microscopy and Rapid Diagnostic Tests and home management of malaria. Despite the gains, malaria remained the number one cause of morbidity and mortality in Zambia during the FNDP period, and poses a severe social and economic burden on communities living in endemic areas. HIV and AIDS According to the 2007 ZDHS, HIV prevalence was estimated at 14.3 percent for adults aged between 15-49 years as compared to 16 percent in 2002 for the same age group. The six key drivers are: high rates of multiple concurrent sexual partners, low and inconsistent use of condoms, low rates of male circumcision, mobility, vulnerable groups with high risk behaviours and Mother-To-Child-Transmission. In an effort to address the HIV and AIDS pandemic, the sector scaled-up the implementation of prevention and treatment strategies. The number of Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT) centres increased from about 450 in 2005 to 1,563 in 2008. Prevention of Mother-To-Child Transmission (PMTCT) services were also rolled-out to all the districts with the exception of the newly created district, namely Ikelenge, (with 936 health facilities offering the service by end of 2008) from 67 sites in 2005. Despite these interventions, however, surveys conducted between 2008 and 2009 show that the number of new infections is still high. Regarding treatment, the scaling-up of PMTCT services resulted in an increase in the percentage of HIV positive pregnant women who completed prophylaxis from 29 percent in 2006 to 53 percent in 2008. Furthermore, the percentage of HIV positive eligible clients accessing Anti Retro Virals (ARVs) increased from 33 percent in 2006 to 79 percent in 2009 translating to 283,863 clients on Anti-Retroviral Therapy (ART). Out of this number, more than 21,000 (7 percent) were children aged below fifteen years. Overall, it is currently estimated that 1,063,309 people are living with HIV in Zambia. Tuberculosis The high prevalence of HIV and AIDS in the country has contributed to the increase in the number of Tuberculosis (TB) cases with HIV and TB co-infections estimated at 70 percent during the FNDP period. The sector, however, recorded a treatment success rate of 85 percent in 2008 and 86 percent in 2010 as compared to 79 percent in 2005. This was mainly because the sector expanded the implementation of the new Stop TB strategy at all levels. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 83 Non-Communicable Diseases Non-communicable diseases such as cancers, blood pressure, diabetes, heart diseases, sickle cell anaemia, stroke, mental illnesses, epilepsy and asthma were on the increase during the FNDP period. Statistics at the National Cancer Registry for the period April 2007 to March 2008 show that out of the total number of cancer cases, cervical and breast cancers constituted 34.5 percent and 12.8 percent respectively, while prostate cancer constituted 6 percent. Other studies that were conducted in 2008 by the Ministry of Health showed a total of 11,893 cases of High Blood Pressure out of which 472 cases were admitted with 34 deaths. The survey further revealed that 8 percent of the studied population had raised blood sugars with 3percent of the males being diabetic as compared to 4 percent of the females. The contributing factors for non-communicable diseases include, age, alcohol and substance abuse, tobacco-smoking and nutritional problems. Human Resources During the period under review, the number of frontline health workers (doctors, medical licentiates, clinical officers, nurses and midwives) increased to 17,168 as of March 2010 from 12,173 as at end 2005, but was still lower than the required establishment number of 39,360 in 2010. Further, the number of public sector frontline Health Workers was 0.93 per 1,000 population in 2009 against the World Health Organisation (WHO) recommended figure of 2.5 per 1,000 population, with the situation more acute in rural areas. The shortage of frontline health workers has been compounded by increased demand for health workers due to the construction of new health facilities. In order to address the above problem, the Zambia Health Workers Retention Scheme was scaled-up and by December 2009, the scheme had a total of 860 health workers (comprising different types of health cadres) compared to 103 in 2006 (comprising doctors only). In addition, training of health workers was increased, with student enrolments for the 2008/2009 intakes growing by 75 percent nationwide. Nonetheless, the training output of 1,720 health workers per year over the FNDP period could not meet the required demand. Essential Drugs and Other Commodities During the period under review, the availability of essential drugs averaged 82 percent per year compared to 71percent in 2005. The above notwithstanding, there were some stock-outs during some months mainly due to inadequate communication and logistic systems and a growing demand on services. Laboratory services also faced a number of challenges which included inadequate maintenance, use of untrained staff to operate the equipment and inadequate supply of reagents and other non-ART related commodities. Improvements were recorded in the performance of the blood safety programme during the FNDP period. The number of blood units collected increased from 62,000 in 2005 to 103,000 in 2009 against the estimated annual requirement of 117,500 blood units per year. The main challenge was overdependence on external support to run the blood safety programme. Regarding Medical Imaging, hospitals and some urban health centres received X-ray and ultra sound machines although there were challenges in providing training on how to use them. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 84 Health Infrastructure – Physical and Mobile During the FNDP period, the sector commenced the construction of a total of 27 hospitals as well as 231 health posts. Various health centres were also rehabilitated and expanded countrywide. Of the 27 hospitals commenced, a total of 8 were scheduled to be completed by end 2010 and these were Kapiri-Mposhi, Chadiza, Mumbwa, Mufumbwe, Kaputa, Lumwana, Kaoma and Lusaka General Hospital. A total of 19 would remain under construction during the SNDP period and these include Chama, Samfya, Shangombo, Lufwanyama, Chiengi, Mpulungu and Nakonde. Others are Serenje, Isoka, Choma, Masaiti, Namwala, Luangwa, Lundazi, Mongu, Milenge, Mwense, Chavuma and Mkushi. Besides physical health infrastructure, mobile health services were also provided through the Zambia Flying Doctors Service, Mobile Eye Clinic Services, Mobile Counselling and Testing (CT) Services, Mobile ART Services and Routine Outreach Services. Provision of Mobile Health Services made it possible to reach communities in hard-to-reach areas and where physical health infrastructure is absent or insufficient. The sector also recognises the impact of climate change on human health. In this regard, climatic hazards such as droughts and floods have invariably constrained public health service delivery and induced outbreaks of diseases, such as cholera, dysentery and plague, as well as increasing incidences of malaria, diarrhoeal diseases, schistosomiasis, respiratory infections and other emerging vector-borne diseases. The sector will, therefore, mainstream climate change adaptation into public health policies and programmes. Health Care Financing Since 2005, there has been a steady nominal increase in the annual Government health budget which increased from 9.7 percent in 2005 to about 11 percent in 2009. In view of the need to improve health care financing, Government has been exploring ways of introducing alternative means of financing health care services aimed at raising additional revenue and increasing access to health care services. As one of the strategies, an actuarial study was conducted in 2008 to establish the viability of establishing a Social Health Insurance Scheme in Zambia. The results of the study were positive and showed that such a scheme would complement Government‟s funding to the health sector, and could in the long run improve accessibility, quantity and quality of health services. 8.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “Equitable access to quality health care by all by 2030”. Goal To improve the health status of people in Zambia in order to contribute to socio-economic development by 2015. Strategic Focus To provide equitable access to quality health services. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 85 8.4 Policies and Key Reforms During the SNDP period, the sector will finalize the revision of the National Health Policy of 1992 in order to harmonize various policies and pieces of legislation. In addition, the sector will embark on the development of a comprehensive National Health Service Act to replace the repealed 1995 Act. The sector will also collaborate with relevant stakeholders to speed up the implementation of the National Decentralization Policy, National Health Strategic Plan 2011 2015 in order to facilitate improved service delivery. Furthermore, the Sector will develop a National Social Health Insurance Scheme, a Health Care Financing Policy, undertake finalization and adoption of the Basic Health Care Package (BHCP), Develop the Community Worker Strategy and the review of the Sector Wide Approach (SWAp) coordinating mechanisms. In order to ensure provision of quality health care, the sector will strengthen the monitoring and regulating function of health services at all levels. 8.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Health Sector during the SNDP period. Table 50: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Key Strategies Programmes 1 To provide cost-effective, quality and gender responsive primary health care services for all a) Expand access to Maternal, Newborn and Child Health (MNCH) service including immunization, safe delivery and Basic Emergency Obstetric Care (EMoC) with special focus on under-served areas and the vulnerable population; b) Increase the provision of outreach services including primary Mobile Hospital Services; c) Expand malaria prevention and control interventions; d) Expand access to TB Control and Prevention programmes including multi-drug resistant TB with focus on high risk groups; e) Promote Health Education in the prevention and control of diseases; f) Expand access to HIV prevention and treatment services including STIs and blood safety; g) Expand access to Environmental Health and Food Safety services; h) Promote the assessment of climate change on human health adaptation to climate change; i) Expand ART services; j) Expand nutrition services; k) Improve laboratory services; and l) Enhance the capacity of DRM in the sector. Primary Health Care Services 2 To increase access to quality specialized referral medical care services for all a) Promote Outreach programmes from tertiary hospitals to districts; b) Provision of mobile referral hospital services and capacity building to lower levels; c) Enhancement of capacity building in Hospital Management; d) Promote Public Private Partnerships in the Hospital Referral Services Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 86 No. Objectives Key Strategies Programmes provision of specialized health care; e) Improve existing facilities and develop communication and transport systems; and f) Expand and improve services of non communicable diseases. 3 To improve the availability and distribution of qualified health workers in the country a) Expand training of health workers; b) Improve the retention of health workers; c) Improvement of Human Resource management; and d) Provision of appropriate incentives and training to community health workers. Human Resource Development and Management 4 To ensure availability and access to essential drugs and medical supplies a) Improve drug logistics management at all levels; b) Develop mechanisms for financing the procurement of essential drugs and medical supplies; and c) Promote rational use of commodities and services. Drugs and Logistics Systems 5 To provide infrastructure, conducive for the delivery of quality health services a) Complete the construction of all on-going infrastructure projects carried over during the FNDP period; b) Modernisation and facelift of University Teaching Hospital and other hospitals c) Establish at least 400 new health posts country wide; d) Expansion of Kasama, Lewanika and Mansa General Hospitals; e) Complete hospitals in Chama, Samfya, Shangombo, Lufwanyama, Chiengi, Mpulungu, Nakonde, Serenje, Isoka, Choma, Masaiti, Namwala, Luangwa, Lundazi, Mongu, Milenge, Mwense, Chavuma and Mkushi; f) Establish Hospitals in 6 Districts; g) Improve and expand at least 250 existing health centres; h) Establish one training school for clinical officers i) Establish two nursing schools j) Establish one Medical and Dental school k) Construct a National Drug Quality Control Laboratory, Laboratories and Drug storage facilities; l) TDRC infrastructure development; m) Equip hospitals,healthposts and health centres; and n) Ensure integrated planning for the construction of health facilities. Infrastructure and Equipment 6 To ensure the availability of adequate, appropriate and well-maintained medical equipment and accessories in accordance with the Basic Health Care Package a) Improve infrastructure database management; b) Improve management and maintenance of medical equipment; c) Strengthen capacity for transport management at all levels of health care; and d) Improve ICT capacity. 7 To promote access to quality health care services through alternative ways of health care financing a) Finalize the development and implementation of the Health Care Financing Policy; and b) Develop and enact relevant legal and institutional framework for the establishment, management and administration of a National Social Health Insurance Scheme. Social Health Insurance Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 87 8.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators Tables will be used: Table 51:Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Primary Health Care Services Maternal Health 48% 52% 56% 60% 65% Increase in deliveries by skilled attendants from 45% in 2009 to 65% MoH, CPs, Private Sector, NGOs, CSOs 32% 37% 41% 46% 50% Increase in facility deliveries from 28% in 2007 to 50% for rural areas 81% 83% 86% 88% 90% Increase in facility deliveries from 79% in 2007 to 90% in 2015 for urban areas Newborn and Child Health 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% Fully immunization coverage of at least 80% in each district MoH, CPs, Private Sector, NGOs, CSOs Malaria Prevention and Control 177 152 127 102 75 Incidence of malaria for all ages reduced from 252 cases per 1,000 population in 2008 to 75 cases per 1,000 population MoH, MLGH, CPs, Private Sector, NGOs, CSOs HIV Prevention and Treatment 33% 37% 41% 46% 50% Number of people aged 15-49 counseled, tested and received results increased from 15% in 2007 to 50% MoH, NAC, MoE, CPs, Private Sector, NGOs, CSOs 80% 85% 87% 90% 90% 90% of all eligible HIV and AIDS patients (adults and children) put on ART TB Prevention and Control 70% 70% 70% 70% 70% A case detection of 70% of all the infectious cases of TB MoH, NAC, CPs, Private Sector, NGOs, CSOs 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% A cure rate of 85% of all the TB cases detected Mobile Hospital Services 9 - 9 - - Procurement of 18 mobile medical units, 2 units per province MoH, MoFNP Hospital Referral Services Capacity Building in Hospital Management 4 4 4 4 4 Four comprehensive capacity building courses conducted annually MoH, CPs, Private Sector, NGOs, CSOs Non communicable diseases 5% 10% 10% 15% 20% Incidence of non-communicable diseases reduced by 20% Human Resource Development and Management Training of Health Workers 20% 35% 50% 65% 70% Training output increased by at least 70% for Doctors, Nurses, Clinical Officers and Midwives MoH, MoE, MoFNP, CPs, Private Sector, NGOs Human Resource management 50% 60% 70% 80% 100% Number of health centres with at least one qualified Health Worker increased from 50% to 100% Drugs and Logistics Procurement and 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Percentage of months for which drugs are in stock at health MoH, CPs, Private Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 88 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Systems distribution of essential drugs and medical supplies centres and hospitals maintained at 100% throughout the SNDP period Sector, NGOs Drug Logistics management at all levels 1 - - - - Establish a functional Pharmaceutical Management Information System incorporating all levels Infrastructure and Development Complete on going construction of hospitals 5 4 6 3 1 19 District Hospitals completed MoH, MWS Establishment of new hospitals 2 2 1 1 - 6 district hospitals established Construction of health posts 80 80 80 80 80 At least 400 new health posts constructed nationwide Improvement and expansion of health centres 50 50 50 50 50 At least 250 heath centres improved and expanded nationwide Expansion and upgrading of General Hospitals 2 1 1 - - 4General Hospitals upgraded Modernisation and facelift of University Teaching Hospital and other hospitals 1 3 4 3 3 Hospitals modernised and given a facelift Expansion of existing health centres 50 50 50 50 50 At least 250 existing health centres expanded nationwide Establish four training schools 2 1 1 - - 1 training school for clinical officers, 2 nursing schools and 1 medical and dental school constructed and operational Construction of a National Drug Quality Control Laboratory 1 - - - A fully fledged and functional National Drug Quality Control Laboratory established Develop a functional medical equipment maintenance plan 1 - - - A fully fledged and functional medical equipment maintenance plan established Social Health Insurance Development and enactment of the Health Care Financing Policy 1 - - - - Health Care Financing policy developed and implemented MoH, MoFNP, Cabinet Office, MLSS Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 89 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Preparation of legislature on Social Health Insurance 1 - - - - Legislature on Social Health Insurance enacted Establishment of a Social Health Insurance Fund 1 - - - A Social Health Insurance Fund established Table 52: Key Performance Indicators Key Health Performance Indicator Baseline 2009 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Under-five Mortality rate per 1,000 live births 119* 91 84 77 70 63 Maternal Mortality Ratio per 100,000 live births 591* 375 321 267 213 159 Proportion of rural households living within 5km of the nearest health facility 54^ 58 60 65 68 70 Incidence of malaria per 1,000 population 252 ** 177 152 127 102 75 Malaria Case Fatality Rate among Children below the age of 5 years 38** 30 28 25 23 20 Percent of Fully Immunised Children under one year of age 90** 80 80 80 80 80 Percent of deliveries assisted by skilled health personnel 45** 48 52 56 60 65 ^ 2004 data extracted from the 2004 LCMS * 2007 data extracted from the 2007 ZDHS **2008 data extracted from the 2008 Annual Health Statistics Bulletin Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 8.7 Sector Budget and Financing The Table below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 53:Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) - Health Program me 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Primary Health Care 171.4 171.4 275.0 275.0 314.3 314.3 374.9 374.9 394.7 394.7 Hospital Refferal Services 91.8 91.8 147.3 147.3 168.4 168.4 200.8 200.8 211.4 211.4 Central Support Services 121.4 121.4 174.9 174.9 206.9 206.9 251.5 251.5 266.2 266.2 Social Health Insurance 5.0 5.0 28.0 28.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 Human Resources for Health 125.1 125.1 200.7 200.7 229.4 229.4 273.6 273.6 288.1 288.1 Drugs and Medical Supplies 136.0 136.0 218.2 218.2 249.4 249.4 297.4 297.4 313.2 313.2 Medical Equipment 37.4 37.4 60.0 60.0 68.6 68.6 81.9 81.9 86.2 86.2 Infrastruct ure 114.3 114.3 183.3 183.3 209.6 209.6 249.9 249.9 263.1 263.1 Total 802.4 802.4 1,287.5 1,287.5 1,471.7 1,471.7 1,755.0 1,755.0 1,847.8 1,847.8 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 91 9. EDUCATION AND SKILLS DEVELOPMENT 9.1 Introduction Education and Skills Development plays a critical role in the socio-economic development. It provides opportunities for growth, poverty reduction, employment, productivity and human development.The sector comprises all the providers of education and skills in the public, private and non-governmental organisations. During the Fifth National Development Plan (FNDP) period, there was significant increase in access to education and skills development at all levels. This was mainly as a result of marked increase in construction and rehabilitation of infrastructure especially at basic school level and significant recruitment of teachers. Further, the Technical Education, Vocational and Entrepreneurship Training (TEVET) National Qualification Framework which aims at standardising qualifications was developed and adopted. However, the sector experienced some challenges in the quality of education and skills development provided. This resulted in low levels of learning achievement and mismatch between skills delivered and the requirements of the labour markets. Other major challenges included the confinement of Early Childhood Care, Development and Education (ECCDE) to pre-schooling instead of offering a more comprehensive developmental support and learning experience, and the limited access to tertiary education due to the overall infrastructure deficit and low staffing levels. In the SNDP, there will be more focus on quality improvement. Attention will continue to be placed on teacher supply (recruitment, deployment and retention); provision of teaching and learning materials and infrastructure development. Additional focus will be placed on school level processes such as school governance, teacher supervision, quality assurance, teacher continuous professional development and pedagogical support so as to actively pursue an improvement in quality of educational delivery. Furthermore, the sector will seek to address the efficiency and effectiveness of education and skills development delivery through curriculum development, improved management and governance of institutions, community involvement, civil society and private sector engagement. 9.2 Review of Past Performance During the FNDP period, the plan was to construct 7,500 classrooms which should have resulted into the provision of space for 600,000 pupils(when used for double shift). Nonetheless, 4,627 classrooms were constructed and this translated into the provision of space for 370,160 pupils (when used for double shift). Pupil school enrolment increased to 3.6 million in 2009 as compared to 2.9 million in 2005 for basic education. Net Enrolment Ratio (NER) increased from 93 percent in 2005 to 97 percent in 2009, while the Gender Parity Index (GPI) improved from 0.95 in 2005 to 0.99 in 2009. Completion rates at Grade 9 improved from 43 percent in 2005 to 52 percent in 2009. In order to increase access at high school level, the plan was to construct a total of 100 high schools. However, only 47 were completed which translated into 564 classrooms thereby Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 92 creating learning space for 22,560 pupils. With regard to high school education, pupil school enrolments rose from 162,019 in 2005 to 257,100 in 2009. Completion rates at Grade 12 improved from 17 percent in 2005 to 19 percent in 2009. Pupil teacher ratio improved from 22:1 to 20:1 in 2005 and 2009 respectively. NER increased from 21 percent in 2005 to 26 percent in 2009, while the GPI increased from 0.81 in 2005 to 0.87 in 2009. At tertiary level, two double storey lecture rooms comprising 5 rooms and one lecture theatre each were under construction at Nkrumah, Copperbelt Secondary Teachers College (COSETCO) and Zambia Institute of Special Education (ZAMISE). Libraries were also under construction at Mulungushi University, ZAMISE, Nkrumah and COSETCO Colleges of education. At Mulakupikwa University College in Chinsalia two double storey lecture room comprising 5 rooms and two lecture theatres was constructed. With regard to teacher education, a number of colleges had their programmes upgraded. In the case of tertiary education, the COSETCO and Nkrumah College of Education were upgraded to offer degree programmes. A diploma programme for upper basic teachers was also introduced in 3 colleges, namely Mufulira, Livingstone and Charles Lwanga colleges of education. This was in an effort to increase the number of teachers with higher qualifications so as to improve the quality of education provision. In addition, 3 classroom blocks were also constructed at every college of education in order to increase student teacher intake. In terms of student teacher enrolments at colleges of education the total in 2009 was 5,461, of which 2,567 or 47 percent were females. In order to increase access to tertiary education, Government encouraged the establishment of private universities. These efforts led to the establishment of 14 private universities and 1 additional public university. Total enrolment in public universities increased from 12,774 in 2005 to 19,086 in 2009. On skills development, the total annual enrolment in TEVET institutions reached 33,399 in 2009 from 30, 511 in 2005 with 59 percent males and 41 percent females. Efforts made to increase access to skills training included the establishment of the Lapidary and Gemstone Processing Training Centre and the construction of permanent facilities at Chipata, Mongu, Solwezi, Kaoma, Mwinilunga and Petauke Trades Training Institutes. Rehabilitation works were also done at 15 colleges countrywide. In order to provide equitable access to education, various interventions and policy decisions were put in place during the FNDP period, which included expansion of Adult Literacy Education, Trade Testing and Distance Vocational Education. With regard to Orphans and other Vulnerable Children (OVC), 126, 284 pupils (66,219 females and 60,065 males) from Grades 1 to12 received bursaries in 2009 compared to 76,776 pupils (39,867 females and 36,909 males) in 2005. Access to education from Grades 1 to 12 for Learners with Special Education Needs (LSEN) increased from 89,269 in 2005 to 207,437 in 2009, out of which 46 percent were females. With regards to skills development, 3 percent of the total enrolments in TEVET institutions were Learners with Special Education Needs of which 2 percent were physically challenged and 1 percent were hard of hearing and mentally challenged. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 93 9.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “Innovative and productive life-long education and training for all by 2030”. Goal Increase equitable access to quality education and skills training to enhance human capacity for sustainable national development. Strategic Focus The sector will focus on expanding access to high school and tertiary education. Further, efforts will be made to improve the quality of education at all levels sothat appropriate skills, knowledge, attitudes and values required for social and economic development are imparted to the learners. Special attention will therefore be given to curriculum review, development and delivery. Particular attention will also be placed on teacher availability especially in the rural areas. 9.4 Policies and Key Reforms The key reforms will include the revision of the Education Act of 1966 as well as the repeal the Universities Act of 1999 and replace it with a more comprehensive Higher Education Act. These Acts will regulate the establishment, organisation, governance, management and funding of education institutions. In addition, the Technical Education, Vocational and Entrepreneurship Training Policy of 1996 and the Technical Education, Vocational and Entrepreneurship Training Act of 1998 will be revised. Other key legislative changes will include the revision of the Apprenticeship Act of 1966, the introduction of a Higher Education Authority, a National Qualifications Authority, and a Teaching Council which will ensure compliance with provisions for registration and accreditation. In addition, the transformation of some colleges of education into universities and the review of the National Education Policy of 1996 will continue. The sector will also collaborate with relevant stakeholders to speed up the implementation of the National Decentralization Policy in order to facilitate improved service delivery. During the SNDP period, Government shall also continue implementing the teachers‟ rural retention scheme which aims at increasing the number of teachers serving in rural and remote areas through interventions like rural hardship allowances, loan schemes, provision of solar power and construction of staff houses. It is also realised that climatic hazards (floods and droughts) have historically imposed immense socio-economic costs on the education sector by damaging education infrastructure and access roads displacing communities and causing increased absenteeism due to hunger and deprivation. The sector will enhance adaptive capacity of the population to changing climate through integration of issues of climate change into the education systems. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 94 9.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Education and Skills Development Sector during the SNDP period. Table 54: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To increase access, efficiency and equity to quality ECCDE and Basic Education a) Promote an investment framework for private sector to establish ECCDE and basic schools; b) Strengthen Continuous Professional Development (CPD) for teachers; c) Upgrade teacher qualifications from certificate to diplomas and degrees; d) Strengthen teacher support systems; e) Improve school governance, teacher supervision and quality assurance systems; f) Recapitalise Zambia Education Publishing House in order to increase production of low cost local teaching/learning materials; g) Introduce ICT as a teaching and learning tool; h) Increase support to community schools. to provide quality education; i) Recruit and deploy teachers especially in rural areas; j) Promote participation and improve facilities for LSEN; k) Create gender responsive school environment; l) Expand school feeding programme; m) Make schools more accountable to the community through operationalization of DIP; and n) Improve school management through capacity building of school managers. ECCDE and Basic Education 2 To increase access, efficiency and equity to quality High School education a) Introduce and expand alternative modes of education including ICT; b) Strengthen Continuous Professional Development (CPD) for teachers; c) Upgrade teacher qualifications especially from diplomas to degrees; d) Recruit and deploy teachers especially in rural areas; e) Provide adequate and timely teaching and learning materials; f) Promote participation and improve facilities for LSEN; g) Create gender responsive school environment; h) Make schools more accountable to the community; and i) Improve school management through capacity building of school managers. High School Education 3 To increase the number of qualified and competent teachers in schools a) Expand alternative modes of teacher education; b) Improve facilities for LSEN; c) Increase training opportunities for teachers at all levels and more especially in various subjects especially mathematics, science and technology; d) Finalise the transformation of Nkrumah Teachers‟ College and COSETCO into universities; and e) Increase bursaries for female student teachers. Teacher Education 4 To increase access, a) Promote private sector participation at university University Education Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 95 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes participation and equity in the provision of quality university education level; b) Establish a mechanism for regulating university education especially in terms of quality assurance; c) Provide alternative modes of university education delivery including ICT; d) Enhance quality of university education and its relevance to needs of the economy; e) Establish student loan scheme system; and f) Increase participation and improve facilities for LSEN. 5 To increase efficiency and equitable access to quality Basic Skills and TEVET a) Provide alternative modes of basic skills and TEVET delivery including ICT; b) Promote the participation of non-public training providers in the delivery of TEVET; c) Promote participation of women especially in technical programmes; d) Promote participation of LSEN in vocational skills training; e) Integrate Entrepreneurship and Medium and Small Micro Enterprise Development (MSME) into basic skills and TEVET; and f) Promote collaboration with private sector as a way of improving link between training and labour market requirements. Basic Skills and TEVET 6 To increase Adult Literacy levels a) Establish and increase participation in Adult Literacy centres; b) Enhance access and quality assurance; c) Link adult literacy programmes to higher education and skills development programmes; and d) Build capacity of adult literacy providers at all levels. Adult Literacy 7 To expand and improve infrastructure a) Establish and rehabilitate infrastructure in educational institutions; b) Re-introduce the school preventive maintenance programme; c) Improve facilities for LSEN; d) Provide safe learning environment for all learners by re-introducing boarding facilities including weekly boarding facilities; e) Provide school furniture and equipment; and f) Enhance the capacity of DRM in the sector. Infrastructure Development 8 To review the curriculum at all levels to make it relevant and responsive to national aspirations and education needs a) Review curriculum, teaching and learning materials in formal and informal curricula. Curriculum Development 9.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicatorsTable will be used: Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 96 Table 55: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 ECCDE and Basic Education Provision of Bursaries to OVC 18,000 21,000 24,000 27,000 30,000 30,000 Bursaries provided to OVC MOE Procurement of Textbooks 750,000 books 750,000 books 750,000 books 750,000 books 750,000 books 3,750,000 books to be procured MOE Recruitment of teachers 4,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 16,000 teachers recruited MOE, PSMD High School Education Provision of Bursaries to OVC 5,000 7,500 10,000 12,500 15,000 15,000 bursaries provided to OVC MOE Procurement of Textbooks 200,000 books 200,000 books 200,000 books 200,000 books 200,000 books 1,000,000 books to be procured MOE Recruitment of teachers 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,500 2,500 11,000 teachers recruited MOE, PSMD Teacher Education Teacher outputs 2,500 2,500 2,500 3,000 3,500 14,000 teachers trained MOE, MSTVT Upgrading of teacher colleges to diploma and degree programmes 2 1 2 - - 2 universities established 3 colleges of education upgraded MOE, PSMD Infrastructure Development Construction of Universities - 1 1 1 3 Universities constructed MoE, MWS Construction of Colleges of education - 1 1 - 2 colleges of education constructed MoE, MWS Construction of Model ECCDE Centres - 5 4 - 9 Model ECCDE centres constructed MoE, MWS Construction of basic school classroom using Community mode 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 10,000 basic school classrooms constructed using community mode MoE, Communities Provision of water in rural and remote schools (Number of Boreholes and hand pumps) 50 50 50 50 50 250 Boreholes and hand pumps provided MoE, MEWD, MLGH Construction of LSEN Assessment Centres 1 - 1 - 1 3 LSEN Assessment Centres constructed MoE, MWS Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 97 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Construction of upper Basic Schools (Grades 8-9) using contractor mode 5 5 4 4 2 18 upper Basic Schools constructed, 2 Upper Basic Schools constructed MoE, MWS Construction and equipping of 20 Zonal Resource Centres 5 5 5 5 20 Zonal Resource Centres constructed MoE, MWS Construction of high schools using contractor Mode - 20 20 20 60 high schools constructed MoE, MWS Construction of schools for continuing education 2 2 2 2 2 10 schools for continuing education constructed MoE, MWS Completion of High Schools 26 20 - - - 46 High Schools completed MoE, MWS Construction of additional classrooms in existing high schools in rural areas by community mode 168 164 164 - - 496 additional classrooms constructed MOE, MWS Construction of TEVET training institutions 2 2 2 2 2 10 TEVET training institutions constructed MSTVT Construction of TEVET Centres of Excellence 1 1 1 - 3 TEVET Centres of Excellence constructed MSTVT Rehabilitation of 150 High Schools 5 30 40 40 35 150 High Schools rehabilitated MoE, MWS Rehabilitation of TEVET Institutions 4 4 4 - 12 TEVET Institutions rehabilitated MSTVT Rehabilitation of Schools for Continuing Education 3 3 2 2 - 10 Schools for Continuing Education rehabilitated MoE Rehabilitation of furniture frames 20,000 30,000 30,000 10,000 10,000 100,000 furniture frames rehabilitated MoE Procurement of double 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 500,000 double seater desks MoE Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 98 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 seater desks procured Procurement of single seater school desks 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 200,000 single seater school desks procured MoE Construction of teaches houses 200 200 200 200 200 1,000 Teachers‟ Houses constructed MoE, MWS Teachers upgraded to Diploma level 15 15 15 15 15 75 Teachers upgraded to Diploma level, (At least one Teacher upgraded in Carpentry, Automotive Mechanic and bricklaying) MSTVT Teachers upgraded to degree level 10 10 10 10 10 50 Teachers upgraded to degree level MSTVT Upgrading of TEVET Institution into a University 1 - - - - 1 University College upgraded MSTVT, PSMD, MoE Number of TEVET institutions equipped with training equipment and books 7 7 7 7 7 All 35 public TEVET institutions (including the 10 to be constructed during the SNDP period) MSTVT Number of bursaries to marginalized groups (special bursary) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 5,000 MSTVT Table 56: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicator Baseline 2009 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Net Enrolment Rate (NER) % Grades 1-7 103.6 10 96 97 98 99 100 Grades 8-9 30.06 34 38 42 43.5 45 Grades 10-12 27 28.5 30 32 34.5 36 Tertiary Enrolment Against the Population TEVET places 33,000 40,000 42,000 44,000 47,000 50,000 Completion Rate % Grade 7 91.70 94 96 98 99 100 Grade 9 51.98 55 59 63 65 67 Grade 12 19.47 23 27 31 34 38 Basic Skills and TEVET 91.8 92.3 92.8 93.3 93.8 94.3 10 Net Enrolment Rate cannot exceed 100% but due to the mismatch between CSO projections and the actual head counts conducted in schools Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 99 Key Performance Indicator Baseline 2009 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Pupil Teacher Ratio Grades 1-4 57.2 56 52 48 44 40 Grades 5-7 52.1 48 46 44 42 40 Grades 8-9 28.2 30 32 33 34 35 Grades 10-12 24.9 25 25 25 25 25 Lecturer Student Ratio Basic Skills and TEVET 40 38 32 26 20 20 Gender Parity Index Grades 1-7 0.99 1 1 1.1 1.2 1.2 Grades 1-9 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.99 1 1 Grades 10-12 0.87 0.87 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.93 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 9.7 Sector Budget and Financing The Table below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 57: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Education and Skills Development Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total ECCDE 0.4 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.6 0.7 0.2 0.9 1.0 0.2 1.1 1.1 0.2 1.2 Basic Education 178.7 54.4 233.1 203.9 37.2 241.1 225.0 37.2 262.2 305.2 37.2 342.4 339.5 37.2 376.7 High School Education 114.7 28.1 142.8 121.6 2.6 124.2 136.4 2.6 139.0 183.5 2.6 186.1 203.8 2.6 206.4 Teacher Education 72.3 7.2 79.4 72.6 0.8 73.4 134.8 0.8 135.6 179.6 0.8 180.4 199.7 0.8 200.5 University Education 301.2 301.2 337.3 337.3 362.8 362.8 482.4 482.4 536.3 536.3 Infrastructure Development o/w Basic Skils and TEVET 354.1 130.6 484.7 623.2 121.0 744.2 657.5 121.0 778.5 756.7 121.0 877.7 830.7 121.0 951.7 41.6 41.6 62.4 62.4 68.6 68.6 74.9 74.9 80.7 80.7 Basic Skills and TEVET 36.4 36.4 47.3 47.3 49.2 49.2 50.8 50.8 52.3 52.3 Adult Literacy 1.4 0.1 1.5 1.4 0.2 1.6 2.3 0.2 2.4 3.0 0.2 3.2 3.3 0.2 3.5 Total 1,059.1 220.5 1,279.6 1,407.8 162.0 1,569.8 1,568.6 162.0 1,730.6 1,962.1 162.0 2,124.1 2,166.8 162.0 2,328.7 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 101 10. WATER AND SANITATION 10.1 Introduction Water and Sanitation is comprised of two sub-sectors, Water Resources Management and Development (WRMD) and Water Supply and Sanitation (WSS). All sectors, amongst others, agriculture, mining, industry, housing and energy require access to adequate water and sanitation services for their development. Developments in these sectors have an impact on the quality and quantity of available water resources, thus sectoral activities need to be effectively coordinated and regulated so as to protect the environment. During the FNDP period, improvements were recorded in the provision of safe water and adequate sanitation including the construction of new water supply facilities and rehabilitation of existing facilities aimed at improving access. In the area of sanitation, improvements under the urban and peri-urban water supply and sanitation were varied, covering the areas of solid waste management and maintenance of water supply schemes. These were complemented by the completion of a situation analysis of rural sanitation and the formulation of national programmes for rural and urban water supply and sanitation, respectively. Furthermore, achievements in the water resources management and development sub-sector included the implementation of projects in the Integrated Water Resources Management and Water Efficiency Plan (IWRM WEP), which sets out an integrated approach to managing water resources, and the piloting of decentralised water resources management structures and rehabilitation and construction of infrastructure. Nonetheless, the sector faced some challenges, the major ones being, growing demand for water and sanitation services and absence of integrated water resources management at river catchment levels. To address the challenges, the focus for the next five years will be to increase investment for water and sanitation infrastructure development and establishment of river catchment management structures for effective integrated water resources management. This will be the foundation of the water resources management and infrastructure development programmes to ensure sustainability in the provision of water and sanitation services in Zambia. This will also ensure that all sectoral needs (including the environment) are considered together in water development planning and implementation with active community participation at grass-roots level. Access to water by various sectors will result in equitable socio-economic development of the country. 10.2 Review of Past Performance During the period under review, performance of the sector was generally below target although there was improvement in the performance of some programmes. In particular progress was made in the area of construction and rehabilitation of boreholes with 3,800 new boreholes constructed and 2,790 boreholes rehabilitated. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 102 With regard to Water Resources Management and Development (WRMD), a total of 13 earth dams were completed out of the targeted 17 while a total of 84 earth dams were rehabilitated against the planned target of 91. Special attention was given to construction of dams in farming blocks and resettlement schemes to promote irrigation. On hydro-metric stations, the sector rehabilitated 126 against a target of 300 stations while groundwater network observation points were expanded to 71 against the targeted 120. Furthermore, achievements in policy reforms included the production of the IWRM-WEP of 2008, establishment of the IWRM Training Centre at the University of Zambia, setting up decentralized water resources management structures in the Kafue and Lunsemfwa Catchments and the adoption of the revised National Water Policy of 2010. Notwithstanding the progress outlined above, the sector experienced challenges such as inadequate legal framework, limited investments in infrastructure and inadequate institutional structures. Importantly too, the lack of an Early Warning System for hydrological extreme events like natural disasters (floods/droughts) made response ineffective as they were always reactive and unsustainable. In the rural areas, 3,800 new water facilities were installed out of the planned 4,000 and 1,800 facilities rehabilitated against a target of 2,800. In most provinces, protected water point coverage was still low in rural areas. The practice of safe sanitation increased, with a total of 162,000 facilities being constructed. In the urban and peri-urban areas, FNDP initiatives significantly increased access to safe water supply. A National Urban Water Supply and Sanitation Programme (NUWSSP) was developed. In the Water Supply and Sanitation (WSS) sub-sector, there were a number of challenges. Whereas there was an improvement in access to Water Supply and Sanitation in rural and urban areas, an overall review of the FNDP showed that financial commitment to the UWSS amounted to only 2.4 percent of the „core‟ expenditure and 1.5 percent of total national budget. In addition, there was high, unsustainable reliance on funding from Cooperating Partners for the sub-sector. In general, water supply and sanitation service coverage was still very low with only 35 sewerage schemes in existence countrywide and most requiring major rehabilitation. The vast majority of the urban population relied on on-site systems. Current estimates indicate that less than half of the urban population has access to adequate sanitation. Further, water demand for domestic and industrial use has been on the increase while supply has remained stagnant. At the beginning of 2010, demand was 1,330,000 m 3 per day against the production capacity of 946,000 m 3 per day. This demand is projected to increase to 2,402,000 m 3 per day by 2015. Waste generation by all sectors of the economy is currently not well managed, with 10 to 40 percent of the urban areas serviced with solid waste collection. Drainage systems are either inadequate or non-existent, resulting in unhealthy living conditions in urban areas. The situation is exacerbated by weak institutional capacity, ineffective cost recovery mechanisms and poor community attitudes towards waste disposal. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 103 10.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “A Zambia where all users have access to water and sanitation and utilise them in an efficient and sustainable manner for wealth creation and improved livelihood by 2030”. Goal To achieve 75 percent accessibility to reliable safe water and 60 percent adequate sanitation by 2015 in order to enhance economic growth and improve the quality of life. Strategic Focus In order to achieve the Sixth National Development Plan (SNDP) objective of promoting sustainable water resources development and sanitation, the strategic focus of the sector will be to provide water and sanitation infrastructure and develop skills to ensure effective water resource management and the efficient provision of reliable and safe water and sanitation services. 10.4 Policies and Key Reforms In the implementation of the SNDP, the sector will be guided by the National Water Policy of 2010 as well as various international instruments relating to the sector. The sector will develop a comprehensive legal and institutional framework to operationalise IWRM strategies for sustainable water development. The sector will also develop the National Water Supply and Sanitation Policy, which will include principles of mainstreaming climate change adaptation and mitigation aimed at protecting water and sanitation infrastructure against damages and safeguarding communities against flooding, disease outbreaks and water scarcity during events of heavy precipitation and droughts. The sector will develop Research and Development capacity in climate change to ensure sustainable water resources and sanitation development in the country. Climate change is likely to represent an additional burden for water supply due to water scarcity resulting from expected droughts. Equally, high precipitation may affect performance of drainage and sewer systems. 10.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Water and Sanitation Sector during the SNDP period. Table 58: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes - Water Resources Management and Development No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To achieve sustainable water resource development for social and economic development a) Conduct feasibility studies for the development of water resources infrastructure for priority projects for agriculture farm blocks, irrigation dams, large multi-purpose dams; hydro-power dams, springs and groundwater development; and b) Strengthen infrastructure development programmes to cater for increase in water demand in all the key economic sectors Water Resources Infrastructure Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 104 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes (agriculture, water for strategic institutions and disaster mitigation, hydro-power etc.) 2 To strengthen capacity for disaster risk management, mitigation and adaptation to effects of climate change. a) Develop pilot projects for improvement of water conservation infrastructure against climatic variability including reduction of flooding; b) Implement climate change adaptation projects countrywide; and c) Enhance the capacity of DRM in the sector Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation 3 To develop innovative approaches and appropriate technologies for the effective management of the nation‟s water resources a) Conduct applied research in water management and development to enhance socio-economic advancement; b) Conduct demand driven surveys; c) Strengthen the national hydrological network for water resource survey and institutional capacity for hydro meteorological and groundwater monitoring; and d) Conduct applied research in water resources management and development to climate change adaptation and the enhancement of socio-economic development. Research and Development 4 To ensure effective water resources management at catchment, regional and national levels a) Provide and implement an appropriate policy, legal and institutional framework for integrated water resources management; and b) Develop skills at river catchment, basin, regional and national levels. Integrated Water Resources Management Table 59: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes - Water Supply and Sanitation No. Objectives Key Strategies Programmes 1 To provide adequate, safe and cost effective water supply and sanitation services with due regard to environmental issues a) Enhance the implementation of the Water Sector master plans; b) Infrastructure development for sustainable RWSS 11 service delivery and protection of the environment; c) Enhance capacity in effective planning, implementation and monitoring of programmes for RWSS service delivery; d) Develop and provide sustainable water supply services in urban and peri-urban areas; e) Strengthen human, technical and financial capacity of institutions for improved water supply and sanitation service delivery in the urban and peri-urban areas; f) Enhance Solid Waste Management and institutional management systems National Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Programme (NRWSSP) National Urban Water Supply and Sanitation Programme (NUWSSP) 11 Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 105 No. Objectives Key Strategies Programmes Opportunity to reduce GHG emissions and benefit from carbon trading; and g) Enhance institutional capacity of Councils in the implementation of Storm Water Drainage Infrastructure Development. 10.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators table will be used: Table 60: Sector Output Matrix - Water Resources Management and Development Programmes Projects to be Implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected for SNDP Responsible Institutions and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Water Resources Management and Development Provision of office accommodation in Lusaka and Ndola 1 1 - - - 2 offices constructed in Lusaka and Ndola MEWD DWA MWS Technical and professional staff Capacity Building 51 11 10 10 10 92 officers trained MEWD, Training Institutions Operationalization of Water Resources Management Programme: - - - 1 WRM Authority established MEWD, a) WRM Authority b) Catchment council 1 1 - 1 3 catchment councils established Stakeholders c) Water users associations 1 1 1 1 4 water users associations formed MEWD, Dam construction based on climate resilient design considerations 4 3 3 3 3 16 dams constructed MEWD DWA MACO MLFD LAs MoFNP CPs Rehabilitation of dams based on climate resilient design considerations 20 20 20 20 20 100 dams rehabilitated Construction of rainwater harvesters to include institutional buildings 4 4 4 4 4 20 rain harvesters constructed Spring development 2 2 2 2 2 10 springs developed Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 106 Programmes Projects to be Implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected for SNDP Responsible Institutions and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Development of boreholes for productive use in farm blocks and for emergencies 200 200 200 200 200 1,000 boreholes developed for emergency and productive use Research and Development Number of Farm blocks provided with irrigation water 1 1 1 1 1 5 farm blocks provided with irrigation water MEWD, MACO. Rehabilitation of hydrological network stations 26 25 25 25 25 126 hydrological stations rehabilitated MEWD, DWA ZMET CPs , MoFNP Expansion of hydrological network stations 4 10 20 20 20 Hydrological stations increased from 126 to 200 stations Installation of automatic hydrometric recording stations 7 7 7 7 7 35 automatic recorders installed Expansion of SADC hydrological data capture network points 6 6 12 12 12 SADC data capture stations increased from 6 to 12 MEWD, DWA, ZMET NISIR, LAs MoFNP SADC Secretariat Expansion of groundwater observation network points 9 10 10 10 20 Groundwater observation network expanded from 71 to 130 points MEWD,DWA NISIR, UNZA CBU, CPs, MoFNP Installation of groundwater data loggers 5 5 - - - 10 groundwater data loggers installed Adaptation to Climate Change in Water Resources Management and Development Development of water resources management and development for adaptation to climate change 1 - - 1 - 2 projects designed and implemented MEWD,DWA ZMET MTENR NISIR LAs MoFNP CPs , NGOs Conduct climate risk assessment for water resources infrastructure, including flood mapping in pilot areas 1 1 1 1 1 5 pilot studies conducted Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 107 Programmes Projects to be Implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected for SNDP Responsible Institutions and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Construct climate change proof water infrastructure to increase resilience 5 5 5 5 5 25 water systems constructed (dams, underground water harvesters and protected springs) Table 61: Sector Output Matrix - Water Supply and Sanitation Programmes Projects to be Implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected for SNDP Responsible Institutions Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Rural Water Supply and Sanitation National Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Programme (NRWSSP) based on climate change design considerations Construction of boreholes 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,200 6,000 boreholes constructed MLGH, LAs CPs, NGOs Rehabilitation of boreholes and wells 689 689 689 689 689 3,445 water points rehabilitated MLGH, LAs, CPs, NGOs Construction of sanitary facilities 57,510 59,241 61,013 62,827 64,683 305,274 latrines constructed MLGH, LAs, CPs, NGOs Urban and Peri-urban Water Supply and Sanitation National Urban Water Supply and Sanitation Programme (NUWSSP) Development of urban water supply infrastructure 3 3 2 2 - 10 new urban water systems built MLGH, LAs, CPs, NGOs Rehabilitation of urban water supply infrastructure 3 3 3 1 - 10 urban water systems rehabilitated MLGH, LAs, CPs, NGOs Development of urban sanitation infrastructure in newly created districts 3 3 3 3 3 15 urban sanitation infrastructure units established MLGH, LAs, CPs, NGOs Rehabilitate urban sanitation infrastructure 1 2 2 3 3 11 urban sanitation units rehabilitated MLGH, LAs, CPs, NGOs Solid waste management infrastructure investment 2 2 3 3 3 13 solid waste management units established MLGH, LAs, CPs, NGOs Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 108 Programmes Projects to be Implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected for SNDP Responsible Institutions Key Stakeholders Storms/grey water drainage infrastructure investment 1 1 1 1 1 5 drainage systems constructed MLGH Table 62: Key Performance Indicators Water Supply and Sanitation Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2009 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Proportion of rural population with access to safe water supply (%) 53 61 65 69 73 75 Proportion of rural population with access to adequate sanitation (%) 33 43 48 53 58 60 Proportion of urban population with access to safe water supply (%) 74 75 76 77 79 80 Proportion of urban population with access to adequate sanitation (%) 37 44 48 52 56 60 Vulnerability Assessment and Risk management Plan completed 0 0 1 1 1 1 Source: MGLH, NWASCO NB: Urban and peri-urban coverage are captured together as urban population with access to water and sanitation facilities Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 10.7 Sector Budget and Financing The Table below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 63: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Water Development Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Water Resources Infrastructure Development 15.2 15.2 31.3 31.3 25.0 25.0 71.1 71.1 96.6 96.6 Research and Development 4.0 4.0 5.8 5.8 17.7 17.7 13.9 13.9 11.9 11.9 Adaptation to Climate Change in WRM and Development 1.3 1.3 5.4 5.4 7.0 7.0 4.9 4.9 6.1 6.1 Total 20.5 20.5 42.6 42.6 49.7 49.7 89.9 89.9 114.6 114.6 Table 64: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Water and Sanitation Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total National Rural Water Supply 47.9 0.0 48.0 60.0 0.0 60.0 139.9 0.0 139.9 160.0 0.0 160.0 179.9 0.0 179.9 National Urban and Peri-urban Water Supply and Sanitation 72.1 0.0 72.1 90.0 0.0 90.0 210.1 0.0 210.1 240.0 0.0 240.0 270.1 0.0 270.1 Total 140.5 0.0 140.5 192.5 0.0 192.5 399.7 0.0 399.7 425.9 0.0 425.9 564.6 0.0 564.6 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 110 11. CHILD, YOUTH AND SPORTS DEVELOPMENT 11.1 Introduction The Child, Youth and Sports Development sector has great potential to contribute effectively to poverty reduction and economic growth through skills development and promotion of sport. During the period under review the sector performed well exceeding the targets set in skills development, training in leadership skills and the training of youth and child workers as well as sports administrators, coaches and community facilitators. This was despite the sector facing many challenges such as the HIV and AIDS pandemic, unemployment, limited access to financial resources, limited tertiary education facilities and inadequate and poor sports and recreation infrastructure. 11.2 Review of Past Performance During the period under review, the sector implemented the following major programmes, skills development, leadership training, rehabilitation of street and vulnerable children and the training of sports administrators, coaches and community facilitators. A total of 15,566 youths were trained in various skills against a target of 6,000 while 79,043 youths were trained in leadership skills against a target of 5,000. Furthermore, success was recorded in the sports sub-sector with a total of 5,626 Sports administrators, coaches, referees, and the community facilitators trained. Also, the number of vulnerable and street children that were rehabilitated and trained were 648 children against the target of 1,050, of whom 82 were female and 566 were male. In order to facilitate skills development, a number of Youth Resource Centres were constructed and rehabilitated. Those constructed were Chama, Kwilimuna, Mwinilunga, Ngungu, Muoyo and Kazungula while Luwingu, Chiyota, Chinsali, Mbabala, and Chisangwe were rehabilitated. The construction and rehabilitation works at these Youth Resource Centres are planned to be completed during the SNDP period. During the FNDP period, the sector reviewed and launched the National Sports Policy in 2009. Further, the sector amended the National Sports Council Act No. 15 of 1997, the Professional Boxing and Wrestling Control Act No.13 of 1994, and the National Youth Development Council Act No. 7 of 1986. 11.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “Enhanced youth and child survival, development and protection through a well-coordinated and multi-sectoral approach by 2030”. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 111 Goal To achieve increased empowerment and participation of children and youth in all areas affecting their well-being and livelihood and enhance observance and protection of their rights in order to build a sound human resource base. Strategic Focus In the SNDP, the focus will be on the development of Child,Youth and Sports Infrastructure for skills training in order to enhance human development. 11.4 Policies and Key Reforms In the SNDP period, the sector will continue to review legislation in sport, youth and child affairs. Further, the sector will ensure the harmonization and effective coordination of the various pieces of legislation in conjunction with other stakeholders. 11.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Child, Youth and Sport Sector during the SNDP period. Table 65: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes 11.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators table will be used: No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To build and rehabilitate youth and sports infrastructure a) Encourage Private sector and community participation in the construction and rehabilitation of infrastructure; b) Transform Zambia National Service and Refugee camps into skills development and recreation centres; and c) Mobilise resources for public infrastructure development. Infrastructure Development 2 To provide appropriate empowerment and training in skills development a) Facilitate access to credit, business development skills training, mentorship opportunities and information on market opportunities; b) Establish youth business incubators in Lusaka and Chambishi; c) Facilitate the mainstreaming of entrepreneurship training in the school curricula; and d) Enhance entrepreneurship training in vocational and life skills curricula. Skills Development and Empowerment Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 112 Table 66: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Infrastructure Development 1. Constructions of: Ministry of Sport Youth and Child Development. Ministry of Works and Supply. a) New stadia in Lusaka and Livingstone 1 1 2 stadia constructed in Lusaka and Livingstone b) Youth Resource Centres 8 8 8 8 8 40 Youth Research Centres constructed c) Sports Complex 2 2 2 2 1 9 Sports Complexes constructed d) Child Guide Centres 6 6 6 6 6 30 Child Guide Centres constructed e) Multi-purpose sports facility 2 2 2 2 1 9 Multi purposes Sports facilities constducted f) Boarding Houses 6 6 6 6 6 30 Boarding Houses constructed 2. Rehabilitations: Ministry of Sport Youth and Child Development. Ministry of Works and Supply a) Provincial Stadia 2 2 2 2 1 9 Province Stadia rehabilitated b) NASDEC 1 - - - - 1 c) Conversion of Refugee Camps Into Training skills centre 1 1 1 1 1 5 Refugee Camps converted into skills training Centres d) Rehabilitation of Luanshya Sports Complex 1 - - - 1 Sports Complex rehabilitated in Luanshya e) Zambia National Service Camps 2 2 2 2 1 9 Camps rehabilitated 3. Awareness promotion on child and youth rights 24 24 24 24 24 120 Awareness campaigns conducted 5. Training in various skills 24 24 24 24 24 120 Skills training conducted Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 113 Table 67: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2009 Annual Targets Overall Target 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 By 2015 Number of people participating in sports - 2850 3000 3850 3600 4850 4850 Number of awareness campaigns conducted on child and youth Rights 24 24 24 24 24 120 Number of youth trained in various life and vocational skills 2850 3000 4200 4400 5800 5800 Number of youth business incubators establishment - 1 - 1 - 2 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 11.7 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 68: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Child, Youth and Sports Development Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Infrastructure Development 4.8 4.8 20.1 20.1 22.3 22.3 24.1 24.1 25.8 25.8 Youth and Child Empowerment 10.0 10.0 10.1 10.1 10.2 10.2 10.3 10.3 10.4 10.4 Total 14.8 14.8 30.2 30.2 32.5 32.5 34.4 34.4 36.2 36.2 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 107 Part IV Growth Sectors Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 108 12. AGRICULTURE, LIVESTOCK AND FISHERIES 12.1 Introduction Agriculture remains the priority sector in achieving sustainable economic growth and reducing poverty in Zambia. This is because the country has immense natural resources such as land, water and fertile soils to support agricultural activities. In addition, over 80 percent of the rural population depends on agriculture-related activities for their livelihood. The growth of this sector is, therefore, important for the attainment of the long-term vision for Zambia which is to become “a prosperous middle income nation by 2030”. Low investment in the sector and low production and productivity especially among small-holder farmers 12 are some of the serious challenges currently affecting the agricultural sector. Climate Change is exacerbating this challenge due to its threats which include droughts, water logging, seasonal floods, increased temperatures, shortening of the rain season (crop growing period) and long dry spells coupled with poor rainfall distribution. The constraints to growth of the sector include among others: inadequate extension services, high cost of financing, inadequate infrastructure, livestock diseases, over fishing and poor functioning agricultural markets. In addition the competitiveness of the sector has been adversely affected by poor road network, inadequate storage and limited access to electricity. During the SNDP period, the agricultural sector will continue to be a strategic area of focus in promoting economic growth, reducing poverty and creating employment. In order to achieve this, the focus will be on enhancing investment for sustainable agricultural production and productivity of crops, livestock and fisheries as was the case during the FNDP period. Appropriate adaptation measures will also be developed and implemented to minimize the adverse impacts of climate change. Special attention will be given to women as this group is more vulnerable to Climate change due to its poor resource base and being the majority of the rural agricultural households. Efforts will be made to promote regional trade in agricultural products taking into account the country‟s comparative advantage. 12.2 Review of Past Performance The agriculture sector over the FNDP period achieved a number of successes in the provinces. Under Livestock, the livestock disease incidence reduced from 43.1 percent in 2007 to 2.8 percent in 2009. Cattle population also increased from 2,799,965 in 2006 to an estimated 3,038,000 herds in 2009. During the period under review, fish production under capture fisheries increased from 65,927 Mt in 2005 to 84,716 Mt in 2009. An increase by 50.8 percent in fish production under aquaculture was also recorded to 8,127 Mt in 2009. Other successes were 12 65 % are women according to the 2006 LCMS Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 109 scored in the area of irrigation, where 170,000 Ha of land was put under irrigation out of the targeted 200,000 Ha. Crop Production The sub-sector recorded a significant increase in production of most major crops during the FNDP period. Cassava and maize production substantially increased from 1, 056,000 Mt and 834,980 Mt in the 2004/2005 farming season to 1,179,657 Mt and 2, 795,483 Mt in the 2009/2010 farming season, respectively. The increase in production for these crops was due to the increase in area planted and improvement in the yield per hectare. In the case of maize, the increase in yield was due to an increase in the number of farmers benefiting from the Farmer Input Support Programme (from 136,000 in the 2004/2005 to 500,000 in the 2009/2010 season) and improved extension service delivery as indicated in the Table below. Table 69: Crop Production in Metric Tonnes (2005-2010) Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Cassava 1,056,000 1,059,887 1,146,142 1,160,853 1,151,700 1179657 Maize 834,980 1,424,439 1,366,158 1,211,566 1,887,010 2,795,483 Wheat 136,833 53,479 115,843 113,242 195,456 172,256 G/Nuts 74,218 84,010 55,215 70,527 120,564 163,733 S/Beans 89,660 57,815 55,194 56,839 118,794 111,888 M/Beans 23,098 27,697 24,164 44,463 46,729 65,265 Sorghum 18,714 21,047 12,773 9,992 21,829 27,732 Cotton 155213 118,426 54,886 71,818 87,018 72,482 Virginia Tobacco 23,211 14,685 15,562 17,065 18,487 22,074 Burley Tobacco 13,094 7,742 24,011 4,659 8,758 9,809 Sugar 246,490 258,549 276,078 267,524 222,024 356,692 Source: Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives Livestock Development The main thrust of the livestock sub–sector during the FNDP period was to control livestock diseases of a trans-boundary and epidemic nature such as Contagious Bovine Pleura-Pneumonia (CBPP), East Coast Fever (ECF) and Foot and Mouth Disease (FMD). Measures put in place to combat livestock diseases included vaccination and immunization campaigns, livestock movement restrictions, target placement and aerial spraying. As a result, the disease incidence reduced from 43.1 percent in 2007 to 2.8 percent in 2009. Further, to enhance the marketability of Zambia‟s livestock products, Government embarked on the creation of a livestock disease free zone covering Copperbelt, Central and Lusaka provinces. The other areas of emphasis were re-stocking, stocking and increasing overall production and productivity and improved management of livestock and livestock products, especially in the traditional sector. Cattle population increased from 2,799,965 herds in 2006 to 3,038,000 herds in 2009. In particular, there has been a rapid expansion in smallholder dairy. Increases in other livestock species such as pigs and sheep were also recorded while goat population significantly declined due to increased demand as indicated in Tablebelow. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 110 Table 70: Livestock Production (2006-2009) Year 2006 2007 2008 2009 Cattle 2,799,965 2,457,563 2,315,327 3,038,000 Sheep 117,930 101,191 485,033 466,506 Goats 1,762,461 956,304 746,143 758,501 Pigs 398,637 538,393 704,832 711,707 Source: Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives Fisheries Development The sub-sector showed remarkable growth during the FNDP period. Fish production under capture fisheries increased from 65,927 Mt in 2005 to 84,716 Mt in 2009. Kapenta production increased by 25.7 percent over the same period from 6,251 Mt in 2005 to 8,554 Mt in 2009. An increase in fish production under aquaculture was also recorded from 5,125 Mt in 2005 to 8,127 Mt in 2009. Currently, the fisheries sub-sector‟s contribution to the GDP is only about 3.2 percent due to the grossly under-developed aquaculture component as indicated in the Table below. Table 71: Fish Production in Metric Tonnes (2005-2009) Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Capture Fisheries 65,927 60,236 73,542 79,403 84,716 Kapenta 6,251 7,659 9,476 7,860 8,554 Aquaculture 5,125 5,210 5,876 5,640 8,127 Total 77,303 73,105 88,894 92,903 101,397 Source: Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives 12.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “An efficient, competitive, sustainable and export led agriculture sector that assures food security and increased income by 2030”. Goal To increase and diversify agriculture production and productivity so as to raise the share of its contribution to 20 percent of GDP. Strategic Focus The strategic focus under crop production sub-sector will be to develop irrigation and farm blocks, enhance research and extension services and promote utilization of improved seed varieties. Under livestock sub-sector, the focus will be to increase livestock numbers through the creation of a Disease Free Zone (DFZ), infrastructure development and rehabilitation, enhance livestock disease control, surveillance and research, developing livestock standards and grades, and processing of livestock and livestock products. For fisheries sub-sector, the strategic focus will be aquaculture development and improvement of infrastructure for fisheries research and marketing. In addition, emphasis will be on promoting of post-harvest technologies, agro processing and access to domestic, regional and international markets for agro-products. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 111 12.4 Policies and Key Reforms The thrust of the reforms in the sector will continue to be the creation of a conducive environment to promote private sector led agricultural development. Given the fact that poverty is most prevalent in rural areas and that majority of the rural households are involved in agricultural-based activities, investments particularly in agriculture infrastructure and agro related industries will offer an effective means to make a significant impact on the country‟s rural development and overall poverty levels. Efforts will be made to improve productivity in the sector focusing on the development of human capacity through training, research and extension services. Key policy developments will include the review and revision of the National Agriculture Policy to align it to changes in the sector and the development of the livestock and fisheries policies. The following policy statements which are within the overall policy framework will guide the development of the agricultural sector during the SNDP period: (i) Government will develop and implement policies and programmes that support crop diversification, livestock and fisheries production, increased productivity in crops and livestock, sustainable land and water management, including forestry, agro-forestry, climate change adaptation and mitigation and other environmentally friendly agricultural systems; (ii) Government will facilitate equitable access to land for agricultural purposes; (iii)Government and the private sector will implement and adhere to predictable, rule-based market and trade policies and strengthen public-private coordination and dialogue; (iv) Government in consultation with stakeholders will identify investment priorities in infrastructure development that support the sector; (v) The sector will also collaborate with relevant stakeholders to speed up the implementation of the National Decentralization Policy in order to facilitate improved service delivery; (vi) Government will facilitate private sector to scale-up investments in production, input and output markets, processing and value addition in crops, livestock and fisheries; (vii) Government in conjunction with private sector will promote diversified extension messages for all categories of farmers (crops, livestock and fisheries) with emphasis on the small-scale farmers; (viii) Government in collaboration with private sector and Cooperating Partners will mobilize resources in order to develop cost effective, demand-driven research and extension linkages focusing on Public Private Partnerships; and (ix) Government in collaboration with private sector and Cooperating Partners will promote and strengthen cooperatives and other farmer organizations as a vehicle for agricultural development. In addition, Government will develop an Agricultural Marketing Act that will regulate market players in agricultural marketing. The Agricultural Credit Act will be revised to provide for use of warehousing receipt system as collateral in obtaining loans. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 112 In order to guide and regulate the livestock sub-sector, Government will review a number of existing legislations in the livestock industry so as to align them to the current social and economic environment. The Acts which will be developed will cover: Animal Health, Livestock Development, Dairy Development, Animal Identification and Traceability and Veterinary and Para-veterinary Professional. These legislations will guide the sector on the control and prevention of livestock diseases as well as regulate dairy and livestock production. The reforms under the Farmer Input Support Programme will continue during the SNDP period. The sector will formulate detailed bankable investment plans for programmes in the SNDP and in line with Zambia Comprehensive Africa Agriculture Development Programme framework. The sector will also ensure that all policies, programmes, projects and activities are engendered during the SNDP period. 12.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The table below show the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries Sector during the SNDP period. Crops Sub-Sector During the SNDP period, overall crop production increase will come from expansion of areas under cultivation and irrigation as well as increased productivity through the use of improved seed varieties and linkages between research and extension services. In addition, with regard to climate change adaptation and mitigation, Government will continue to promote increased use of sustainable farming practices that include conservation farming, agro-forestry and control of crop diseases. In order to realize the crop sub-sector goal, the programmes in Table below will guide the sub sector during the SNDP period. Table 72: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes - Crops No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To diversify and attain national and household food security a) Promote high yielding seed materials; b) Promote soil improvement practices; c) Improve farm management practices; d) Enhance control of crop pests and diseases; e) Promote and strengthen community participation in improving productivity through cooperatives and farmer organizations; f) Promote agricultural mechanization (through appropriate technology); g) Support the generation and dissemination of early warning data and agricultural statistics; h) Promote crop diversification; i) Support farm block development; j) Promote and strengthen equal participation of male and female farmers in improving production throughout-grower schemes; k) Promote equitable and reliable access to agricultural land; l) Establish mechanisms for regular stakeholder consultations in research and extension; m) Promote PPPs in research, infrastructure Crop Production and Productivity Improvement Programme:  Extension Services Enhancement Sub programme  Farm Block Development Sub-programme  Seed Development Sub programme  Research Development Sub programme  Gender welfare sub programme Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 113 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes development and programmes; n) Promote participation of farming communities in the uptake of proven agricultural practices such as conservation farming through enhanced extension services; and o) Enhance the capacity of DRM in the sector. 2 To promote soil management for sustainable agricultural production and growth a) Mainstream climate change adaptation and develop mitigation action plan and measures including vulnerability assessment and risk management; b) Promote appropriate conservation farming methods; c) Promote and strengthen participatory land use planning and management; d) Promote sustainable utilization of wetlands and dambos; e) Promote efficient water utilization for sustainable agricultural growth; f) Promote water harvesting technologies such as dams and weirs; and g) Upgrade skills of technical and professional staff in research and extension services training. Sustainable Land and Water Management Programme:  Irrigation Development Sub programme  Conservation Agriculture and Agro-forestry promotion Sub-programme  Agriculture Land Information System Sub programme 3 To promote the development of competitive, efficient and transparent public and private sector driven marketing system for agricultural commodities and inputs a) Strengthen the collection, analysis, dissemination and use of agricultural marketing information systems; b) Promote private sector participation in agriculture marketing; c) Promote structured markets and transparency in the pricing system; d) Facilitate the development of market infrastructure such as feeder roads, storage and market facilities; e) Promote improved agricultural commodity processing, marketing, distribution and storage; f) Promote PPPs in agricultural marketing infrastructure development; and g) Facilitate access to credit particularly for small and medium-scale farmers. Agricultural Marketing Development and Investment Promotion Livestock and Fisheries Sub-Sectors During the SNDP period, the main thrust of the livestock sub–sector will be to increase livestock production through prevention and control of livestock diseases, improving production and productivity of the various livestock species and promotion of the Public Private Partnerships in value addition and processing of livestock products as well as in the provision of effective service delivery and marketing of livestock products. In the fisheries sub-sector, emphasis will Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 114 be on capture fisheries, aquaculture development, fisheries marketing development and investment promotion as well as research. The programmes to be implemented in the livestock and fisheries sub-sectors during the SNDP period are indicated in the Table below. Table 73: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes - Livestock and Fisheries No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To increase quality livestock numbers a) Enhance supply of breeding stock to farmers for increased small ruminants, pigs, poultry and cattle; b) Promote transfer of technology in artificial insemination and embryo transfer; c) Develop and rehabilitate livestock infrastructure; and d) Conduct national livestock census. Livestock production and productivity improvement Programme:  Livestock Production Sub programme a) Promote animal primary health care; b) Enhance the emergency disease control fund; and c) Control Trans-boundary Animal Diseases (TADs) such as CBPP and FMD.  Livestock Disease Control and Surveillance Sub programme a) Facilitate vector control in collaboration with the private sector b) Establish livestock genetic research centre for various livestock species c) Develop efficient and sustainable diagnostic techniques in livestock disease d) Develop effective and efficient disease control strategies e) Develop capacity for local vaccine production and quality control f) Conserve and develop livestock breeds.  Livestock Research Sub programme a) Mainstream climate change adaptation and mitigation measures; b) Promote smallholder pasture irrigation schemes; c) Promote appropriate grazing practices; d) Promote in-situ rain water harvesting; e) Promote sustainable utilization of land and water resources for Livestock; and f) Develop mitigation action, vulnerability assessment and risk management plans.  Pasture Improvement and Grazing management sub programme 2 To expand both domestic and international market access a) Establish Disease Free Zones (DFZ); b) Facilitate development of market Infrastructure; c) Develop livestock identity and traceability system; d) Develop commodity standards; and e) Promote PPPs in livestock marketing. Livestock standards and Marketing Development Programme 3 To promote fish trade and marketing a) Promote improved fish processing, marketing, distribution and storage; and b) Promote value addition to fish and fisheries products. Fisheries Marketing Development and Investment Promotion Programme 4 To promote sustainable exploitation of fisheries resources and increased fish production a) Support to community-based fingerling production centres. b) Support to sustainable aquaculture development in high potential zones; c) Facilitate improved extension services and networking; d) Facilitate improved knowledge and skills in aqua businesses; e) Facilitate the implementation of the Aquaculture Development Plan; f) Enhance management of aquaculture statistics; and g) Develop a Vulnerability Assessment and Risk Management Plan. Fisheries Development Programme:  Aquaculture Development Sub- programme Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 115 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes a) Develop and strengthen fisheries collaborative management institutions; b) Undertake fisheries value chain analysis; c) Provide improved extension services; d) Develop and operationalise the fisheries policy; e) Strengthen management of trans-boundary water bodies; f) Regulate and control the exploitation, movement and marketing of exotic; endangered and ornamental fish species; and g) Enhance management of capture fisheries statistics.  Capture fisheries sub programme 5 To provide technical information required for sustainable exploitation and production of fish a) Develop improved strains of fish culture; b) Conduct research in the status of fish in all natural water bodies; c) Develop and disseminate technology; d) Promote PPPs in fisheries research and development; e) Harmonise climate change with all fisheries activities through research; f) Enhance surveillance and monitoring of fish health for effective disease control system; and g) Enhance monitoring, control and surveillance. Fisheries research sub-programme 12.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators table will be used: Table 74: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Crop Production and Productivity Improvement Construction of Camp Houses 64 194 128 128 128 642 Camp houses constructed MACO, MoFNP, MWS Rehabilitation of Camp Houses 116 347 231 231 231 1,156 Camp houses rehabilitated MACO, MoFNP, MWS Construction of Agriculture Cooperative College 25 % 50 % 75 % 100 % 1 Agriculture Cooperative College constructed MACO, MoFNP, MWS Rehabilitation of Agricultural Training Institutions 1 1 2 2 1 7 Agricultural college infrastructure rehabilitated MACO, MoFNP, MWS,MEWD, LANDS Farm Block Development 25 % 50 % 75 % 100 % 3 Farm blocks developed MACO, MoFNP, MWS, Lands Infrastructure Rehabilitation at Research Institutions 2 2 2 2 2 10 Research Institutions Infrastructure rehabilitated MACO, MoFNP, MWS,Lands Rehabilitation of Farmer Training Institutes (FTIs) 1 2 2 2 2 9 Farmer Training Institutes rehabilitated MACO, MoFNP, MWS, Rehabilitation of Farmer Training Centres (FTCs) 6 14 11 6 5 42 Farmer Training Centres rehabilitated MACO, MoFNP, MWS, Extension services 993 993 993 993 993 4,965 Extension workers employed MACO, MoFNP, Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 116 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 PSMD Mobility 75 90 100 150 200 615 Motor Cycles purchased MACO, MoFNP, MWS Sustainable Land and Water Management (Adaptation to Climate Change) Vulnerability Assessment and Mitigation Plans completed 9 18 27 18 0 72 Vulnerability Assessment and Mitigation Plans MACO, MLFD, MoFNP‟ MTENR, DMMU Capacity for climate resilience for agriculture decision making 10 10 10 10 10 50 Awareness creation and training workshops on climate resilience for agriculture decision makers conducted MACO, MoFNP, MTENR, ZMD, DMMU Enhancement of women adaptive capacity through livelihood diversification and credit facilities 50,000 75,000 175,000 100,000 100,000 500,000 Women capacity built in livelihood diversification and accessing credit facilities MACO, MoFNP, MTENR, ZMD, DMMU Involvement of women in REDD+ activities. 10,000 50,000 50000 50,000 40,000 200,000 Women participating in REDD+ activities MACO, MoFNP, MTENR, MCDSS Weather related insurance 20,000 25,000 75,000 100,000 125,000 345,000 HHs supported in weather related insurance MACO, MoFNP, MTENR Construction of Dams Feasibility Studies 8 9 9 4 30 Dams constructed MACO, MoFNP Construction of Weirs Feasibility Studies 10 10 10 0 30 Weirs constructed MACO, MoFNP Construction Irrigation Schemes Feasibility Studies 10 10 10 - 30 Irrigation Schemes constructed MACO, MoFNP Construction of Bulk Water Transfer Schemes Feasibility Studies 25 % 50 % 75 % 100 % 3 Bulk Water Transfer Schemes constructed MACO, MoFNP, MEWD Agricultural Lands Information Centres Feasibility Studies 3 3 3 - 9 Agricultural Lands Information Centres built MACO, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS, Food and Nutrition Security Storage sheds Construction 4 10 10 10 10 44 Storage Sheds of total capacity 136,750 Mt constructed MACO, MoFNP, MWS, Silos Construction Feasibility Studies 3 - 4 - 7 Silos of 50,000 Mt constructed MACO, MoFNP, MWS Silo Rehabilitation 2 3 - - - 5 Silos of 97,500 Mt capacity rehabilitated MACO, MoFNP, MWS, Weigh Bridge Construction 3 10 10 - - 23 Weigh bridges constructed MACO, MoFNP, MWS Cottage Stock Feed Processing Plants 1 2 2 2 2 9 Cottage Stock feed plants constructed, one in each province MACO, MoFNP, MWS, MCTI Multi-agro Processing Plants 1 2 1 1 1 6 Multi-purpose Processing Plants built MACO, MoFNP, MWS, MCTI Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 117 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Construction of Livestock Breeding Centres 4 4 4 - - 12 Livestock breeding centres established MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Livestock Production and Productivity Improvement Livestock Disease Free Zone 30 % 60 % 75 % 100 % - 1 Livestock disease free zone established MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of a Livestock Gene Bank 50 % 100 % - - 1 Livestock gene bank constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of Livestock Service Centres 100 150 150 1,000 - 1,400 Livestock Service Centres constructed (1,023 level one, 304 level two and 73 level three) MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of Camp and Block Houses 500 500 230 220 - 1,450 Camp and block houses constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of Office Block 50 % 100 % - - - 1 Office block constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of Regional Livestock Laboratories 2 2 2 - - 6 Regional Laboratory constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of a Vector Control Centre 20 % 70 % 100 % - - 1 Vector control centre MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of Livestock Quarantine Centres 1 2 - - - 3 Livestock quarantine centres constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Rehabilitation of a Livestock Quarantine Centre 1 - - - - 1 Livestock Quarantine Centre rehabilitated MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of Livestock Check Points 7 5 5 5 - 22 livestock check points constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of a Livestock Vaccine Development Centre 20 % 50 % 100 % - - 1 Livestock vaccine development centre constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Rehabilitation of Livestock Research Centres 2 4 4 - - 10 Livestock research centres rehabilitated MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Rehabilitation of Camp Houses 300 300 200 200 - 1,000 Camp houses for extension workers rehabilitated in Livestock active district MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of the National Artificial Insemination Centre HQ. 50 % 75 % 100 % - 1 National Artificial Insemination centre constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Rehabilitation of Infrastructure at Training Institutions 1 2 - - - 3 Training institutions rehabilitated MLFD, MoFNP Extension Services 1,400 300 311 300 300 2,611 Extension workers recruited MLFD, MoFNP, PSMD Mobility 1,300 150 150 200 200 2,000 Motor bikes purchased MLFD, MoFNP, MWS Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 118 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Construction of fish seed production centres 2 2 2 2 1 9 fish seed production centres constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Fisheries Development Construction of landing sites with storage facilities 3 6 6 - - 15 landing sites constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of Fisheries Training Centres 3 4 - - 7 Fisheries Training centres constructed in fishery areas MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of Fish Farm 25 % 25 % 50 % - - 1 Fish farm constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Rehabilitation of Fish Farms 4 3 - - - 7 Fish Farms rehabilitated MLFD, MoFNP, Extension of Training Centre 20 % 50 % 100 % - - Sinazongwe Fisheries Training Centre Extended MLFD, MoFNP, MWS, Construction of Fish Disease Laboratories 25 % 25 % 50 % 100 % - 4 Fish Disease Laboratories constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Rehabilitation of Extension Structures In Fishery Areas 20 15 15 3 - 53 Fisheries extension structures rehabilitated MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS Construction of Extension Structures In Fishery Areas 4 4 - - - 8 Fisheries extension structures constructed MLFD, MoFNP, MWS,LANDS, UNZA Table 75: Key Performance Indicators KPI Baseline (2009) Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Land brought under irrigation 170,000 (Ha) 3,000 3,000 3,500 4,000 4,000 Percentage change in livestock population for cattle, pigs, goats and sheep. Cattle 3,038,000 12% 15% 18% 20% 20% Pigs 466,506 8% 10% 15% 10% 12% Goats 758,501 8% 10% 10% 15% 15% Sheep 711,707 3% 5% 4% 5% 4% Change in fish production under Aquaculture 8,127 Mt 6 % 20 % 10 % 10 % 10 % Agriculture Exports as a percentage of non-traditional exports 41% 44% 46% 48% 52% 55% Decrease in incidence of Major livestock Disease Outbreaks, FMD, CBPP, ECF 2.7 % 2 % 1.5 % 1 % 1 % 1 % Source: Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 12.7 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 76: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion)- Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries Programme 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Agricultural Crop Production and Productivity Improvement 531.0 81.0 612.0 570.4 97.0 667.4 608.8 126.0 734.8 745.6 164.0 909.6 682.8 229.0 911.8 Sustainable Land and Water Management 8.0 14.0 22.0 9.0 17.0 26.0 9.0 23.0 32.0 10.0 29.0 39.0 11.0 41.0 52.0 Food and Nutrition Security 13.0 23.0 36.0 14.0 28.0 42.0 15.0 37.0 52.0 17.0 48.0 65.0 18.0 67.0 85.0 Livestock Production and Productivity Improvement 113.0 63.0 176.0 150.0 75.0 225.0 164.0 98.0 262.0 229.0 127.0 356.0 258.0 178.0 436.0 Fisheries Development 18.0 2.0 20.0 23.0 3.0 26.0 26.0 4.0 30.0 36.0 5.0 41.0 40.0 6.0 46.0 Total 683.0 183.0 866.0 766.4 220.0 986.4 822.8 288.0 1,110.8 1,037.6 373.0 1,410.6 1,009.8 521.0 1,530.8 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 120 13. MINING 13.1 Introduction The mining sector remains the major contributor to Zambia‟s economic growth with its average share being 9.1 percent between 2006 and 2009. Further, the sector‟s contribution to foreign exchange earnings and the country‟s formal employment levels is at 70.3 percent and 8.5 percent respectively. There is, therefore, high potential for the sector to contribute to poverty reduction and wealth creation in the country. To enhance the contribution of the sector to GDP, Government will continue facilitating the opening of new mines, promote small-scale mining and value addition industry development. The sector will also focus on developing energy minerals in order to contribute towards the diversification of power generation sources and provide the much needed energy. 13.2 Review of Past Performance During the FNDP period, the Mines and Minerals Act of 1995 and the Petroleum (Exploration and Production) Act of 1985 were repealed and replaced by the Mines and Minerals Development Act of 2008 and the Petroleum (Exploration and Production) Act of 2008 respectively. Accordingly, the Mines and Minerals Development (Prospecting, Mining, Milling, Transportation and Storage of Uranium Ores and other Radioactive Minerals) Regulations and the Mines and Minerals Development (General) Regulations were issued. The mining sector performed well on account of increased investment. Major investments in the sector included the commencement of commercial production at Lumwana Mining Limited and Munali Nickel Mine. In addition, two modern smelters were constructed and commissioned at Chambeshi by Chambeshi Copper Smelter Limited and at Nchanga by Konkola Copper Mines Plc. The sector grew at an average rate of 7.3 percent per annum against the target of 10.6 percent per annum. Copper production increased from 515,010 tonnes in 2006 to 667,173 tonnes in 2009. The increase in copper production was mainly attributed to the recovery of metal prices on the international market and the commencement of production at Lumwana Mine. While cobalt production declined from 4,648 tonnes to 1,411 tonnes during the same period. The reduction in cobalt production was mainly due to the suspension of production at Luanshya Copper Mines. In case of gemstones, there was a remarkable increase in emerald production following the recapitalization of large-scale gemstone mines. A number of exploration activities were carried out by the private sector and Government and are likely to develop into mining projects during the SNDP period as indicated in the Table below. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 121 Table 77: Exploration Projects 2006-2010 Project District/Province Company Mineral Ore Reserve Status Konkola North Copper Project Chililabombwe Teal (Z) Ltd. Copper 220 Mt @ 2.64% copper contained Feasibility Study and EIA completed in 2009. Mining operations expected to start in 2011 Mkushi Copper Project Mkushi First Quantum Mining and Operations Copper 309 Mt @1.04% copper contained Pre-feasibility and EIA completed in 2009 Mkushi Joint Venture Copper Mkushi Seringa Mining Ltd. Copper 10 million tonnes Pre-feasibility and EIA completed in 2009 Kalumbila Copper Mwinilunga Chirundu Joint Ventures Ltd. Copper/Uranium Poly-metallic ore resource of 1.45 billion tonnes of ore at 0.76% copper, 0.03% nickel, 0.04% cobalt and some uranium Detailed exploration in progress Oil and Gas Eastern, Luapula, Northern, North Western, Southern and Western Government Oil and Gas To be determined 23 blocks demarcated and 11 offered to successful bidders by 2009 Kariba Uranium Siavonga Denison Mine Ltd. Uranium 11 million pounds Pre-feasibility and EIA completed in 2009. Mining expected to commence in 2012 Chirundu Uranium Siavonga Chirundu Joint Ventures Uranium 9.5 million pounds The company was conducting Bankable Feasibility Study and the EIA completed by 2009 Source: Ministry of Mines and Minerals Development, 2010. The growth of the sector and its contribution to economic development was constrained by a number of factors such as: inadequate mineral exploration and resource surveys, weak regulatory framework, lack of access to affordable finance for small-scale miners coupled with inadequate technical and managerial skills, poor infrastructure and weak marketing system. 13.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “Well organized private sector led mineral resource exploration and exploitation that contributes to sustainable social economic development by 2030” Goal The Goal is to raise the sector‟s contribution to GDP to at least 20 percent by end-2015. Strategic Focus The mining sector will focus on increasing exploration projects, sustainable production and management of mineral resources and increase productivity so as to maximize economic benefits from the sector. Furthermore, the sector will focus on increasing value addition, expanding Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 122 formal employment levels and its overall contribution to GDP. In addition the sector will focus on human development to increase efficiency and safety of mining operations. 13.4 Policies and Key Reforms In order to maximize the socio-economic benefits of the mining sector, the focus of the SNDP will be to enhance value addition, safety, health and safe-guard the environment through the review of the Mines and Minerals Resources Development Policy. Further, the sector will formulate a Petroleum Exploration and Production Policy which will provide guidelines for the development of upstream petroleum sub-sector. Climate change is a serious consideration in the mining sector because its impact could lead to increased costs. The sector is heavily water dependant so increased water scarcity presents a significant challenge especially in processing operations. Extreme precipitation and flooding, on the other hand, may expose sink holes, induce and exacerbate acid rock drainage, saturation of tailing impoundments, overtopping and erosion, with potential negative impacts on water resources. Therefore, during the SNDP period the sector will promote climate resilience and mitigation initiatives. 13.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Mining Sector during the SNDP period. Table 78: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objective Strategies Programmes 1 To increase production and productivity in the mines a) Ensure a stable regulatory framework; b) Facilitate access to capital and equipment; c) Increase extension services to small-scale miners; d) Provide incentives to small-scale miners particularly gemstone miners; e) Enhance skills training of miners in production, value addition and marketing; f) Improve availability of geological and mining information; g) Mitigate environmental impact of mining; h) Develop mining safety and environmental impact mitigation training; and i) Enhance the capacity of DRM in the sector. Development of Mines 2 To promote sustainable exploitation and management of energy minerals a) Establish the Hydrocarbon Unit; b) Formulate relevant policies and legislation for energy minerals; and c) Mitigate environmental impact of mining. Exploitation of Energy Minerals 3 To include water variability considerations a) Include possible water scarcity considerations in the designing of mining projects and tailing systems; and b) Include possible flooding conditions during design of tailing and effluent discharge systems. Adaptation to Climate Change 4 To promote value addition a) Facilitate access to capital and equipment; b) Promote the establishment of value addition industries; c) Enhance skills training in value addition and marketing; and d) Promote the use of finished products from local minerals. Value addition Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 123 13.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators table will be used: Table 79: Sector Output Matrix Programm es Projects to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions( s) Key Stakeholder s 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Developme nt of Mines Establishment of a mineral resource endowment database Mineral database established: Metallurgic al laboratory upgraded to Internation al standards Gemmologic al laboratory upgraded to international standards Laboratory at Mines Safety Department upgraded to international standards Constructio n and furnishing of sample core shade completed Mineral resource database established and evaluation facilities upgraded to international standards MMMD MWS Construction of sample core shade commenced: Geological mapping, exploration and mineral resource surveys Geological mapping of 4 quarter degree sheet areas in Northern and Luapula Provinces Geological mapping of 4 quarter degree sheet areas in Luapula and Northern Provinces Geological mapping of 4 quarter degree sheet areas in Luapula and Northern Provinces Geological mapping of 4 quarter degree sheet areas in Luapula and Northern Provinces Geological mapping of 4 quarter degree sheet areas in Luapula and Northern Provinces: Increase mapping coverage by 6 percent: Industrial minerals for use in industries identified MMMD Development of a national baseline environmenta l database for the mining sector Baseline study conducted in Copperbelt mining area Baseline study conducted in Luapula Province Baseline study conducted in North Western Province Baseline study conducted in Southern Province Baseline study conducted in Eastern Province Environmenta l baseline database developed MMMD MTENR Idle gemstone licensed area on the Copperbelt evaluated Resource surveys for industrial minerals - - - MMMD Energy Minerals Exploitatio n Diversificatio n to energy minerals Energy Minerals Policy formulated Area with potential for coal and coal bed methane in Southern Province identified and demarcated into blocks Blocks advertised and exploration companies licensed Area with potential for coal and coal bed methane in Eastern Province identified and demarcated into blocks Blocks advertised and exploration companies licensed Increase in exploration for coal and coal-bed methane. MMMD Hydrocarbon Unit established Strategic Environment al Assessment for petroleum conducted Environment al Regulations for Petroleum developed Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 124 Programm es Projects to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions( s) Key Stakeholder s Climate resilience designs instituted Development of climate change resilient mine designs Feasibility study on the quantity of water used in the mining industry compared to the amount collected from underground and other sources conducted Future water requiremen ts and sources based on end of life mine plans projected. Water recycling designs implemented and monitored. Water recycling designs implemented and monitored. Water recycling designs implement ed and monitored. Climate related water variation resilience and mitigation strategies included in mine. MMMD, ECZ, MOFNP Water recycling designs implemente d and monitored. Value Addition Establishment of Gemmologica l Institute 1 - - - 1 Gemological Institute established in Lusaka MMMD MSTVT UNZA CPs Establishment of metallurgical processing facilities for copper and ferromangane se Prospecting and ore reserve definition of copper conducted in Mumbwa District Prospecting and ore reserve definition conducted in Luapula Province Feasibility study completed Ferromangane se and copper processing plants construction commenced Constructio n of processing plants completed Processing plants for copper and ferromangane se Established for small scale miners in Mumbwa and Mansa MMMD CPs Table 80: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2009 Annual Targets Name Definition 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Employment generated Total number of persons employed in the sector in each year 46,706 50,656 52,300 60,890 62,500 70,000 Proportion of mining companies complying with statutory safety, health and environmental regulations (%) Percentage of mining companies complying with environmental regulations 65 72 80 85 90 90 Levels of copper production Volume of output from copper mining 661,178 758,735 806,025 863,838 940,403 994,463 Mines in production: a) Small-scale Number of mining license holders in production (Small scale, Large-scale ) 100 100 120 120 130 150 b) Large-scale 11 11 12 14 16 16 Number of mineral processing facilities Number of facilities to process mineral ores (e.g. refineries, smelters) 22 22 22 23 24 25 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 13.7 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 81: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) - Mining Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Development of Mines 5.8 2.1 7.9 8.3 1.1 9.4 6.6 6.6 9.1 9.1 9.1 5.4 14.5 Development of Energy Minerals 0.7 0.7 4.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Value Addition 0.7 2.2 2.9 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Total 7.2 4.3 11.5 14.3 1.1 15.4 14.6 14.6 15.1 15.1 15.1 5.4 20.5 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 126 14. TOURISM 14.1 Introduction Tourism including Arts and Culture is one of the priority sectors for development in Zambia and has the potential to be a major contributor to socio-economic development of the country. Notable improvements were recorded during the FNDP period in terms of tourism development as seen in an increasing trend in tourist arrivals and private investment in the sector. However, the performance still remained far below potential because of the challenges of poor and inadequate infrastructure, limited investment, fragmented operations, policy and legal framework, inadequate marketing and limited skilled manpower. During the SNDP, the sector will focus on infrastructure development in three priority areas namely Greater Livingstone area, Kafue National Park and Northern circuit. The other focus areas will be tourism promotion and marketing, product development, and human skills development. Further, Arts and Culture will focus on the provision of requisite infrastructure and skills for the promotion of creative industries for socio-economic development and preservation of Zambia‟s cultural heritage. 14.2 Review of Past Performance During the FNDP period, the performance of the tourism sector was generally above average. The contribution to GDP was constant at 3.1 percent over the plan period. There was notable increase in international tourist arrivals from a target of 736,450 to an average of 793,999 over the period. There was also notable increase in accommodation for the hospitality industry from 500 establishmentsin 2005 to 940 in 2009 and from 10, 900 bed spaces in 2005 to 19, 000 in 2009. Average direct tourism earnings increased from US$174.0 million in 2005 to US$200.0 million in 2009 compared to the FNDP target value of US$304.0 million by 2010. In terms of employment levels, the sector employed 25, 860 in 2009 from 19, 650 in 2005 against the FNDP target of 30, 404. With regards to arts and culture, a total of 142 arts and cultural cooperatives and networks were established against the target of 77, with a number of hotels, lodges and museums in order to create markets for exhibiting visual arts and cultural products. Further, the sub-sector facilitated training for 1,500 cultural practitioners in entrepreneurship and facilitated a number of cultural research projects. Other notable achievements included UNESCO awarding Zambia two Diplomas in recognition of GuleWaMkulu and the Makishi masquerades practices for the Chewa and Luvale peoples, respectively. Despite these improvements, the sector still continued facing challenges of poor physical infrastructure particularly roads, railways, airports and airstrips, telecommunications and accommodation facilities. Other challenges include inadequate quality training facilities and skilled manpower. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 127 14.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “Zambia as a major tourism destination of choice with unique features, and a thriving national cultural heritage and creative industries which contribute to sustainable economic growth and poverty reduction by 2030”. Goal To increase tourism direct earnings from US$200 million in 2009 to US$ 449 million and to provide an enabling environment for safeguarding and promoting Zambia‟s cultural heritage and to ensure the development of economically viable creative industries. Strategic focus: The focus of the sector during the SNDP period will be infrastructure and skills development, tourism and creative industries promotion and marketing. Emphasis will be in the following areas: Greater Livingstone Development The ultimate goal is to develop the area into a world class tourism resort through accelerated public and private sector investment so that it has all the necessary amenities such as tourist accommodation, casinos, housing units, shopping facilities, roads, airports and airport infrastructure, water, Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and electricity. Kafue National Park Government will continue to provide resources for the infrastructural development of Kafue National Park and package it as a business centre in order to attract private sector investment into the area. Northern Circuit In the coming years, Government will continue to accelerate public and private sector investment through necessary public infrastructure development, construction, rehabilitation and upgrading of access roads, water systems, airports and airstrips, electricity and ICT. 14.4 Policies and Key Reforms During the SNDP period, the sector will continue to review the policies and legal frameworks in order to align them to new developments and, therefore, continue to provide an enabling environment for accelerated private sector investment and development. In addition, efforts will be made to encourage ethno-tourism and private sector participation in eco-tourism in rural areas so as to promote employment and reduce poverty. In line with the objectives of accelerating development through private sector investment, the Government will continue its regulatory reform programme so as to streamline and simplify the business licensing framework as well as to strengthen enforcement. The amendments to the Tourism and Hospitality Act of 2007 will be operationalized as will the Zambia Tourism Board Act of 2007, and the Environmental Protection and Pollution Control Act of 1990. The National Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 128 Museums Act of 1966, the Zambia Wildlife Act of 1998 and the National Heritage Conservation Commission Act of 1989 will be reviewed. In addition, the Tourism and Wildlife and National Parks Policies will be reviewed, while the National Heritage Policy will be developed. Further, a comprehensive policy framework on arts and culture will be put in place while the existing National Cultural Policy of 2002 will be reviewed to bring together various aspects of arts and culture. These include copyright and intellectual property rights, film and cinematography, the folk culture and creative industries in order to support a holistic strategy for the development of the sector. Climate is a principal resource for tourism, as it co-determines the suitability of locations for a wide range of tourist activities. As the tourism sector is closely connected to the environment and climate itself, it is a highly climate-sensitive economic sector. Extreme temperatures and droughts and floods induce biodiversity loss, habitat degradation and reduce landscape aesthetics. Since the tourism industry and destinations are evidently sensitive to climate change and variability, climate change impacts will be important considerations in its development. 14.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Tourism, Arts and Culture Sector during the SNDP period. Table 82: Objectives, Strategies and programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To make Zambia a preferred tourist destination. a) Develop greater marketing presence in tourist source market; b) Enhance the promotion of domestic tourism; c) Extend market reach through the use of ICTs ; d) Re-launch the Visit Zambia Campaign; and e) Encourage private marketing initiatives. Tourism promotion and Marketing. a) Diversify tourism product range beyond being Wildlife –based to include sport, cultural, adventure and eco-tourism and Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and Exhibitions (MICE); b) Strengthen regulation and standards for the tourism industry; and c) Create tourism market research and statistics synergies with relevant institutions. Tourism Product Development and Research a) Improve Accessibility to Key Tourist Destination Areas; b) Package and promote the establishment of tourism investment sites in tourism priority areas; c) Facilitate public-private partnership in tourism investment; and d) Construct and Rehabilitate tourist facilities in priority areas, HTTI, National Museums and national heritage sites. Tourism Infrastructure Development and Investment. 2 To improve standards in the tourism sector. a) Develop institutional and human resource capacity; b) Re-skill and up-skill of human resource in various fields; Tourism sector capacity building Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 129 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes c) Develop skills for operators and higher level training in tourism; and d) Develop and provide adequate learning facilities at HTTI. 3 To provide infrastructure for preservation of cultural heritage and promotion of creative industries a) Complete the construction of 7 provincial multi purpose cultural villages; b) Construct a national cultural centre ; c) Construct, renovate and upgrade theatres, museums, heritage sites and handicraft centres; and d) Promote PPPs in the development of arts and culture infrastructure. Arts and Culture Infrastructure Development 4 To promote creative industries a) Facilitate access to training, and business development resources and services; and b) Strengthen quality control mechanisms. Creative industries 5 To preserve and promote Zambia‟s cultural heritage practices and expressions for posterity a) Provide support to cultural institutions, individuals and associations; b) Recognize and support traditional ceremonies and other positive cultural practices; and c) Promote indigenous knowledge systems. Tangible and Intangible Heritage 6 To integrate climate change concerns in the development of the tourism industry a) Develop response plans for water supply and flood management in tourist destinations; b) Sinking of bores and damming of watercourses to increase volume of available water to animals; and c) Construct/improve tracks to act as firebreaks in parks. Adaptation to climate change Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 130 14.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators table will be used: Table 83:Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Tourism promotion and Marketing. Visit Zambia Campaign 810,000 920,800 1,030,800 1,140,000 1,250,000 4.2 million International Visitors Zambia National Tourism Board, MTENR, Tourism Council of Zambia Road shows and consumer fairs in selected markets 1 USA 1 RSA 1 German 1 UK 1 China 1 USA 1 RSA 1 German 1 UK 1 China 1 USA 1 RSA 1 German 1 UK 1 China 1 USA 1 RSA 1 German 1 UK 1 China 1 USA 1 RSA 1 German 1 UK 1 China 25 Road shows and fairs MTENR ZTB TCZ Domestic Tourist 1,560,000 1,731,000 1,905,000 2,095,000 2,,514,000 9.8 Million Domestic/loc al visitors MTENR, CSO, HCAZ, TCZ Tourism Product Development Redesign and upgrade permanent exhibitions in national museums Redesign and upgrade permanent exhibitions in Lusaka museum Redesign and upgrade permanent exhibitions in -Moto museum Mbala Redesign and upgrade permanent exhibitions in Livingstone museum Redesign and upgrade permanent exhibitions in Copperbelt museum in Ndola Installation of Museum security system in all the 4 redesigned museums 4x national museums redesigned with permanent exhibitions and 4 security system installed NMB MTENR Community based Tourism Eco-tourism in Livingstone Community based tourism in Mongu, Chipata& Mansa Community based tourism in Kasama Zambezi &Kabwe Community based tourism in Kasaba bay, Nsafya &Mumbwa Community based tourism in Siavonga, Ndola &Mpulung u 10 community based tourism established TCZ HCAZ LTA MTENR Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and Exhibitions (MICE); 5 International Conventions (300 and above participants) 5 International Conventions (300 and above participants) 5 International Conventions (300 and above participants) 5 International Conventions (300 and above participants) 5 International Conventions (300 and above participants) 30 International conventions TCZ HCAZ MTENR LTA Tourism sector capacity building Develop and Provide adequate learning facilities at HTTI. Learning facilities for practical‟s at HTTI Lusaka Construction of HTTI university phase 1 in L/stone Construction of HTTI university phase 2 In L/stone Construction of HTTI university phase 2 In L/stone Learning facilities for practical‟s at HTTI L/stone university Learning facilities for practical‟s at HTTI L/stone university MTENR HTTI MWS HCAZ TCZ TEVETA MOE MTENR TCZ LTA HCAZ TEVETA PPP Re-skill and up-skill of human resource in various fields Entrepreneu r tourism managemen t courses In midlands region Business Planning skills developme nt In northern region Service marketing and quality managemen t in southern region Entreprene ur tourism managemen t courses In southern region Service marketing and quality manageme nt in southern region 5 targeted training in Tourism and Hospitality field Arts and Culture Infrastructure Development Completion of the seven cultural villages ( 1 1 1 2 2 7 Cultural Villages MCDSS/MWS Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 131 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Lusaka, Solwezi, Ndola, Kasama, Kabwe, Mongu& Mansa) Creative industries Access to business development resources & services (Nation-wide) 5,000 7,500 10,000 12,500 15,000 50,000 arts and cultural practitioners supported MCDSS/MCTI /PS Table 84: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2009 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Tourist arrivalsInternational 709,948 810,000 920,800, 1,030,800 1,140,000 1,250,000 Annual direct tourism earnings (US $‟M) 200 216 260 312 374 449 Employment levels 27,412 29,000 31,000 36,000 41,000 45,000 Bed space in the hospitality industry 19,000 20,140 22,150 23,370 24,806 25,500 Occupancy rates % 60 62 65 68 71 75 Length of stay for tourists (Days) 7 7 10 10 14 14 Number of Arts and Cultural practitioners accessing arts and cultural infrastructure 500 500 750 1000 1250 1500 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 14.7 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 85: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Tourism – Arts and Culture Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Tourism Marketing & promotion 11.3 11.3 21.5 21.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 Tourism product development & research 0.2 0.2 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Product Quality 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Tourism Infrastructure development and Investment promotion 7.9 14.2 22.0 9.4 9.4 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 Tourism skills development 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 Arts and Culture Infrastructure 5.0 5.0 6.8 6.8 7.2 7.2 7.8 7.8 9.0 9.0 Creative industries 1.9 1.9 2.8 2.8 3.1 3.1 3.5 3.5 5.0 5.0 Total 27.7 14.2 41.9 43.3 43.3 49.9 49.9 51.1 51.1 53.9 53.9 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 133 15. MANUFACTURING 15.1 Introduction The manufacturing sector is a pivot of economic development through its backward and forward linkages to economic growth, exports and employment creation. It provides a market for primary products and sets the basis for exports with employment generation capacity. Policy, institutional and legislative reforms undertaken during the FNDP contributed towards a more conducive investment environment for both foreign and domestic investments, including the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs). The main thrust during the SNDP period will be to facilitate the up-scaling of the manufacturing sector towards higher value addition and upgrade capacity in the provision of related services. Emphasis will be placed on transforming industrial businesses and complementary services particularly MSMEs into strong value-creating entities. 15.2 Review of Past Performance The manufacturing sector‟s contribution to GDP during the FNDP period averaged 10.2 percent against the target of 15 percent. In terms of the sector‟s annual growth, an average of 3.3 percent was achieved against the projected growth of 7.5 percent. The share of manufacturing to total exports remained constant over the FNDP period at an average rate of 2.1 percent while its contribution to total employment increased from 1.3 percent in 2005 to 3.2 percent in 2008 (see Figure 4). Figure 4: Contributions of Manufacturing Sector 2006-2009 Source: CSO, 2010 During the FNDP period, the growth rate of the manufacturing sector declined from 5.8 percent in 2006 to 2.5 percent in 2009. The overall decline in the manufacturing sector was due to 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 2006 2007 2008 2009 P e rc e n t YearShare to GDP (%) Share to Total Exports[1] Share to Total Employment (%) Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 134 significant drops in productivity in the textiles and clothing, leather and leather products and fabricated metals sub-sectors. This drop in productivity was largely due to the high cost of doing business; reduced demand for locally produced products and the impact of the global economic crisis (see Figure 5). Figure 5: Percentage Growth of Manufacturing Sector (2005-2009) Source: CSO, 2010 Figure 6 below depicts the performance of each sub-sector in terms of percentage changes in their contribution to the manufacturing sector. Figure 6: Percentage Change in Sub-sector Growth to the Contribution of Manufacturing GDP (2005 – 2009) Source: CSO Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 135 The significant drop in the textiles and leather products recorded throughout the FNDP period was mainly due to reduced domestic demand in favour of cheap imported textile products from Asian economies. The textiles sub-sector recorded significant reduction of exports to the regional and international markets due to their failure to compete. In addition, the increased import of second hand clothes (salaula) into the country contributed to the problems of the textiles sub sector. The decline in the fabricated metal products was mainly due to reduced demand from the mining companies who significantly reduced demand of fabricated metals as a result of the economic crisis. The food and beverages sub-sector grew and sustained the sector‟s contribution to the total GDP. The sub-sector thrived mainly on account of increased investments resulting from companies expanding their plant and the coming up ofa stream of industries which process edible oils. Despite improvements in the institutional and legislative frameworks, the sector faced a number of challenges. These included the high cost of doing business largely on account of poor physical infrastructure and high production costs, disruptions in power supply, low investments in Research and Development, obsolete technology, high cost of borrowing, limited standardisation and quality assurance, and limited human capital and skills required to run the manufacturing industry on a sustainable basis. 15.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “Technology-based and export-focused manufacturing sector, which is dynamic and competitive with effective entities that add value to the locally abundant natural resources by 2030”. Goal To develop a diversified and competitive export led value adding manufacturing sector which will contribute 12.5 percent to GDP. Strategic Focus The strategic focus will be to strengthen and widen the country‟s manufacturing base with emphasis on backward and forward linkages given the country‟s wide resource base. This will require intensifying the development of the resource-based industries, with the aim to optimise and add value to the country‟s natural resources. In line with the strategic focus of the Plan, emphasis will be to enhance competitiveness of manufacturing through infrastructure and human development to support growth of the sector. 15.4 Policies and Key Reforms During the SNDP period, Government will continue to pursue the implementation of the Private Sector Development Reform Programme (PSDRP) which is aimed at promoting a conducive environment for the growth of the private sector. In addition, the Commerce, Trade and Industrial Policy and the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprise Development Policy will provide the overall framework for the development of the sector. Although the Nation has not yet experienced significant climate change effects in the manufacturing sector, opportunities exist for implementation of resource efficiency and climate Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 136 protection in industrial operations. This can be achieved through introduction of profitable environmental management systems that help minimise Green House Gas (GHG) emissions and consume less material during production processes, and align implementation of projects with mitigation and carbon trading under Clean Development Mechanisms (CDM) and voluntary markets. 15.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Manufacturing Sector during the SNDP period. Table 86: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To expand the industrial base and increase value addition a) Facilitate the development of Multi-Facility Economic Zones /Industrial Parks; b) Promote joint ventures between foreign and local investors; c) Promote and facilitate Private Public Partnership (PPP) projects; and d) Enhance the capacity of DRM. Development of Multi-Facility Economic Zones and Industrial Parks 2 To facilitate private sector development a) Promote investment in infrastructure in order to stimulate private investment; b) Develop the National Investment Promotion Strategy; c) Undertake investment missions to Capital and Technology Exporting Nations and within the domestic economy; d) Provide incentives to facilitate technological transfer; e) Establish a more cohesive policy and supportive regulatory and institutional framework for investment; f) Encourage industries to adopt cleaner and environment friendly technology and practices; and g) Promote private sector driven Research and Development activities. Investment Promotion 3 To promote the growth of MSMEs a) Increase participation of indigenous Zambians in the manufacturing sector; b) Promote entrepreneurship training and development at all levels of the education system; c) Encourage innovation and technological skills development and on-farm agro-processing training; d) Facilitate access to market opportunities and business development services; e) Facilitate the establishment of business incubation centres and linking them to industrial parks; f) Facilitate the establishment of business industrial clusters; g) Facilitate business linkages between MSMEs and multinational corporations; h) Create the Trade and Investment Fund targeted at MSMEs; i) Facilitate the establishment of Small Aggregation Initiative joint ventures among MSMEs; j) Strengthen the testing, calibration, inspection, certification, and accreditation systems and MSME Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 137 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes procedures; k) Promote and facilitate the participation of women and youths; l) Mainstream cross-cutting issues; and m) Promote use of technology to enhance total factor productivity and competitiveness through the establishment of sub-sector technical centres. 5 To develop rural based industrial enterprises a) Promote and facilitate the development of appropriate infrastructure; b) Develop and implement a rural industrialisation strategy; c) Promote the use of alternative and renewable sources of energy; d) Encourage on-site agro-processing in agricultural farm blocks; and e) Establish linkages between agricultural farming blocks, industrial estates and out-grower schemes. Rural Industrialisation 15.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators table will be used: Table 87: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects/activities to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Development of Multi- Facility Economic Zones and Industrial Parks Establishment of Multi Facility Economic Zones (MFEZs) 1 1 1 1 4 MFEZs established and operational MCTI, ZDA, MoFNP, MWS Establishment of Industrial Parks 1 - 1 2 Industrial parks established MCTI, ZDA, MoFNP, MWS Investment Promotion Attract Investments US$2 billion US$2 billion US$2 billion US$2 billion US$2 billion US $10 billion in Investment Pledges ZDA, MCTI MSME Development Provide and facilitate credit to MSMEs 50 50 50 50 50 250 MSMEs access credit above K50m CEEC, MCTI, ZDA, MoFNP Facilitate Business Linkage to large corporations 20 20 20 20 20 100 MSMEs linked ZDA, MCTI Facilitate establishment of Industrial Clusters 1 2 2 2 2 9 Industrial Clusters established ZDA, MCTI Facilitate establishment of Business incubators 1 1 1 1 1 5 Business Incubators established ZDA, MCTI, MSTVT Rural Industrialisation Facilitate establishment of rural based Agro processing Industries 1 1 1 1 4 Rural based industrial companies established MCTI, ZDA, MoFNP, MACO, MoLF Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 138 Table 88: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2009 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Share of Total Exports (%) 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Manufacturing Value Added (ZMK) 1.4 billion. 1.5 billion 1.7 billion 1.8 billion 2.0 billion 2.0 billion Manufacturing Annual Growth Rate (%) 2.5 2.8 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Share of Total Employment (%) 3.22 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.7 4.0 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 15.7 Sector Budget and Financing The Table below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 89: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) - Manufacturing Programme 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total MFEZ 2.0 2.0 6.0 6.0 10.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 Investment Promotion 0.8 0.8 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 MSME 1.6 0.5 2.1 6.3 6.3 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 11.7 11.7 Rural Industrialisation 0.1 0.6 0.7 6.3 6.3 5.3 5.3 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 Total 4.4 1.1 5.5 19.9 19.9 27.4 27.4 29.1 29.1 33.1 33.1 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 140 16. COMMERCE AND TRADE 16.1 Introduction Government has been implementing reforms in the last decade aimed at liberalising trade, promoting economic diversification and generate export-led growth. In this regard, Government has continued to pursue a liberal trade policy at both regional and international levels. During the SNDP period, Government will expand the scope and coverage of its multilateral, regional and bilateral arrangements such as Free Trade Agreements (FTAs), and Economic Partnership Agreements (EPAs) to ensure greater access to markets, trade and investment opportunities. Focus will, therefore, be given to the value addition of locally produced goods for increased domestic and foreign market earnings, development of both hard and soft infrastructure such as roads, e-commerce and border facilities, including raising the quality of human capital, research and development capability as well as management systems. 16.2 Review of Past Performance During the FNDP period, the sector registered trade surpluses which were attributed to the favourable price of copper on the global market as well as the growth of Non-Traditional Exports (NTEs) as indicated in figure 7 below. Figure 7: Trade Flows (2006-2009) Source: CSO NTEs as a percentage of total exports increased from 19.9 percent in 2006 to 23 percent in 2009. The upward trend in NTEs earnings was largely on account of increased earnings from the export of cement and lime, wheat and museli, burley tobacco, gemstones, fresh fruits and vegetables. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 141 The increase in NTEs was also attributed to the liberalisation of tariffs under the SADC Protocol on Trade which culminated into the launch of the SADC Free Trade Area (FTA) in 2008. Figure 8 below shows the share of NTEs to total exports over the period 2006-2009. Figure 8: Share of Non-Traditional Exports to Total Exports 2006-2009 Source: CSO The major export products during the period under review continued to be copper and copper related, and articles thereof: ores, slag and ash collectively accounting for about 80 percent of total export earnings. The major imports were mineral fuels, oils and products of their distillation, boilers, machinery and mechanical appliances and parts. In terms of trade facilitation, a One Stop Border Post (OSBP) was established at Chirundu while the Simplified Trade Regime (STR) was launched at Mwami border post. Despite the positive developments recorded in the sector, a number of challenges were experienced during the FNDP period which prevented higher growth. These included the high cost of doing business, fluctuations in foreign exchange rate, lack of skilled manpower, limited access to credit due to the high cost of borrowing, poor product quality and inadequate trade facilitation capacity such as delayed processing at major border posts coupled with poor border infrastructure. Furthermore, the monitoring and tracking of domestic trade was hampered by inadequate monitoring mechanisms. 16.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “To become an export driven, competitive and viable Commerce sector by 2030”. Goal To increase the contribution of exports to GDP from 35 percent to 40 percent. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 142 Strategic Focus The strategic focus of the sector will be value addition to locally produced goods for increased domestic and foreign market earnings, development of both hard and soft infrastructure, including raising the quality of human capital, research and development capability as well as strengthening management systems. The Plan will target the following products of high export potential: Processed Foods, Textile and Garments, Engineering Products, Gemstones, Leather and Leather Products, and Wood and Wood products, agriculture products such as coffee, tobacco and cotton. 16.4 Policies and Key Reforms During the SNDP period, Government will continue to implement Private Sector Development Reform Programme (PSDRP) aimed at enhancing and facilitating domestic, regional and multilateral trade. The Commerce, Trade and Industrial Policy and the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprise Development Policy will provide the overall policy framework for the development of the sector. Government will also implement measures in the National Quality Policy and the Intellectual Property Policy. Although commerce and trade sector is not threatened by climate change and to some extent does not produce significant amount of GHG emissions, it is poised to meet challenges by international importers who are now demanding exports of environmentally friendly products with a lower carbon footprint. 16.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Commerce and Trade Sector during the SNDP period. Table 90: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To increase the volume of exports in regional and international markets a) Promote trade of NTEs; b) Promote exports of the targeted growth areas in the manufacturing and services sector; c) Provide effective financial assistance to enhance exports through the empowerment of fund and other interventions; d) Facilitate the implementation of the Enhanced Integrated Framework Phase II; e) Facilitate the Implementation of the National Export Strategy; f) Facilitate the establishment of Multi-Facility Economic Zones (MFEZ) at border posts; g) Strengthen the National Quality Infrastructure and technical regulation system; h) Establish One-Stop Border Post at major border towns; and i) Strengthen and expand institutional support for the exporting community. Export promotion, Trade Expansion and Diversification Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 143 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 2 To stimulate the growth of domestic trading sector and increase trade in services a) Promote the consumption of quality locally produced goods and services; b) Promote formalisation of the domestic trading sector; c) Implement the business licensing reforms; d) Implement measures to strengthen and enhance Competition and Consumer Protection; e) Develop and implement measures on trade remedies; f) Strengthen monitoring and evaluation mechanism for domestic trade; g) Develop and implement services trade strategies; and h) Establish one-stop shop for business licensing and registration in each province. Domestic Trade and Competition 3 To secure and facilitate improved market access for locally produced goods and services a) Identify and promote the development of new products for export markets; b) Facilitate investment in trade related infrastructure; c) Facilitate capacity building programmes for private sector on trade related matters; and d) Strengthen compliance to international standards and promote adaptation of international best practices in product/service quality and standardisation. Market Access for Zambian products and services 16.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators table will be used: Table 91: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Export promotion, Trade Expansion and Diversification Establishment of One Stop Border Posts (OSBP) - 1 1 1 3 OSBPs established MCTI, ZDA, MoFNP, ZRA, MHA, MWS Establishment of trading MFEZ at Border towns 1 1 1 2 5 Trading MFEZs established and operational MCTI, ZDA, MoFNP, ZRA, MHA, MWS Enhancing Domestic Trade and Competition Business licensing reforms 25 25 30 30 - 110 Unnecessary licences abolished MCTI, MOJ Establishment of One stop Shops for business licensing and registration 1 2 3 2 1 9 One Stop Shops established MCTI, ZDA, Establish Database on Inter-Regional Trade 1 1 3 2 2 9 One Stop Shops established MCTI, ZDA, Provincial Admin, District Admin, Councils, MoFNP Enhancing Market Access for Zambian products and services Facilitate Export Promotion of NTEs 1% 2% 2% 2% 3% 10% Growth in Value of NTE Exports ZDA , MCTI, MoFNP, MTENR Development of products for export to 2 2 2 2 2 10 Products in new markets ZDA, MCTI, MoFNP, Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 144 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 new markets MACO, MLF Strengthen standards in product/service quality and standardisation to meet International quality Standards 1 2 2 3 4 12 Local products developed ZABS, MCTI, ZDA, Private Sector Table 92: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2009 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Trade Dependence Index 13 62.7 63.0 63.5 64.0 64.5 65.0 Share of NTEs to total exports 23.0 24.5 26 27.5 28.5 30.0 Import Penetration Index 14 30.6 29.5 29.0 27.5 26.0 25.0 Export Propensity Index 15 33.2 34.5 36.0 37.0 38.5 40.0 13 Ratio of international trade to total value of GDP 14 Degree to which domestic demand is satisfied by Imports 15 Share of Exports in GDP Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 16.7 Sector Budget and Financing The Table below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 93: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Commerce and Trade Programme 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Export Promotion 1.0 1.0 4.3 4.3 4.6 4.6 5.5 5.5 6.2 6.2 Domestic trade 1.0 3.9 4.9 3.6 3.6 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.6 1.8 1.8 Market Access 0.7 2.5 3.2 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 Total 2.7 6.4 9.1 9.9 9.9 8.0 8.0 9.6 9.6 11.0 11.0 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 146 Part V Support Sectors Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 147 17. SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION 17.1 Introduction Science, Technology and Innovation plays an important role in national development. Economic advancement of any country depends on innovation, science and technological advancement of its people. Science and Technology should be adaptable for the utilisation of locally available resources to capture the large majority of citizens in the fight against poverty and deprivation. It enhances productivity, wealth creation and improved quality of life. During the SNDP, the sector will focus on investing in research, development and innovation, and enhancing linkages with industry. 17.2 Review of Past Performance During the FNDP period, policy and legislative reviews were undertaken to enhance the contribution of science and technology to nationalproductivity and competitiveness. Among these were the review of the 1996 National Policy on Science and Technology, and the formulation of an Intellectual Property Rights Policy. With regard to legal reforms, the sector facilitated the enactment of the Bio-safety Act of 2007. Significant progress was made in infrastructure development and rehabilitation. Three biotechnology laboratories at National Institute for Scientific and Industrial Research (NISIR), Zambia Agricultural Research Institute (ZARI) and Seed Control and Certification Institute (SCCI) were established. In addition, various laboratories at NISIR, Tropical Diseases Research Centre (TDRC), ZARI, University Teaching Hospital (UTH), Cancer Diseases Hospital, Central Veterinary Research Institute (CVRI), Chest Diseases Laboratory, Zambia Bureau of Standards and the public universities were rehabilitated and re-equipped. Furthermore, a National Remote Sensing Centre, a key Science, Technology and Innovation (STI) infrastructure, was established. In terms of human resource capacity, a postgraduate bursary scheme for female scientists was introduced and 18 students benefited. With regard to inventions, 20 were developed. Of these 12 were by youths through the Youth Inventors Fund while 8 utilised the Strategic Research Fund. These funds were established to promote Science, Technology and Innovation. In the area of agriculture, several technologies to enhance crop productivity and competiveness (e.g. optimal crop rotation, agro-forestry, inoculum use, limingetc) were developed and disseminated under Research, Development and Innovation (RDI). In the health sector, an alternative and simpler malaria diagnostic tool was developed. Advances and investigations were made in traditional medicines and occupational respiratory diseases. Further, in the energy sector research activities focused on alternative energy sources such as biofuels (Jatropha, sweet sorghum and ethanol), wind energy and mini-hydro-power generation. Despite these achievements, Zambia continued to make slow progress towards the changing Knowledge and Innovation Economy (K-Economy). This was largely due to several reasons including low investments, deficiencies in the STI framework and weak linkages with industry. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 148 The general performance of the sector, during the FNDP period, was below average due to weaknesses in coordination, human resource constraints, inadequate modern equipment and insufficient infrastructure. For instance, there was no laboratory with basic science equipment for research. Further, Research and Development institutions operated with staff strength of less than 50 percent. Commercialisation of research and development was hampered by weak linkages between research institutions and industry and inadequate mechanisms for dissemination of research findings. 17.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “A nation in which Science, Technology and Innovations are the driving forces in national development and competes globally by 2030” Goal To establish an effective and efficient National Science, Technology and Innovation System for increased productivity and competitiveness by end-2015 Strategic Focus The strategic focus will be to enhance linkage between research and industry, increase human resource capacity in Research and Development institutionsand improve the infrastructure and equipment. 17.4 Policies and Key Reforms During the SNDP period, the legal and institutional framework will be re-aligned to the Science, Technology and Innovation Policy. Further, legislation to govern indigenous knowledge systems will be developed. Currently, Zambia is experiencing climate change and variability. There is need to investigate how climate change elements such as rising temperatures, change in precipitation and extreme weather events influence development, infrastructure, environment, economy and population. There is also need to adapt technologies and innovations to changing climatic scenarios. 17.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Science, Technology and Innovation Sector during the SNDP period. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 149 Table 94: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To develop medical, agricultural, manufacturing, energy and pharmaceutical technologies a) Develop medicines, remedies, vaccines and technologies for addressing priority diseases and conditions; b) Develop processing technologies for agro produce and wild foods; and c) Preserve genetic resources for Indigenous Knowledge System (IKS). Research, Development and Innovation 2 To promote the commercialisation of innovations and R & D results a) Establish technology demonstration and piloting facilities. Infrastructure and Equipment Improvement 3 To improve and develop infrastructure capacity for R & D a) Rehabilitate and develop well equipped infrastructure for research and development; and b) Establish specialised mini-pilot pharmaceutical plant. 4 To strengthen human resource capacity a) Facilitate training programmes for researchers in identified priority areas of R & D; and b) Enhance exchange programmes and joint research with scientific experts. Human Development 17.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators table will be used: Table 95: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Infrastructure and equipment improvement R& D units rehabilitated and equipped 2 1 1 1 5 R & D units rehabilitated MSTVT R& D units developed and equipped 1 2 2 2 7 R & D units developed MSTVT Mini Pilot Pharmaceutical Plants established and equipped. - 1 1 2 Mini Pilot Pharmaceutical Plants established and equipped MoH Research, Development and Innovation Target specific R & D technologies developed 2 8 10 8 8 36 Value addition technologies developed MSTVT, MACO, CBU, MLF, ZARI, UNZA, NISIR Technologies and Innovations developed for MSMEs and Industry 2 6 5 5 4 22 Innovations and Technologies developed for MSMEs MSTVT, TDAU Human Development Scientist trained in PhD programmes: 10 10 10 10 10 50 scientists trained in Bioinformatics, Electronics, Mechatronics, Bio prospecting and Drug Discovery MSTVT, Stakeholders Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 150 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) and Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 a) PhD in Bioinformatics and Biotechnology 1 2 1 1 2 7 Scientists trained in Bioinformatics and Biotechnology b) PhD in Electronics and ICTs 2 2 1 2 1 8 Scientists trained in Electronics and ICTs c) PHD in Mechatronics 1 2 1 4 Scientists trained in Mechatronics d) PhD in Bio prospecting and IKS 2 2 1 2 2 9 Scientists trained in Bio prospecting and IKS e) PhD in Drug Discovery and Molecular Chemistry 1 1 2 - 2 6 Scientists trained in Drug Discovery and Molecular Chemistry f) PhD in Nuclear Science and Alternative Energy 2 2 1 2 1 8 Scientists trained in Nuclear Science and Alternative Energy g) PhD in Pharmaceutica ls 2 - 2 2 2 8 Scientists trained in Pharmaceuticals Scientists trained in MSC programmes: 30 30 30 30 30 150 scientists trained in Bioinformatics, Electronics, Mechatronics,Bio prospecting and Drug Discovery MSTVT, Stakeholders a) MSC in Bioinformatic s and Biotechnology 3 6 3 3 3 18 scientists trained in Bioinformatics and Biotechnology b) MSC in Electronics and ICTs 6 6 3 6 3 24 scientists trained in Electronics and ICTs c) MSC in Mechatronics 3 6 3 4 16 scientists trained in Mechatronics d) MSC in Bio prospecting and IKS 6 6 3 6 6 27 scientists trained in Bio prospecting and IKS e) MSC in Drug Discovery and Molecular Chemistry 3 3 6 - 6 18 scientists trained in Drug Discovery and Molecular Chemistry f) MSC in Nuclear Science and Alternative Energy 6 6 3 6 4 25 scientists trained in Nuclear Science and Alternative Energy g) MSC in Pharmaceutica ls 6 - 6 6 4 22 scientists trained in Pharmaceuticals Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 151 Table 96: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2009 Annual Targets 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 No. of target specific technologies adopted and commercialized for use in - 4 4 5 5 4 a) Agriculture (Agro-processing) - 2 2 1 1 1 b) Energy (Renewable energy) - 1 1 2 2 1 c) Health (Alternative Remedies) - 0 0 1 1 1 d) Industry (IKS and Product development) - 1 1 1 1 1 No. of Youth Inventors Fund projects successfully adopted for use by MSME‟s and Industry 1 3 2 2 2 No. of Strategic Research Fund projects successfully adopted for use by MSME‟s and Industry 2 3 3 2 2 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 17.7 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 97: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Science, Technology and Innovation Programmes 20’11 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Infrastructure and Equipment Improvement 9.1 9.1 13.7 13.7 14.5 14.5 13.5 13.5 15.5 15.5 Research Development and Innovation improvement 2.0 2.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Development of a Critical Masters Level 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 0.5 0.5 Technology and Innovation Personnel PhD Level 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 Total 12.1 12.1 20.7 20.7 21.5 21.5 23.0 23.0 24.0 24.0 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 153 18. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY 18.1 Introduction Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and Meteorology play a vital role in the socio-economic development of a country. Growth of ICT is a precursor to wealth creation and attainment of a well informed and knowledgeable society. As part of ICT, the media continues to play a vital role of information dissemination for socio-economic development. Meteorology safeguards life and property through provision of vital information on scientifically derived early warning systems, predictions and information on weather and climatic conditions especially in hazard-prone areas.Although there was progress in the provision of ICT services, the sector still faces challenges which include high cost of service provision, limited access to information especially in rural areas and poor infrastructure. During the SNDP period, the focus will be on expansion of ICT infrastructure through multiple delivery channels accessible to all citizens. With regard to meteorology, focus will be on enhancing the capacity of the sector to provide timely and accurate information for the public to respond and adapt to climatic events. 18.2 Review of Past Performance During the FNDP period, progress made in the sub-sector included the following: expansion and installation of the optic fibre networks, liberalisation of the international gateway and the expansion of internet and mobile telephone services. As a result, the mobile telephone service grew by over 300 percent from 949,558 to over 4,000,000 subscribers. This translated into an increase in mobile subscriber penetration from 14.4 to 32.3 per 100 people. The internet service grew by over 65 percent from 10,882 to over 18,000 subscribers. This, however, translated into a marginal increase in internet subscriber penetration from 0.1 to 0.2 per 100 people. Further, the e-government project was commissioned. With regard to the electronic media, 42 private radio stations and 3 private television stations were established. In addition, ZNBC television coverage was expanded to 73 districts although in most cases there is still signal failure due to either limited electrical power or signal due to difficult terrain. However, during the period under review, the public print media did not perform well due to the continued delay in the distribution of news print and in some cases, the absence of news print media in rural and peri urban areas. To address this gap, Government embarked on the decentralisation of the printing presses. The overall target was to have 9 Printing Presses procured and installed in all the 9 provinces by 2010. Out of this target, only 2 presses, 1 for Chipata and the other for Kasamawere procured. With regard to meteorology, two marine meteorological stations were established in Mpulungu and Samfya while one aviation meteorological station was established at Kalulushi‟sSouthdowns Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 154 airport. In addition, metrological site identification for Nansanga Farm Block and Kafulafuta area were completed. To further enhance the performance of the ICT and meteorological sector, Government undertook several legislative reforms. These included the following: (i) Launch of ICT Policy of 2006 in March 2007 (ii) Enactment of ICT Act of 2009 (iii)Postal Services Act of 2009 (iv) National Meteorology Policy of 2009 (v) Electronics Communication Transaction Act of 2009 (vi) ZNBC Amendment Act (vii)Broadcasting Amendment Act and (viii) Copyright Amendment Act 18.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “An information and knowledge based society by 2030.” Goal To increase coverage, access and efficiency in the provision of Information and Communications Technology and meteorological services in order to contribute to sustainable national economic growth. Strategic Focus During the SNDP period, the sector focus will be to enhance access to information for development, ICT, and meteorological services through infrastructure and human development to ensure a well-informed citizenry. 18.4 Policies and Key Reforms The sector will undertake institutional, policy and regulatory reforms aimed at increasing access to ICT products and enhance competition in order to foster socio-economic development and generate climate information for decision making. In addition, the sector will develop the TV Broadcasting Policy. 18.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Information and Communications Technology Sector during the SNDP period. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 155 Table 98: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To develop and maintain ICT and Meteorology infrastructure a) Develop a national infrastructure development policy on ICT; b) Promote PPP in the provision and maintenance of infrastructure; c) Expand National fibre optic networks and Met stations; d) Establish ICT and climate change research centres; and e) Roll-out ICT incubation centres to all MFEZ areas. Infrastructure Development with Climate Change consideration 2 To establish an integrated e governance platform a) Develop guidelines on e-governance and implementation process; b) Develop the integration of government management information systems; and c) Promote the creation of multi-purpose community centres (banks, post offices, tele centres, parks and kiosks). E-Government and ICT Application 3 To transform terrestrial television from analogue to digital and enhance broadcast media in rural areas a) Develop a TV broadcasting policy and standards; and b) Establish Digital Terrestrial Television Migration (DTTM) infrastructure Digital Migration 18.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators table will be used: Table 99: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total output Expected end of SNDP Responsible institution (Key Stakeholder) 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Infrastructure Development Develop a national infrastructure development policy - - - 1 National infrastructure policy developed MCT, MoFNP Expand National Met stations 1 1 1 1 4 National Met stations Expanded MCT, MACO and MoFNP Establish ICT incubation centres and Industrial Parks 2 1 2 1 4 ICT incubation centres and 2 Industrial parks established and operational MCTI, ZDA, MoFNP, MCT Number of districts to be connected to optic fibre cables 5 5 5 5 5 25 districts to be connected to optic fibre cables MCT, ZAMTEL Number of analogue transmitters replaced with digital transmitters 15 12 12 12 12 63 analogue transmitters replaced with digital transmitters MIBS E Government Develop Guidelines on e-government and implementation process - - - 1 Implementation guidelines developed MCT, Cabinet office, All Line Ministries Develop the integration of government management information systems 1 - - - - An integrated government information system established MCT, MoFNP, Cabinet office, All line Ministries Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 156 Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total output Expected end of SNDP Responsible institution (Key Stakeholder) 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Capacity in Climate Science Capacity Development in climate science, monitoring and modelling. 1 - 1 - 1 3 rainfall data digitized and downscaled” MTC Table 100: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2009 Annual Targets Overall Target 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Number of Internet Subscribers per 1,000 people 1.5 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.5 subscribers per 1,000 people Number of analogue transmitters replaced with digital transmitters 15 12 12 12 12 63 analogue transmitters replaced with digital transmitters Online government services provided in 5 public institutions ZRA - RTSA MoHA MoE, MoH MoL 5 Government institutions connected on line Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 18.7 Sector Budget and Financing The Table below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 101: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Information and Communications Technology Programme 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Digital Migration 0.6 0.6 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 5.0 5.0 E-Government & ICT Applications 1.6 1.6 15.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 Research and Development (ICT & MET R&D Centres) 2.6 2.6 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 Total 2.2 2.2 42.6 42.6 47.0 47.0 57.0 57.0 40.0 40.0 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 158 19. NATURAL RESOURCES 19.1 Introduction Zambia is endowed with vast and diverse natural resources that form the basis for economic activity. These include land, wildlife, forest, minerals, natural heritage and wetlands. Effective and efficient management of these natural resources can significantly contribute to national development through foreign exchange earnings and employment creation. In addition, various natural resource products and ecosystem services are important sources of livelihood and energy. The focus for SNDP will, therefore, be to reverse deforestation, wildlife depletion, heritage sites degradation, and land degradation. Further, the sector will enhance collaboration among players in natural resources management in order to ensure sustainable exploitation of natural resources. 19.2 Review of Past Performance During the FNDP period, the forestry sub-sector undertook a nation-wide land use assessment to establish the rate of deforestation which indicated that the annual rate of deforestation ranged from 250, 000 to 300, 000 hectares. Even though this was below FNDP estimated rate of deforestation of 900,000 hectares per year, the rate of deforestation still remained high. The assessment also revealed that out of the total national biomass estimated at 5.6 billion tonnes, approximately 2.8 billion tonnes of carbon was stored in the forests. In partnership with Ministry of Education 600,000 trees were planted in 300 schools. With regards to Wildlife, significant progress was made in resource protection in the Kafue, Mosi-Oa-Tunya, South Luangwa and Nsumbu National Parks,conserving wildlife, in particular,in the Liuwa Plain, SiomaNgwezi, North Luangwa and Kasanka National Parks, and with the establishment, with communities, of the pilot Chikuni Partnership Park in Bangweulu.Illegal settlers were removed from 3 protected areas namely, Nsumbu and Isangano National Parks, Sichifulo and NamwalaGame Management Areas (GMAs). A country-wide animal population census conducted revealed an estimated elephant population of between 27,000 and 30,000. The restocking program continued with the Lusenga Plain National Park receiving a variety of animals, Mosi-Oa-Tunya National Park receiving 5 white rhinos, the North Luangwa National Park 20 black rhinos while the Liuwa Plain National Park received 2 lions. The program of reduction of infestation of invasive alien plant species was scaled up with a total of 500 hectares of land in Lochinvar National Park cleared of Mimosa Pigra and the removal of the Lantana Camara around the Victoria Falls in Livingstone. However, the process of reviewing the Policy for National Parks and Wildlife in Zambia of 1998 and the Zambia Wildlife Act, No. 12 of 1998 had been initiated during the FNDP. The sector faced a number of challenges among them low investments and poor management of natural resources. Other challenges included inadequate human capacity and weak enforcement of the legal framework. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 159 19.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “A productive environment and well-conserved natural resources for sustainable socio-economic development by 2030” Goal To reduce the rate of deforestation, wildlife depletion and degradation of heritage sites, land and wetlands. Strategic Focus To enhance investment in the management of natural resources and the conservation of heritage sites for socio-economic development. 19.4 Policies and Key Reforms During the SNDP period, the sector will finalise the revision of the National Forestry Policy of 1998 and the National Parks and Wildlife Policy of 1998 in order to address issues of low investment and poor management of natural resources. In addition, the sector will develop a National Heritage Policy and finalise the Wetlands Policy. Further, Government will amend the Forestry Act of 1999, the Wildlife Act of 1998 and the National Heritage Conservation Act of 1989 in order to strengthen management of natural resources and domesticate relevant international Agreements and Treaties. The sector will also embark on decentralisation of the forestry sub-sector in order to facilitate improved service delivery and management of the resource. 19.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Natural Resources Sector during the SNDP period. Table 102: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To reduce the rate of wildlife depletion through sustainable management of wildlife and habitat in protected wildlife and forest areas a) Improve policy and legal framework including regulations; b) Re-organize ZAWA and strengthen its capacity in wildlife management and extension services; c) Upscale leadership and management skills training at all levels; d) Strengthen cooperation with natural resources management to Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries, Energy, Water and Mining; e) Enhance community and private sector participation in wildlife management in public wildlife estate as well as on community & private wildlife estates; f) Develop Management Plans, including Land Use Plans, for protected wildlife areas; g) Enhance research capacity; h) Promote awareness on wildlife conservation; and Protected Wildlife Area Management Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 160 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes i) Implement the relevant sections of the National Climate Change Response Strategy. 2 To promote sustainable forest and land management practices a) Strengthen human resource capacity in forestry management and extension services; b) Expand options for effective forest management by enhancing community and private sector participation in forest management, including plantations. through various forms of partnerships such as PPPs; and c) Develop mechanism for, and establish, sustainable natural forest industries. Forestry Management a) Establish and expand exotic and indigenous plantations; and b) Promote village and school nurseries and establish woodlots. Reforestation and Afforestation a) Promote sustainable land management practices including erosion control, water management and soil fertility management; b) Develop an investment frameworks for sustainable land management; c) Formulate an integrated financing strategy for sustainable land management; and d) Promote the use of agronomic soil conservation measures. Sustainable Land Management 3 To reverse degradation of heritage sites a) Enhance community and private sector participation in heritage sites management; b) Conduct heritage sites inventories; c) Demarcate clear boundaries around heritage sites areas; and d) Promote awareness on heritage resources. Heritage Sites Management 4 To promote conservation and sustainable utilization of wetlands resources a) Improve regional and international collaboration on wetlands management; b) Strengthen institutional coordination of wetlands management; c) Increase awareness on wetland values and functions; d) Promote community participation on wetlands management; and e) Promote commercial activities and value addition for wetland resources. Wetlands Management 5 To strengthen policy and legislation framework for biodiversity conservation a) Review the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP); b) Enact legislation on Access to Genetic Resources and the Fair and Equitable Sharing of Benefits Arising from the Utilization of Genetic Resources; and c) Improve policy and legal framework including regulations for wildlife and forestry sectors. Development and Review of Strategies, Policies and Legislation 6 To improve and develop infrastructure that will ensure effective forest and wildlife a) Construct and rehabilitate training infrastructure at Zambia Forestry College and ZAWA training institutions; Infrastructure Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 161 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes management b) Construct and rehabilitate Provincial and District Forestry offices, staff houses and Satellite camps; c) Improve staff housing, offices, gates, access and secondary road, water crossings and airstrips in protected wildlife areas; d) Rehabilitate beeswax and honey processing factories; and e) Rehabilitate forest nurseries. 19.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators table will be used: Table 103: Sector Output Matrix Progra mmes Projects to be implemen ted Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s ) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Protecte d Wildlife Area Manage ment ZAWA Restructur ing Reorganizatio n plan adopted 20% 40% 60% 100% 100% implement ation of ZAWA reorganizat ion plan ZAWA National Parks Protection Lower Zambezi Mweru-wa Ntipa - 2 National Parks freed of human settlement 4 (Kafue, Lower Zambezi, Lusaka & South Luangwa National Parks) 4 (Lusenga Plains, Mweru-wa Ntipa, SiomaNgwez i National Parks &Chete&Sik ula Wildlife Sanctuaries) 4 (Liuwa Plains, Kasanka, Luambe&Lavu shiManda National Parks) 4 (West Lunga, Lukusuzi, Isangano National Parks &Chembe Bird Sanctuary) 4 (Nsumbu, Mosi-oa Tunya National Parks) (GMPs reviewed for North Luangwa & Blue Lagoon National Parks) 20 NPs with adopted manageme nt plans Lusaka,, Nsumbu and Liuwa Plains(Buffalo ) &Mosi-oa Tunya National Parks SiomaNgwezi & West Lunga Kafue (Rhino with other species) 7 National Parks benefit from restocking and stocking Kafue (x 3) &LavushiMan da National Parks West Lunga National Parks Lukusuzi National Parks - 6 new partnership s established GMA Managem ent 7 (Nkala, Namwala, Chiawa, Mulobezi, Suchifulo, Lukwakwa&C hibwika Ntambo GMAs) 7 (KasonsoBus anga, Mufunta, Kafinda, Musalangu, Lupande, Mumbwa&L unga – 7 (Bilili Springs, Munyamadzii, West Petauke, Rufunsa, Kafue flats, West Zambezi &Luano GMAs) 7 (Lumimba, Sandwe, Kaputa, Tondwa, Chisomo, KalasaMukoso &Chizera GMAs) 6 (Musele Matebo, Luwingu, Chambesi, Mansa &MachiyaF ungulwe GMAs) 34 GMAs with adopted Manageme nt Plans ZAWA with Community Resource Board Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 162 Progra mmes Projects to be implemen ted Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s ) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Luswishi GMAs), 1 (Mumbwa GMA) 2 (Sichifulo& Mulobezi GMAs) 1 (Lumimba GMA) 1 (Lupande GMA) 1 (Sandwe GMA) 6 GMAs with clear demarcate d boundaries 1 (Sichifulo GMA) 1 (Namwala GMA) 1 (Mumbwa GMA) 1 (Lumimba GMA) 1 (Bilili Spring) 5 GMAs with wildlife zone freed of human settlement Enhance Human Resource Developm ent 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 50% of WPO and scout received in house staff training ZAWA Enhance Research Developm ent 1 (Ngoma Area Management Unit) 1 (Chunga Area Management Unit) 1 (Nsumbu Area Management Unit) 3 laboratorie s rehabilitate d ZAWA with UNZA 1 (National animal population census) 1 (National animal population census) 2 national animal population censuses conducted ZAWA with UNZA Communi ty Awarenes s Promoted 10 10 10 10 10 50 school visits to NPs per year ZAWA with Wildlife & Environmenta l Conservation Society of Zambia Forest Manage ment Forest Managem ent Area Demarcati on 2 2 2 2 2 10 protected Areas with clear boundaries established MTENR 2 Lamba headwaters No. P. 17 (Chingola district), 150,500 Ha and Serenje National Forest No. P. 21 (Serenje District) 29,680 Ha MTENR 2 - - Lundazi National Forest No. P. 24 (Chama/L Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 163 Progra mmes Projects to be implemen ted Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s ) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 undazi) 289,960 Ha and Nkolemfu mu National Forest No. 48 (Kasama), 54,228 Ha 2 Zambezi National Forest No. P.34 (Zambezi district), 91,700 Ha and Lusitu Headwater s No. P. 205 (Mazabuka district), 21,390 Ha - 2 Kafue Local Forest No. F. 69 (Kafue district), 1,967 Ha and Machile Local Forest N. P. 2 (Sesheke district), 47,783 Ha - - 2 Mubende National Forest No. F. 443 (Kawamb wa district), 90,830 Ha and Mvuvye National Forest No. P.32 (Petauke district), 80,937 Ha Training of Forestry Human Resource 70 70 70 120 190 520 forestry graduates trained Protected Forest Areas Reclassifi cation 1 2 1 2 1 7 protected forest areas reclassifie d as nature MTENR, FD & ZAWA Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 164 Progra mmes Projects to be implemen ted Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s ) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 parks (Mvuvye Nature Park; Luji Nature Park; Lunuka Nature Park; Lwitikila Nature Park; Mulembo Nature Park; Zambezi Source Nature Park; and Chama – Lundazi Nature Park) Forestry Research Laborator y Refurbish ment 3 1 2 1 7 Laboratori es refurbishe d in Kitwe and Kalulushi, Forestry Department Plantation s Reforestat ion 1,500 1,500 2,000 2,000 2,000 9,000 Ha planted with Eucalyptus and pine trees: Forestry Department/Z AFFICO Reforest ation and Afforest ation Afforestat ion of degraded Forests 1,000 1,000 1,500 500 500 Reduce from 2,500,000 Ha to 2,495,500 Ha of degraded forests Forestry Department Reforestat ion of Natural Forests 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,000 500 6,000 Ha of degraded forests reforested: Forestry Department Establish Village Nurseries 5 2 1 3 3 14 Village nurseries established Forestry Departement Heritage Sites Manage ment National Heritage Designati on to world class status 1 1 1 1 1 5 Heritage designated World class status National Heritage Conservation Commission( NHCC) Develop ment and Review Review the National Biodiversi 1 - - - 1 NBSAP MTENR Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 165 Progra mmes Projects to be implemen ted Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s ) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 of Strategi es, Policies and Legislati on ty Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP) Enact legislation on Access & Benefit Sharing ABS) 1 - - - 1 ABS MTENR, Revise National Heritage Policy and Act 1 - 1 - 1 NHCC Policy & 1 Act MTENR, NHCC Adopt a wetland policy 1 - - 1 Wetland Policy MTENR, Improve policy and legal framewor k including regulation s for wildlife and forestry sectors 1 1 - - Forest Act reviewed Wildlife Act reviewed MTENR, Forestry Department, ZAWA Infrastru cture Develop ment Provincial Office Accommo dation Expansion 1 Central Province 1 Southern Province 1 Western Province 1 Lusaka Province 4 office blocks with 4 offices expanded. Forestry Department Mwekera Forestry College Expansion 1x4 storey hostel for students 1x3 classroom block 1 Lecture Theatre 1x4 storey hostel 2x3 classroom Blocks, 10x3 bed roomed Staff houses 1 Lecture Theatre, 2x4 storey hostels for students, 3x3 classroom Blocks and 10, 3x3 bed roomed Staff houses MTENR Construct District Office Accommo dation 1x 7 4 District office blocks 1x 5 6 District office blocks 1x 7 8 District office blocks 1x 7 7 District office blocks 1x 7 6 District office blocks 34, 1x7 District Forestry Office blocks constructe d Forestry Department Constructi on of Office Block at sub district level 2 2 4 4 2 14 Office Blocks constructe d. Forestry Department Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 166 Progra mmes Projects to be implemen ted Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s ) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Construct Staff houses at Camp Sites 2 Houses each at 3 campsites, 2 Houses each at 2 campsites, 2 Houses each at 3 campsites 2 Houses each at 3 campsites 2 Houses each at 3 campsites 28 2 bedroomed staff Houses at Forestry Camp Sites constructe d. Forestry Department Honey and Bee wax processin g plants Refurbish ment 1 Mwekera 1 Kaoma 1 Kabompo 1 Lundazi 4 Honey and Bee wax processing plants Refurbishe d Forestry Department Table 104: Key Performance Indicator Matrix Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2009 Annual Target 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Maintain the current hecterage of Protected wildlife areas 31% 31% 31% 31% 31% 31% Annual Rate of Deforestation (Ha) 250,000 to 300,000 <300,000 <280,000 <260,000 <250,000 <250,000 Timber Contribution to Manufacturing(M 3) 451,000 521,000 591,000 632,000 671,000 711,000 Score of Management Effectiveness of Protected areas <65%low* <60% low* <50%low* <40% low* <30% low* <20% low* Increase the hectarage of gazetted forest areas 9.4% 9.4% 9.8% 10% 10% 10.2% *Based on Management Effectiveness Tracking Tool for Protected Areas in Zambia (METTPAZ) Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 19.7 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 105: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Natural Resource Programme 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Wildlife Management 1.6 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.9 2.2 2.2 Forestry Management 1.2 6.0 7.2 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.9 2.0 2.0 Reforestation and Afforestation 2.6 2.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.8 3.8 3.9 3.9 Heritage site Management 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.5 3.6 3.6 Wetlands Management 0.4 0.4 0.7 0.7 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.0 Infrastructure Development 0.9 0.9 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.4 1.8 1.8 Total 4.7 6.0 10.7 10.5 10.5 11.4 11.4 12.8 12.8 12.7 12.7 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 168 20. LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND DECENTRALISATION 20.1 Introduction Effective and efficient delivery of public serviceat the local level is an important aspect of the Local Government administration system. Therefore, the National Decentralization Policy (NDP) seeks to improve the functioning of the local government system by increasing responsibilities of the local authorities through devolution of power with matching resources and embodying democratic principles. During the FNDP period, a number of successes were scored and key among them was the approval of the Decentralisation Implementation Plan (DIP) which was cardinal for defining a way forward for decentralisation policy implementation. Consequently, during the SNDP period the sector will focus on full implementation of the DIP to ensure that the Councils become the focal point of national development and service delivery at the local level. 20.2 Review of Past Performance The sector managed to developsector devolution plans for the 14 devolving Ministries as well as strategic plans and organizational structures for all the three types of Councils namely city, municipal and district. Furthermore, the sector undertook measures to reduce the indebtedness and improve the operational capacities of the councils.In addition, service charters were developed for all councils. Furthermore, the Local Government Service Commission was established and the DIP was approved. However, some of the challenges which were encountered during the FNDP period included the failure to devolve functions to the councils as was planned due to the delays in approving the DIP and weak financial and human capital capacities of councils. Valuation rolls are meant to widen the revenue base for councils but only 31 valuation rolls were updated between 2006 and 2009 against the target of 95. Consequently, no direct transfers of resources were made to any council. 20.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “A country with a fully decentralised and democratically elected system of governance by 2030”. Goal To improve service delivery by councils in line with the National Decentralisation Policy. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 169 Strategic Focus The sector will focus on full implementation of the DIP with special emphasis on devolution of functions, fiscal decentralization, reforming the local development planning system, institutional and human capacity development and completion of updating valuation rolls. Further, efforts will be intensified to enhance collaborations with Traditional Authorities on issues of land for development. 20.4 Policies and Key Reforms The Sector will continue implementing the National Decentralisation Policy. To facilitate smooth implementation of the policy, the sector will harmonise various policies and pieces of legislation. The sector will review the Registration and Development of Villages Act, the Chiefs Act, the Local Government Act, the Rating Act and development of the Local Government Finance Act. Further, the Urban and Regional Planning Bill will be finalized into the new Urban and Regional Planning Act. Local government has the mandate to formulate local policies and by-laws that should promote and guide development activities in the districts and, therefore, constitute the first line of assistance and action to the community during periods of stress caused by climate-related disasters. It is, therefore, incumbent upon district councils to integrate climate change adaptation and mitigation into their district development plans. 20.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Local Government and Decentralisation Sector during the SNDP period. Table 106: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To increase stakeholders‟ awareness, and ownership of the decentralization process. Conduct nation-wide sensitisation on National Decentralization Policy and DIP. Sensitization and Civic Education 2 To develop a comprehensive legal and regulatory framework Review and align the current legal and regulatory framework to the National Decentralization Policy. Legal and regulatory Reforms. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 170 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 3 To create and strengthen Human, Institutional and Technical Capacities in Councils and key institutions a) Develop and implement a comprehensive Capacity Development Programme for Local Government; b) Operationalise the Local Government Service Commission; c) Implement Institutional Restructuring Programme for Councils; d) Undertake Local Development Planning and Budgetary Reforms; e) Undertake Financial Management and Accounting Reforms; f) Undertake Fiscal Decentralization and Revenue Mobilization Reforms; g) Develop a framework for monitoring the implementation of the National ; and h) Decentralization Policy and the operations of Councils. Institutional and Human Resource Capacity Development 4 To widen the Financial Base for Councils a) Update valuation rolls; and b) Introduce new levies depending on the area the council is situated. 5 To achieve timely and effective devolution of designated functions from sector Ministries to Councils a) Develop a consolidated Sector Devolution Plan; b) Devolve Sector functions to Councils; and c) Enhance the capacity of DRM in the districts. Sector Devolution 6 To create an environment that is conducive to investment under customary land tenure system a) Develop and implement capacity building programmes for conflict resolution at chiefdom level; b) Develop guidelines on resolution of succession and boundary disputes; c) Interpret and reinforce Chiefs‟ boundary maps of 1958; and d) Finalisation of the Chiefs‟ policy and Review of the Act. Traditional Customary matters 7 To ensure climate change, risk management, mitigation and adaptation issues are integrated in district plans a) Assess risks and vulnerability in the districts; and b) Develop risk management and mitigation and adaptation plans. Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation 20.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators table will be used: Table 107: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects/Activities to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Sensitisation and Civic Education Advocacy and Sensitisation programmes on National Decentralisation Policy implementation 24 24 25 0 0 73 districts sensitised DS/MLGH 222 600 600 0 0 1422 ADCs sensitised Councils Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 171 Programmes Projects/Activities to be implemented Annual targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institutions(s) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Legal and Regulatory Reforms Review of Legislation 3 3 3 3 3 15Pieces of Legislation Reviewed DS/MLGH MOJ, National Assembly Institutional and Human Resource Capacity Development Establishment of ADCs 222 600 600 0 0 1,422 ADCs Established and functional DS/MLGH, Cabinet Office, Councils Implementation of the MTEF/ABB; integrated charter of accounts; integrated information management system through connecting all councils to WAN 0 10 20 23 20 73 councils implementing financial system DS/MLGH, Councils Sector Devolution Devolution of functions 0 4 4 3 3 14 Ministries devolved as per Devolution Plan DS/MLGH, MOJ, Cabinet Office, Sector Ministries Climate Change and Disaster Response Undertake Vulnerability Assessments at District level 41 32 - - Number of districts that have undertaken vulnerability assessment DS/MLGH, DMMU, Councils Integrate Risk Management, and Mitigation Plans at District level 20 27 26 - Number of districts with Integrated Climate Change response Plans DS/MLGH, DMMU, Councils Table 108: Key Performance Indicators Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2010 Annual target Overall Target 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Name Definitions Number of ADCs established and functional ADCs that will be established in line with National Decentralisation Policy 0 222 600 600 0 0 1,422 Number of Acts reviewed and enacted Acts related to devolution enacted 0 3 3 3 3 3 15 No. of Districts with IDPs developed Development of IDPs involves a preparation and ministerial approval of the IDP. The preparation process involves consultation, collection, compilation and analysis of data. Other processes involve the development of frameworks and preparation of the plan, budgets, approval and implementation 0 15 20 13 12 13 73 % of local revenue collected by Councils against budget The proportion of local revenue collected by councils against their budgets 43 53 65 80 >80 >90 >95 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 172 Key Performance Indicators Baseline 2010 Annual target Overall Target 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Number of constituencies reporting on expenditure of CDF within a given financial year The Constituency Development Fund is allocation by government to finance micro projects implemented at constituency level in the financial year - 75 100 150 150 150 No. of ministries that have devolved functions to Councils Number of Ministries that have devolved functions to Councils in line with the National Decentralisation Policy 0 0 0 4 5 5 14 Contribution of property tax to total council revenue per year The proportion of council tax in total council revenue 31 12 25 37 52 64 64 Number of districts with reduced vulnerability to floods and droughts Districts which attain reduced risk to disasters such as floods and droughts 45 40 38 <35 <35 <35 <35 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 20.7 Sector Budget and Financing The Table below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 109: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Local Government and Decentralisation Programme 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Sensitisation and Civic Education 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Legal and Regulatory Reforms 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 7.5 7.5 4.5 4.5 Institutional and Human Resource Capacity Development 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 Sector Devolution 3.1 0.5 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Total 14.5 1.1 14.5 14.4 14.4 13.4 13.4 9.4 9.4 6.4 6.4 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 174 21. SOCIAL PROTECTION 21.1 Introduction Social protection policies and programmes seek to promote the livelihoods and welfare of the poorest and those most vulnerable to risks and shocks. Social protection is a poverty reduction strategy that promotes human development, social equity and human rights. The high levels of extreme poverty and vulnerability, coupled with multiple effects of HIV and AIDS and unemployment provide a strong justification for the need for social protection. During the FNDP period, the sector pioneered the use of innovative approaches to empowering low capacity households in cassava production, processing and marketing, and delivering social assistance through cash transfers and vouchers. National guidelines on children‟s homes and the National Communication Strategy on Sexual and Gender-Based violence were developed. Despite these successes the sector faced a number of constraints in the implementation of social protection programmes major among them were the absence of a social protection policy to guide programme development, weak administrative capacity, poor monitoring and evaluation and poor coordination among stakeholders and across sectors. Under the SNDP, the focus will be to effectively coordinate and provide social protection through empowering low capacity households, providing social assistance to incapacitated households and supporting various vulnerable groups. 21.2 Review of Past Performance Social protection, during the FNDP period, was focused on improving food security among low capacity households, social cash transfers to the incapacitated, chronically poor and vulnerable, child protection and enhancement of vulnerable people‟s access to justice. A total of 78,671 low capacity households received food security packs. The Social Cash Transfers Scheme supported 7,563 households (2,708 males and 4,855 females) and 4,343 individuals (1,567 males and 2,776 females). Results under this scheme show that individuals and households accessing social cash transfers have seen notable improvements in their lives, including reduced hunger and better school attendance for children. With regard to child protection, the programme sought to provide adequate legal and social protection to children living in difficult circumstances or in need of care. Under the programme, a total of 3,365 street children were re-integrated with their families and communities. In addition, Government constructed two children‟s homes in Chikumbi and Mufulira. Further, to enhance vulnerable people‟s access to justice, the National Communication Strategy on Sexual and Gender Based Violence (SGBV) was developed to create awareness and combat gender-based violence and human trafficking in the country. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 175 21.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “A nation with capacity to promote and provide sustainable security against constant or periodic critical levels of deprivation and extreme vulnerability by 2030”. Goal To empower low capacity households and provide social assistance to incapacitated households and support to vulnerable people to live decent lives. Strategic Focus The strategic focus of the sector will be to promote human development and dignity through provision of skills, financial assistance, agricultural inputs and access to services to low capacity and incapacitated households and other vulnerable persons. 21.4 Policies and Key Reforms A key objective in the SNDP period is the development of the Social Protection Policy.In the process, policies including the National Child Development Policy, Youth Policy, Gender Policy, Health Policy and Education Policy will be taken into consideration to ensure conformity and harmonization with the Social Protection Policy. Furthermore, the sector will address cross cutting issues among them gender, HIV and AIDS, climate change, disability, sexual and gender based violence and human trafficking. 21.5 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for the Social Protection Sector during the SNDP period. Table 110: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1. To empower Low Capacity Households (LCHs). a) Provide access to finance, agricultural inputs and training to vulnerable groups; and b) Expand social security coverage to formal and informal sectors. Empowerment of Low Capacity Households 2. To provide Social Assistance to Incapacitated Households. a) Provide regular, predictable transfers to the chronically poor to support basic needs and human development; and b) Provide discrete transfers in response to shocks to people at risk of rapid deterioration in economic & social wellbeing and security; Social Assistance to Incapacitated Households 3. To provide care and support to vulnerable children and youth. a) Provide places of safety, vocational and life skills training to vulnerable children and youth; and b) Support school attendance of vulnerable children and youth‟. Support for Vulnerable Children and Youth 4. To ensure the protection of human rights and provision of services to vulnerable groups a) Establish one stop centres and places of safety in all the Provincial centers; and b) Provide empowerment for survivors of violence & human trafficking through the provision of livelihood services. Enhancementof Access to Justice for Vulnerable groups Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 176 21.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation To effectively monitor and evaluate the implementation of sector programmes, the following output matrix and key performance indicators table will be used: Table 111: Sector Output Matrix Programmes Projects to be implemented Annual Targets Total Output Expected end of SNDP Responsible Institution(s) Key Stakeholders 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Empowerment of Low capacity Households Micro-credit to LCHs by MBT (Chongwe, Kabwe, Lusaka, Kafue, Chingola, Monze, Mongu, Petauke, Chipata, Lundazi, Mpika, Mansa, Gwembe, Senanga, Mufulira, Masaiti&Keembe) 12,000 13,500 15,000 16,500 18,000 75,000 Beneficiaries supported MCDSS, MBT Community Self Help Initiatives (Nation wide) 500 600 700 800 1,000 1,000 Initiatives supported MCDSS, PUSH Food Security Pack Programme (Nation wide) 25,000 30,000 35,000 40,000 45,000 175,000 House Holds supported MCDSS Women Development groups (Nation-wide) 2,500 3,000 3,500 4000 4,500 17,500 Women Development .groups supported MCDSS/GIDD Functional literacy & skills training (Nation wide) 30,000 35,000 40,000 45,000 50,000 200,000 Persons/individuals supported MCDSS, MoE, MSYCD Social Assistance to Incapacitated Households Public Welfare Assistance Scheme (PWAS) (Nation wide) 75,000 100,000 150,000 200,000 250,000 250,000 Individuals MCDSS Social Cash Transfer Scheme (Katete, Chipata, Monze, Kazungula, Kalomo, Luwingu, Serenje, Shang‟ombo, Kalabo, Kaputa, Chiengi, Senanga, Zambezi, Chilubi Island &Milenge) 26,500 38,500 54,000 62,200 69,000 69,000 House Holds supported MCDSS Old Age Pension (Katete) 4,500 10,000 50,000 100,000 300,000 300,000 Individuals supported MLSS Support for Vulnerable Children Expanding the scope of rehabilitation centres (Provincial Centres) 1 2 2 2 2 9 Rehabilitation Centres expanded MCDSS, MSYCD, CSOs School feeding (Eastern, Southern, Western & Lusaka provinces) 400,000 550,000 700,000 850,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 School Going Children supported MCDSS,MOE, WFP Enhancement of Access to Justice for Vulnerable Groups Establish one stop centres in all provincial headquarters. (Provincial Centres) 1 2 2 2 2 9 One stop centres established MCDSS, GIDD, MOHA, CSOs Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 177 Table 112: Key Performance Indicators Indicator Definition Baseline Values 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Percentage of Low Capacity Households receiving agricultural support under the FSP programme who graduate within the prescribed period. The percentage of households receiving agricultural support under the FSP programme who graduate within the prescribed period 10 - 25 - 50 Percentage of social cash transfer beneficiary households who are judged as severely food insecure Households on cash transfer scheme judged as severely food insecure (Food and Nutrition Technical Assistance‟s (FANTA) Household Food Insecurity and Access Scale (HFIAS). 50 30 20 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 21.7 Sector Budget and Financing The matrix below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. Table 113: Sector Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) – Social Protection Programmes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions Cost in K’ Billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Empowerment of Low Capacity Households 37.6 37.6 40.1 40.1 41.2 41.2 42.5 42.5 43.4 43.4 Social Assistance to Incapacitated Households 17.3 44.0 61.3 22.2 44.5 66.7 26.5 47.0 73.5 29.7 42.2 71.9 31.8 36.2 68.0 Support for Vulnerable Children and Youth 4.0 4.0 4.8 4.8 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 4.5 4.5 Enhancement of Access to Justice for Vulnerable groups 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Total 61.4 44.0 105.4 69.6 44.5 114.1 75.4 47.0 122.4 79.4 42.2 121.6 81.7 36.2 117.9 Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 179 Part VI Regional Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 180 22. REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT 22.1 Introduction Regional 16 development is aimed at promoting balanced development, coordinated through a decentralized and coherent process. The nine provinces comprise 73 districts, including the newly created Ikelenge District in North-Western Province. In terms of regions, most of the development is concentrated in four of the nine provinces, namely Copperbelt, Central, Lusaka and Southern, which are along the line of rail. The other five provinces namely Eastern, Northern, North-Western, Western and Luapula have registered slower development and have continued to be predominantly rural. During the Fifth National Development Plan (FNDP) period, some achievements were registered in infrastructure development. This was made possible, by Government‟s deliberate policy to tackle the infrastructure deficits which had accumulated over time in the regions through decentralised (de-concentrated) implementation of development programmes in health, education, roads and agriculture. A fundamental economic challenge was to ensure that the economic gains of the country during the FNDP period impacted all the regions proportionately. Furthermore, poverty continued to be more concentrated in rural areas than urban areas. The major challenge was poor infrastructure. Others were low production and productivity in the agriculture sector, low human capacity especially in education and health, slow rate of rural electrification and high cost of production. Poor infrastructure continues to impact on competitiveness and quality of service delivery and life. In order to achieve economic and social development and to also bridge the inter and intra regional disparities, the Sixth National Development Plan (SNDP) will focus on improving productivity in the regions based on comparative advantage and socio-economic needs. In line with the strategic focus for the Plan, regional development will focus on infrastructure development in roads, housing, agriculture, rail, Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and energy while education, health and water and sanitation will continue to be important areas of focus for human development. Similarly, in line with the priority sectors of the Plan, the focus of investments in the regions will be in agriculture, tourism, energy, manufacturing, education and skills development, health, and water and sanitation. The SNDP will build on the regional strengths and endowments to foster rural investment to maximise social and economic development. 22.2 Review of Past Performance During the period under review, progress was made in implementing economic and social investment programmes in all the regions. Focus was on infrastructure investment in education, health and agriculture. A number of schools, health posts, district hospitals, dams and feeder 16 Region is defined in terms of the provincial boundaries Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 181 roads were constructed and/or rehabilitated. However, development varied over the years within the regions as rural investment continued to lag behind that of urban areas. Regional performance of the key sectors and interventions are highlighted below. Rural Roads Rural Roads Units were established in all the provinces in 2008 in order to improve and enhance productivity and connectivity. The major feeder roads constructed and rehabilitated during the review period are indicated in Table below. Table 114: Rural Roads - 2009 Province Kilometres Constructed Kilometres Rehabilitated Kilometres Graded Target Actual Target Actual Target Actual Central - - 300.0 294.0 300.0 590.0 Copperbelt - - 1,000.0 645.0 236.0 252.0 Eastern - - 168.4. 98.4 642.0 458.4 Luapula - - 637.0 234.9 708.5 825.0 Lusaka - - 212.7 117.5 1,388.7 714.6 Northern 8.0 8.0 564.2 397.0 572.2 405.0 North-Western - - - - 444.9 384.0 Southern - - 1,300.0 1,219.6 - 746.5 Western 40.0 33.5 210.0 189.9 - 25.5 Grand Total 48.0 41.5 4,392.3 3,196.3 4,292.3 4,401 Source: Rural Roads Unit Agriculture The agriculture sector over the FNDP period achieved a number of successes in the regions. All key crops recorded an increase in production especially maize and cassava. Maize production increased in all the regions recording an increase of 1,960,503 Mt between 2004/2005 and 2009/2010 farming seasons, representing an increase of 235 percent. The provinces with the highest production increase were Central, Southern, Eastern and Northern recording 587,314 Mt, 410,238 Mt, 346,180 Mt and 215, 393 Mt respectively. During the same period, cassava production also recorded an increase of 3,662,629 Mt representing 347 percent over the 2005 production levels. The provinces with the highest production increase were Northern, Luapula, North-Western and Western recording 1,338,984 Mt, 1,119,698 Mt, and 527,431 Mt 492,270 Mt, respectively. All key crops recorded an increase in production over the period under review as indicated in the Table below. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 182 Table 115: 2005 and 2010 Crop Production Figures (in Metric Tonnes) Perio d Crop Central Copperbelt Eastern Luapula Lusaka Northern North Western Southern Western Total Production 2010 Maize 717,444 233,223 548,553 69,363 121,74 0 308,078 130,860 582,984 91,238 2,795,483 2005 130,130 64,598 202,373 23,252 29,322 92,685 34,977 172,746 84,897 834,980 2010 Sorghum 4,223 1,009 2,409 1,421 558 2,418 2,237 10,413 3,045 27,732 2005 2,240 2,690 880 543 139 856 4,013 1,994 5,359 18,714 2010 Millet 2,255 389 1,321 1,704 - 34,498 418 1,936 5,476 47,997 2005 770 75 607 1,929 - 22,767 222 1,464 1,749 29,583 2010 Paddy Rice 259 34 5,120 3,311 156 20,992 945 25 11,088 41,929 2005 60 - 2,834 1,310 3 6,807 212 - 2,110 13,337 2010 Wheat 89,682 16,445 143 - 42,075 - 840 23,071 - 172,256 2005 48,788 42,048 731 - 26,928 11 - 18,327 - 136,833 2010 Groundn uts 19,687 9,466 49,854 13,776 1,719 34,858 5,229 23,024 6,120 163,733 2005 4,095 3,156 21,457 10,299 339 22,746 5,423 5,282 1,421 74,218 2010 Soya Beans 43,342 12,768 7,888 170 21,250 5,178 934 20,318 39 111,888 2005 25,159 30,850 9,852 122 10,322 3,466 303 9,586 1 89,660 2010 Sunflowe r 2,507 123 18,363 16 415 2,115 14 2,817 51 26,420 2005 957 105 4,761 37 313 1,154 92 688 5 8,112 2010 Mixed Beans 14,987 3,040 1,595 1,984 1,495 35,988 4,658 1,090 428 65,265 2005 1,206 674 585 1,843 1,366 14,159 2,979 99 187 23,098 2010 Cassava 172,005 35,985 16,923 1,472,40 2 4,012 1,765,608 633,031 8,119 610,542 4,718,629 2005 30,624 12,672 7,392 352,704 1,056 426,624 105,600 1,056 118,272 1,056,000 2010 Sweet Potatoes 75,929 53,955 5,083 16,982 7,060 49,122 12,281 27,541 4,913 252,867 2005 12,115 19,006 1,569 6,413 231 18,075 5,684 1,499 2,333 66,926 Source: Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives Tourism The tourism sector focused on infrastructure development, opening up of new areas for tourism, investment promotion and marketing, product diversification, enforcement of standards and provision of quality services. In Northern Province, a Provincial Tourism Information Centre was established to facilitate the opening up of the Northern circuit (which comprises Northern and Luapula provinces) to tourism. Marketing of tourism potentials in Luapula Province was also undertaken during the period under review. As a way of promoting cultural tourism, provincial cultural villages were initiated and construction was on-going in Central, Copperbelt and Southern Provinces. In Eastern Province, 200 kilometres of park roads was rehabilitated. Southern Province implemented some components under the Support for Expansion and Economic Diversification (SEED) project which included, street lighting, rehabilitation of township roads and the Mukuni Park. Natural Resources During the FNDP period, efforts were made to promote sustainable use of natural resources by facilitating alternative livelihoods. Beekeeping activities were scaled-up in all the nine provinces with a honey factory and storage facility rehabilitated in North-Western province. In North Western and Copperbelt provinces, some of the honey produced was exported. In addition to beekeeping, mushroom production was enhanced through construction of mushroom growing infrastructure in Central and Copperbelt provinces. In Eastern Province, the Luangwa Valley Ecosystem Partnership Management Initiative was developed to address environmental and natural resources concerns. Other notable achievements in the provinces included expansion of forestry plantations. In Northern Province, 280 hectares of pine were planted in Kasama and Nakonde, while on the Copperbelt 67 hectares were planted in Mufulira and Ndola. Other regional programmes included timber processing and bio-diversity conservation in all the provinces. In addition,the Bio-Mass Project commenced in Kaputa Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 183 District. However, deforestation continued to be a major threat to forestry development through charcoal burning, uncontrolled logging and poor land management. Education In the education sector, a number of schools, classrooms and teachers‟ houses were rehabilitated, expanded and constructed in all the provinces in order to increase access to education. Access to education varied among the regions, the Copperbelt had the highest completion rates at 76 percent while Eastern Province had the lowest rate of 27 percent. In terms of enrolment, Eastern Province had the highest level at 55.5 percent while Western Province had the lowest at 45 percent. The Table below indicates the Basic Education infrastructure projects that were implemented. Table 116: Basic Education Infrastructure during the FNDP Period 2006 - 2009 Province Basic Schools Classrooms Teachers’ Houses Laboratories Constructed Rehabilitated Constructed Rehabilitated Constructed Rehabilitated Constructed Rehabilitated Central 26 - 126 219 34 117 7 Copperbelt 7 1 340 56 27 - 6 Eastern 12 - 616 318 291 256 13 1 Luapula 6 - 584 56 145 165 4 Lusaka 16 - 213 219 74 93 12 14 Northern 42 30 420 452 78 120 6 8 North-Western 5 - 500 102 67 - - Southern 5 - 643 163 96 27 16 Western 59 54 267 - 16 - - Grand Total 178 85 3,709 1,585 828 778 64 23 Source: Ministry of Education and Provinces Health The health sector benefited from increased infrastructure investments. The main aim of the sector was to improve access to health for the regions. Malaria continues to be the leading cause of illness and mortality in all the provinces with Eastern recording the highest incidence at 358 per 1,000 compared to the national average of 252 per 1,000 while Southern recorded the lowest at 117 per 1,000. The Table below highlights programmes implemented in the health sector by region. Table 117: Health Related Infrastructure Constructed during the FNDP Period Province Hospitals Rural Health Centres Health Post Maternity Blocks Constructed On going Rehabilitated Constructed On going Rehabilitated Constructed On going Rehabilitated Constructed On going Rehabilitated Central - 2 4 10 - 11 28 - 11 1 - 1 Copperbelt 1 - - 16 - 6 12 - - 6 - 4 Eastern - 2 1 - - 15 4 - - 5 - Luapula - 2 - 12 - - 3 - - 8 - Lusaka 1 - 2 - - - - - - - - Northern 1 3 5 2 - 6 28 - 3 9 - 3 North Western 2 4 3 - 4 14 - - 4 - Southern - - 3 - - 18 13 - - 4 - Western 2 - 1 12 - 1 6 - - 4 - Grand Total 5 11 20 55 61 108 14 41 8 Source: Ministry of Health and Provinces Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 184 Water and Sanitation During the FNDP period, dams and boreholes were constructed and rehabilitated in all the provinces as indicated in the Table below. It was however, noted that provision of water and sanitation services to some of the newly constructed health and education facilities was inadequate because of the poor sectoral linkages. Provision of water and sanitation in the provinces still remains a challenge and will be an important focus in achieving human development. Table 118: Water Programmes by Province Province / Programme Dam Construction Dam Rehabilitation Borehole Construction Borehole Rehabilitation Target Achieved Target Achieved Target Achieved Target Achieved Central 4 2 30 17 158 112 14 4 Copperbelt 5 4 7 7 - 55 - Eastern 4 3 4 2 520 290 - Luapula 7 1 11 3 350 128 200 34 Lusaka 5 1 5 4 12 12 - 3 Northern 4 0 5 4 - 694 - 459 North-Western 2 2 2 2 - 508 - 147 Southern 5 4 20 32 550 55 500 127 Western 2 - - 6 - 394 - 382 Grand Total 38 17 84 77 1,590 2,248 714 1,156 Source: Ministry of Energy and Water Development and the Provinces Cross-cutting Issues During the FNDP period, cross-cutting issues such as environment, governance, gender and development, Nutrition, Human Immune-Deficiency Virus (HIV) and Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) continued to be mainstreamed in the development programmes. Efforts were made to roll-out Anti Retro-Viral Therapy (ART) and Prevention of Mother-To Child-Transmission (PMTCT) to all districts. In the area of governance, local courts in all provinces were constructed to enhance access to justice. In addition, Auditor General‟s offices were opened and District Tender Committees were established to enhance accountability and transparency. However, challenges in mainstreaming cross-cutting issues were still prominent in all the provinces mainly due to weak institutional linkages and capacity constraints. Under environment, issues of water and air pollution, land degradation, wildlife depletion and waste management still remained a challenge. In the area of gender, inadequate disaggregated data and analytical skills in gender mainstreaming remained a challenge. As regards HIV and AIDS, the reduction in the HIV prevalence rate was minimal mainly due to behavioural change resistance. Human Development Generally there was inadequate and poor distribution of skilled personnel to steer the development agenda in provinces especially in rural areas. This has left rural health centres, schools and agricultural camps being manned by skeleton staff and untrained personnel resulting in poor service delivery. The development of the Provincial Development Index (PDI) was motivated by the need to gauge the regions in the country on how they were faring in terms of development. The Index was developed to inform the development of the National Development Plans (NDPs) on the Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 185 areas of focus of the plan. The PDI borrows from the indicators used in the development of the Human Development Index (HDI). The PDI uses three main indicators, namely, education, life expectancy and average household income. Like the indices in the HDI, these indicators provide an outlook at life expectancy measured by the length and the quality of life, education which comprises enrolment and completion rates and income which encompasses among others productivity. The PDI revealed that of the nine provinces, namely Central, Copperbelt, Eastern, Luapula, Lusaka, Northern, North-Western, Southern and Western, only four were above the PDI of 0.385. Copperbelt and Lusaka province were above the average at 0.670 and 0.655 respectively, while Southern and Central were just above the average index at 0.430 and 0.410 respectively. These four provinces were notably along the line of rail and were predominantly urban. The index also provides further evidence to the high rural poverty which was prevalent among the predominantly rural province. Interventions to reduce rural poverty should, therefore, be targeted at the five provinces particularly Western which has the lowest at 0.181 and Eastern province at 0.217. A closer look at the individual indices revealed that the Copperbelt province was the best performer with regard to education while Eastern province was the worst. The income index shows that Lusaka province (1.0) followed by Copperbelt province (0.841) were above the rest of the provinces while Western, Northern and Eastern provinces were below the national minimum. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 Table 119: Provincial Development Index (PDI) Figure 9: Regional Development Index Computation of the Education Index Computation of the Life Expectancy Index Computation of the Income Index Provincial Development Index Province Completion Rate Completion Index Enrolment Rates Enrolment Index Education Index Life Expectancy Life Expectancy Index HH Income Income Index 1 Central 55.3 0.553 53.3 0.533 0.546 52.0 0.450 7,084 0.234 0.410 2 Copperbelt 76.2 0.762 53.6 0.536 0.686 54.0 0.483 14,373 0.841 0.670 3 Eastern 27.8 0.278 55.5 0.555 0.370 46.0 0.350 4,984 -0.068 0.217 4 Luapula 45.5 0.455 46.1 0.461 0.457 45.0 0.333 5,554 0.025 0.272 5 Lusaka 48.9 0.489 46.4 0.464 0.481 54.0 0.483 17,290 1.000 0.655 6 Northern 48.8 0.488 50.0 0.500 0.492 46.0 0.350 5,317 -0.013 0.276 7 N/Western 34.7 0.347 51.0 0.510 0.401 56.0 0.517 6,275 0.130 0.349 8 Southern 52.8 0.528 50.0 0.500 0.519 53.0 0.467 7,691 0.304 0.430 9 Western 42.9 0.429 45.7 0.457 0.438 44.0 0.317 4,218 -0.212 0.181 48.1 0.481 50.17 0.502 0.488 50.0 0.417 8,087 0.249 0.385 Computation of the Education Index Computation of the Life Expectancy Index Computation of the Income Index Provincial Development Index Province Completion Rate Completion Index Enrolment Rates Enrolment Index Education Index Life Expectancy Life Expectancy Index HH Income Income Index 1 Central 55.3 0.553 53.3 0.533 0.546 52.0 0.450 7,084 0.234 0.410 2 Copperbelt 76.2 0.762 53.6 0.536 0.686 54.0 0.483 14,373 0.841 0.670 3 Eastern 27.8 0.278 55.5 0.555 0.370 46.0 0.350 4,984 -0.068 0.217 4 Luapula 45.5 0.455 46.1 0.461 0.457 45.0 0.333 5,554 0.025 0.272 5 Lusaka 48.9 0.489 46.4 0.464 0.481 54.0 0.483 17,290 1.000 0.655 6 Northern 48.8 0.488 50.0 0.500 0.492 46.0 0.350 5,317 -0.013 0.276 7 N/Western 34.7 0.347 51.0 0.510 0.401 56.0 0.517 6,275 0.130 0.349 8 Southern 52.8 0.528 50.0 0.500 0.519 53.0 0.467 7,691 0.304 0.430 9 Western 42.9 0.429 45.7 0.457 0.438 44.0 0.317 4,218 -0.212 0.181 48.1 0.481 50.17 0.502 0.488 50.0 0.417 8,087 0.249 0.385 Computation Methodology The computation of the PDI is based on indicators that were selected from Education, Health and Income. For Education, two indicators of enrolment and completion rates were selected. The enrolment and completion rates of the provinces are indexed separately and then weighted such that completion rates receive 2/3 and 1/3 for enrolments to form the education index. The life expectancy was adopted as an indicator for the quality of life of people in the regions and to represent the health status of the people. To calculate the Life expectancy index, the dominator was 25 years (taken as the minimum) subtracted from 85 years (taken as the maximum age). Finally, household income was also used as a proxy to measure the economic well being of regions. Using the average incomes in the regions from the LCMS, an income index was developed. Having calculated three indices, the PDI was computed. Each of the three indices, education, life expectancy and the income indices, are equally weighted. .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 C en tra l C op pe rb el t Ea st er n Lu ap ul a Lu sa ka N or th en N /W es te rn So ut he rn W es te rn 0.385 Above Average Below Average Regional Development Index R e g io n a l In d e x Provinces Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 187 22.3 Vision, Goal and Strategic Focus Vision “Sustainable and equitable socio-economic development through sectoral and regional inter linkages by 2030”. Goal To reduce the proportion of people living in poverty. Strategic Focus Regional development will be achieved through accelerated rural development by focusing on the following sectors; agriculture, tourism, transport, manufacturing, mining, energy, natural resources, education, health and water and sanitation. Particular attention will be given to training of personnel for effective implementation of decentralised functions. Major programmes to be undertaken will include the following: (i) Rural electrification (ii) Feeder roads and bridges (iii) Housing and town planning (iv) Disaster risk management (v) Storage facilities (vi) Provincial incubation centres (vii) Infrastructure development in Education and Health, and (viii) Boreholes and water reticulation systems. 22.4 Policies and Key Reforms During the SNDP period, regional development will be guided by various policies and reforms implemented in the various sectors. Notably, implementation of the Decentralization Implementation Plan (DIP) will play a key role in accelerating regional development. 22.5 Regional Priority Investments Given the different comparative advantages and needs of the provinces, the priority areas for investments in the provinces are highlighted below. 22.5.1 Central Province Central Province has comparative advantage in maize, soya beans, sweet potatoes and wheat production. The Province has huge potential for maize, sweet potatoes, wheat production due to its fertile soils and good climatic conditions. Apart from agriculture, the Province has potential as a transport hub not only for the country but for the SADC region, and has mineral deposits. However, the Province is faced with several challenges that include poor infrastructure and low agriculture production by peasant farmers. The main focus for the Province during the SNDP Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 188 period will be the provision of relevant infrastructure for agriculture in order to tap its huge agriculture potential. The goal of the Province is poverty reduction through economic diversification and increased investment in agriculture. 22.5.1.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for Central Province during the SNDP period. Table120: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes Infrastructure 1 To enhance movement of goods and services a) Establish and rehabilitate feeder roads; and Infrastructure Development b) Rehabilitate railway lines. 2 To increase electrification levels in the Rural Areas Connect rural areas to electricity power supply. Rural Electrification 3 To increase electricity generation capacity and build appropriate transmission lines Expand and Improve infrastructure for electricity generation, transmission and distribution. Electricity Generation and Transmission Line Development 4 To improve standards in all fields of engineering Develop engineering capacity for relevant fields of engineering. Human Resource Development 5 To ensure safety of civil aviation and reliable weather forecasting meteorological communication a) Establish and rehabilitate infrastructure. Meteorological Infrastructure b) Provide professional development for ICT; and Human Development c) Provide equipment. Meteorological Equipment Agriculture 1 To increase crop productivity a) Provide high yielding seed materials for crop diversification; b) Provide equipment and infrastructure for agricultural extension services; c) Establish storage facilities. Crop Production and Productivity d) Establish and rehabilitate irrigation infrastructure. Irrigation Development 2 To promote the strengthening of farmer groups Provide infrastructure for farmer group enterprises development. Farmer Group Development 3 To increase livestock production and livestock breeding a) Establish, rehabilitate and equip livestock development facilities; and b) Establish farm power and mechanization infrastructure. Livestock Development 4 To increase fish production Develop fisheries infrastructure. Fisheries Development 5 To improve agriculture research To improve agriculture research infrastructure. Research Development 6 To improve human resource skills Training to support the upgrading of Skills of technical and professional staff in research and extension services. Human resource Development 7 To develop and identify areas for resettlement Provide infrastructure and social services. Resettlement Schemes Development Tourism To develop and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure a) Establish and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure; And Tourism Infrastructure Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 189 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes b) Develop skills for operators and higher level training in tourism. Human Resource Development Mining 1 To increase productivity a) Facilitate access to capital and equipment; b) Increase extension services to small-scale miners; c) Provide incentives to small-scale miners particularly those in the gemstone sector; and d) Mitigate environmental impact of mining. Development of Mines 2 To improve human resource skills Develop mining safety and environmental impact mitigation training. Human Resource Development Education 1 To provide equitable access to quality education Establish, rehabilitate and upgrade education facilities. Infrastructure Development 2 To improve standard of education service delivery for early childhood and basic education a) Provide professional development for early childhood and basic education; and b) Provide equipment. Human Resource Development Health 1 To provide infrastructure, conducive for the delivery of quality health services Establish, expand and rehabilitate health infrastructure. Infrastructure Development 3 To improve the quality of health service delivery Provide professional development for heath personnel. Human Resource Development 4 To ensure the availability of medical equipment in health care facilities Provide medical equipment. Medical Equipment Provision Water and Sanitation 1 To provide water for productive use Provide productive rural water supply infrastructure (dams, weirs, irrigation schemes). Rural Water Supply and Sanitation 2 To provide sustainable access to safe water supply and sanitation facilities to all communities Develop and rehabilitate water points and sanitation facilities. Natural Resources 1 To promote reforestation of depleted indigenous forests Establish and expand nurseries and replant depleted forests. Reforestation 2 To promote environmentally friendly technologies for income generation a) Provide equipment for beekeeping promotion; And Enterprise Development b) Develop professional expertise in beekeeping. Human Development 22.5.2 Copperbelt Province Copperbelt Province has comparative advantage in mining and wood and wood products. The Province still remains highly dependent on the mining sector for its economic activity. It currently has a Multi-Facility Economic Zone (MFEZ) under construction at Chambeshi in Kalulushi while an Industrial Park will be established in Ndola. The Province has a well developed infrastructure and proximity of the districts within the Province. Challenges include poor state of roads within the districts and collapse of the manufacturing industry which led to loss of productivity and industrial base which impacted negatively on livelihoods. The focus in the SNDP will be on economic diversification. The goal of the Province is to diversify the economic base from mining to agriculture, forestry and manufacturing. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 190 22.5.2.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table w shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for Copperbelt Province during the SNDP period. Table 121: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes Infrastructure 1 To enhance movement of goods and services a) Establish and rehabilitate feeder roads; b) Rehabilitate railway lines; and c) Establish Railway line. Infrastructure Development 2 To provide adequate housing and office accommodation for improved service delivery Establish and rehabilitate institutional housing units and office blocks. 3 To increase electricity generation capacity and build appropriate transmission lines a) Establish heavy fuel Oil Power Plant; and b) Expand and Improve infrastructure for electricity generation, transmission and distribution. Electricity Generation and Transmission Line Development 4 To increase electrification levels in the Rural Areas Connect rural areas to electricity power supply Rural Electrification 5 To improve standards in all fields of engineering Develop engineering capacity for relevant fields of engineering. Human Resource Development 6 To ensure safety of civil aviation and reliable weather forecasting meteorological communication a) Establish and rehabilitate infrastructure; And Meteorological Infrastructure Development b) Provide equipment. Meteorological Equipment Agriculture 1 To increase crop productivity a) Provide high yielding seed materials for crop diversification; b) Provide equipment and infrastructure for agricultural extension services; c) Establish farm power and mechanization infrastructure; d) Establish storage facilities; And Crop Production and Productivity e) Establish and rehabilitate irrigation infrastructure. Irrigation Development 2 To promote the strengthening of farmer groups Provide infrastructure for farmer group enterprises development. Farmer Group Development 3 To increase livestock production and livestock breeding Establish, rehabilitate and equip livestock development facilities. Livestock Development 4 To increase fish production Develop fisheries infrastructure. Fisheries Development 5 To improve agriculture research To improve agriculture research infrastructure. Research Development 6 To improve human resource skills Training to support the upgrading of skills of technical and professional staff in research and extension services. Human Resource Development 7 To develop and identify areas for resettlement Provide infrastructure and social services. Resettlement Schemes Development Tourism 1 To develop and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure Establish and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure. Tourism Infrastructure Development 2 To improve human resource skills Develop skills for operators and higher level training in tourism. Human Resource Development 1 To expand the industrial base and increase value addition a) Facilitate the development of Multi-Facility Economic Zones; and Multi-Facility Economic Zone Development b) Facilitate the development of an Industrial Park. Industrial Park Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 191 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 2 To improve human resource skills Develop entrepreneurship training at all levels of education and on-farm agro-processing training. Human Resource Development Mining 1 To increase productivity a) Facilitate access to capital and equipment; b) Increase extension services to small-scale miners; c) Provide incentives to small-scale miners particularly those in the gemstone sector and; d) Mitigate environmental impact of mining. Development of Mines 2 To improve human resource skills Develop mining safety and environmental impact mitigation training. Human Resource Development 1 To improve standard of education service delivery for early childhood and basic education a) Provide professional development for early childhood and basic education; and b) Provide equipment. Human Resource Development Health 1 To provide sustainable infrastructure, conducive for the delivery of quality health services Establish, expand and rehabilitate health infrastructure. Infrastructure Development 2 To improve the quality of health service delivery Provide professional development for heath personnel; And Human Resource Development 3 To ensure the availability of medical equipment in health care facilities Provide medical equipment. Medical Equipment Provision Water and Sanitation 1 To provide water for productive use Provide rural water supply infrastructure (dams, weirs and irrigation schemes). Rural Water Supply and Sanitation 2 To provide sustainable access to safe water supply and sanitation facilities to all communities Develop and rehabilitate water points and sanitation facilities. Natural Resources 1 To replant and expand plantations of exotic tree species Establish nurseries and plantations. Plantation Expansion and Maintenance 2 To promote reforestation of depleted indigenous forests Establish and expand nurseries and replant depleted forests. Reforestation 3 To promote environmentally friendly technologies for income generation a) Provide equipment for beekeeping promotion; and Enterprise Development b) Develop professional expertise in beekeeping. Human Development 22.5.3 Eastern Province Eastern Province has comparative advantage in groundnuts, tobacco and sunflower production. The Province has potential for groundnuts, tobacco, cotton and rice production. The importance of the Province to the country lies in its high agricultural production as well as it connectivity to the countries on the east through the Nacala Corridor. The main challenge for the Province is poor road infrastructure and high drop-out rates. The main focus for the Province during the SNDP period will be the provision of relevant infrastructure for agriculture production and its linkages to trade and industry. The goal of the Province is to improve agricultural productivity and promote tourism. 22.5.3.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for Eastern Province during the SNDP period. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 192 Table 122: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes Infrastructure 1 To enhance movement of goods and services Establish and rehabilitate feeder roads Infrastructure Development 2 To provide adequate housing and office accommodation for improved service delivery Establish and rehabilitate institutional housing units and office blocks 3 To increase electrification levels in the Rural Areas Connect rural areas to electricity power supply Rural Electrification 4 To expand the use of renewable and alternative energy a) Promote the development and use of solar technology systems; and b) Promote the use of biogas for cooking, lighting and electricity generation. Renewable and Alternative Energy Development 5 To improve standards in all fields of engineering Develop engineering capacity for relevant fields of engineering Human Resource Development 6 To provide sustainable infrastructure and equipment conducive for the delivery of quality meteorological services Establish and rehabilitate infrastructure Meteorological Infrastructure Development Agriculture 1 To increase crop productivity a) Provide high yielding seed materials for crop diversification; b) Establish storage facilities; Crop Production and Productivity c) Establish and rehabilitate irrigation infrastructure; Irrigation Infrastructure Development d) Provide infrastructure for agricultural extension services; and Agriculture Infrastructure Development e) Provide equipment for agricultural extension services Agriculture Equipment 2 To promote the strengthening of farmer groups Provide infrastructure for farmer group enterprises development Farmer Group Development 3 To increase livestock production and livestock breeding Establish, rehabilitate and equip livestock development facilities Livestock Production and Productivity 4 To improve crops, fisheries and livestock research Improve research development Research Development 5 To improve human resource skills Training to support the upgrading of skills of technical and professional staff in research and extension services Human Resource Development 6 To develop and identify areas for resettlement Provide infrastructure and social services Resettlement Schemes Development Tourism To develop and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure a) Establish and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure; and Tourism Infrastructure Development b) Develop skills for operators and higher level training in tourism Human Resource Development Education 1 To provide equitable access to quality education Establish, rehabilitate and upgrade education facilities Infrastructure Development 2 To improve standard of education service delivery for early childhood and basic education a) Provide professional development for early childhood and basic education; and b) Provide equipment. Human Resource Development Health 1 To provide sustainable infrastructure, conducive for the delivery of quality health services Establish, expand and rehabilitate health infrastructure Infrastructure Development 2 To improve the quality of health service delivery Provide professional development for health personnel Human resource Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 193 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 3 To ensure the availability of medical equipment in health care facilities Provide medical equipment. Medical Equipment Provision Water and Sanitation 1 To provide water for productive use Provide productive rural water supply infrastructure (dams, weirs and irrigation schemes) Rural Water Supply and Sanitation 2 To provide sustainable access to safe water supply and sanitation facilities to all communities Develop and rehabilitate water points and sanitation facilities Natural Resources 1 To promote reforestation of depleted indigenous forests Establish and expand nurseries and replant depleted indigenous forests Reforestation 2 To promote environmentally friendly technologies for income generation a) Provide equipment for beekeeping promotion; and Enterprise Development b) Develop professional expertise in beekeeping. Human Development 22.5.4 Luapula Province Luapula Province has a comparative advantage in fish, rubber, palm oil and tea production. Luapula Province has potential for cassava, tea, citrus fruit, rice, sugar and palm oil production, fishing, mining and tourism. The Province has abundant water resources, arable land, favourable rain for agriculture production and mineral deposits. However, the Province faced some challenges that include high poverty levels, poor access to social amenities in the swampy areas, high school drop-out rates and poor infrastructure. Investments will therefore, be made in education, health, water and sanitation. The main focus for the Province during the SNDP period will be the provision of relevant infrastructure for production of high value crops. The goal of the Province is to increase agricultural productivity and expand energy output. 22.5.4.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for Luapula Province during the SNDP period. Table 123: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To enhance movement of goods and services Establish and rehabilitate feeder roads. Infrastructure Development 2 To provide adequate housing and office accommodation for improved service delivery Establish and rehabilitate institutional housing units and office blocks. 3 To improve access to electricity a) Expand Musonda power station; and b) Construct new hydro power stations at Kalungwishi, Mombututa and Mambilima. Energy Infrastructure Development 4 To increase electrification levels in the Rural Areas Connect rural areas to electricity power supply. Rural Electrification Programme Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 194 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 5 To expand the use of renewable and alternative energy a) Promote the development and use of solar technology systems; and b) Promote the use of biogas for cooking, lighting and electricity generation. Renewable and Alternative Energy Development 6 To improve standards in all fields of engineering Develop engineering capacity for relevant fields of engineering. Human Resource Development 1 To increase crop productivity a) Provide high yielding seed materials for crop diversification; b) Establish storage facilities; Crop Production and Productivity c) Establish and rehabilitate irrigation infrastructure; Irrigation Infrastructure Development d) Provide infrastructure for agricultural extension services; and Agriculture Infrastructure Development e) Provide equipment for agricultural extension services. Agriculture Equipment 2 To promote the strengthening of farmer groups Provide infrastructure for farmer group enterprises development. Farmer Group Development 3 To increase fish production Develop fisheries infrastructure. Fisheries Infrastructure Development 4 To improve crops, fisheries and livestock research Improve research development. Research Development 5 To improve human resource skills Training to support the upgrading of Skills of technical and professional staff in research and extension services. Human Resource Development 6 To develop and identify areas for resettlement Provide infrastructure and social services Resettlement Schemes Development 7 To promote crop diversification Procure and distribute Palm Oil seedlings to the valley districts. Agricultural Production and Productivity Improvement Programme 8 To improve the marketing of and investment into agricultural products and inputs a) Facilitate the establishment of a processing plant for palm oil in the valley; and b) Establish storage facilities. Agricultural Marketing Development and Investment Promotion To promote tourism a) Develop Northern circuit infrastructure; And Tourism Infrastructure Development b) Develop skills for operators and higher level training in tourism. Human Resource Development Manufacturing 1 To develop rural based industrial enterprises Promote and facilitate the development of appropriate infrastructure. Rural Industrialisation 2 To improve human resource skills Develop entrepreneurship training at all levels of education and on-farm agro processing training. Human Resource Development 1 To provide equitable access to quality education Establish, rehabilitate and upgrade education facilities. Infrastructure Development 2 To improve standard of education service delivery for early childhood and basic education a) Provide professional development for early childhood and basic education; and b) Provide equipment. Human Resource Development 1 To provide sustainable infrastructure, conducive for the delivery of quality health services Establish, expand and rehabilitate health infrastructure. Infrastructure Development 2 To improve the quality of health service delivery Provide professional development for health personnel. Human Resource Development 3 To ensure the availability of medical equipment in health care facilities Provide medical equipment. Medical Equipment Provision To increase access to safe water and sanitation Develop water and sanitation infrastructure. Water and Sanitation To replant and expand plantations of exotic tree species Establish nurseries and plantations. Plantation Expansion Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 195 22.5.5 Lusaka Province Lusaka Province has a comparative advantage in manufacturing and agro-processing. To this effect it has been earmarked for the development of two Multi-Facility Economic Zones to promote value addition. Additionally, the Province has agriculture potential in soya beans and wheat production because of its arable land and access to markets. In terms of tourism, the Province needs to exploit its potential in order to benefit from it being a major entry point for tourists. Notwithstanding the potentials, the Province faces a number of challenges which include poor and inadequate road and rail infrastructure, housing and water and sanitation facilities. Additionally, the increase in population has resulted in increased demand for social services. The main focus for the Province during the SNDP period will be to develop social and economic infrastructure in order to enhance accessibility to social and economic services. The goal of the Province is to improve social-economic infrastructure and promote non traditional exports. 22.5.5.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for Lusaka Province during the SNDP period. Table 124: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes Infrastructure 1 To enhance movement of goods and services a) Establish and rehabilitate feeder roads; and b) Rehabilitate railway lines. Infrastructure Development 2 To increase electrification levels in the Rural Areas Connect rural areas to electricity power supply. Rural Electrification 3 To ensure security of supply of petroleum products Develop storage infrastructure for the reserves. Strategic Petroleum Reserves 4 To improve standards in all fields of engineering Develop engineering capacity for relevant fields of engineering. Human Resource Development 5 To ensure safety of civil aviation and reliable weather forecasting meteorological communication Provide equipment. Meteorological Equipment Agriculture 1 To increase crop productivity a) Provide high yielding seed materials for crop diversification; b) Provide equipment and infrastructure for agricultural extension services; and c) Establish storage facilities. Crop Production and Productivity 2 To increase productivity and export of non traditional export crops a) Export of horticultural products; and Horticultural Products Development b) Establish and rehabilitate irrigation infrastructure. Irrigation Development 3 To promote the strengthening of farmer groups Provide infrastructure for farmer group enterprises development Farmer Group Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 196 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 4 To increase livestock production and livestock breeding a) Establish, rehabilitate and equip livestock development facilities; and b) Establish farm power and mechanization infrastructure. Livestock Development 5 To increase fish production Develop fisheries infrastructure. Fisheries Development 6 To improve agriculture research Improve agriculture research infrastructure. Research Development 7 To improve human resource skills Training to support the upgrading of skills of technical and professional staff in research and extension services. Human Resource Development 8 To develop and identify areas for resettlement Provide infrastructure and social services. Resettlement Schemes Development Tourism To develop and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure a) Establish and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure; and Tourism Infrastructure Development b) Develop skills for operators and higher level training in tourism. Human Resource Development Manufacturing 1 To expand the industrial base and increase value addition a) Facilitate the development of Multi Facility Economic Zones; and Multi-Facility Economic Zone Development b) Facilitate the development of Industrial Parks. Industrial Parks Development 2 To improve human resource skills Develop entrepreneurship training at all levels of education and on-farm agro processing training. Human Resource Development Education 1 To provide equitable access to quality education Establish, rehabilitate and upgrade education facilities. Infrastructure Development 2 To improve standard of education service delivery for early childhood and basic education a) Provide professional development for early childhood and basic education; and b) Provide equipment. Human Resource Development Health 1 To provide sustainable infrastructure, conducive for the delivery of quality health services Establish, expand and rehabilitate health infrastructure. Infrastructure Development 2 To ensure the availability of medical equipment in health care facilities Provide medical equipment. Medical Equipment Provision 3 To improve the quality of health service delivery Provide professional development for heath personnel Human Resource Development Water and Sanitation 1 To provide water for productive use Provide rural water supply infrastructure (dams, weirs and irrigation schemes). Rural Water Supply and Sanitation 2 To provide sustainable and equitable access to safe water supply and sanitation facilities a) Provide rural water and sanitation infrastructure; and b) Develop and rehabilitate water points. Natural Resources 1 To promote reforestation of depleted indigenous forests Establish and expand nurseries and replant depleted forests. Reforestation 2 To promote environmentally friendly technologies for income generation a) Provide equipment for beekeeping promotion; and Enterprise Development b) Develop professional expertise in beekeeping. Human Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 197 22.5.6 Northern Province Northern Province has a comparative advantage in cassava, coffee, paddy rice, mixed beans and millet. The Province has huge potential for sugar, tea and fish production and tourism. The Province is the largest in the country and has two busy routes namely, the Great North Road and TAZARA railway line. It also harbours the Mpulungu Port which is Zambia‟s main route to the Great Lakes Regions. Over the past years, deforestation, land degradation, poor infrastructure and access to social services have posed a challenge to development in the Province. The main focus is the improvement of road and energy infrastructure to facilitate growth in agriculture and tourism. The goal of the Province is to achieve increased and equitable access to quality socio-economic services in order to improve the standard of living. 22.5.6.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for Northern Province during the SNDP period. Table 125: Objectives, Strategies andProgrammes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes Infrastructure 1 To enhance movement of goods and services a) Establish and rehabilitate feeder roads; b) Rehabilitate railway line; and c) Establish a railway line. Infrastructure Development 2 To ensure safety of civil aviation and reliable weather forecasting meteorological communication a) Establish and rehabilitate infrastructure; and b) Provide equipment. 3 To facilitate the expansion of rural electrification programme for socio economic development Establish mini-hydro power plants. Rural Electrification 4 To increase the generation capacity of electricity a) Facilitate the opening of new hydro-power generation plants; and b) Establish biomass-based power plant. Infrastructure Development 5 To expand the use of renewable and alternative energy a) Promote the development and use of solar technology systems; and b) Promote the use of biogas for cooking, lighting and electricity generation. Renewable and Alternative Energy Development 6 To increase electrification levels in the Rural Areas Connect rural areas to electricity power supply. Rural Electrification Programme 7 To improve standards in all fields of engineering Develop engineering capacity for relevant fields of engineering. Human Resource Development Agriculture 1 To increase crop productivity a) Provide high yielding seed materials for crop diversification; b) Provide equipment and infrastructure for agricultural extension services; c) Establish farm power and mechanization infrastructure; d) Establish storage facilities; and Crop Production and Productivity e) Establish and rehabilitate irrigation infrastructure. Irrigation Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 198 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 2 To promote the strengthening of farmer groups Provide infrastructure for farmer group enterprises development. Farmer Group Development 3 To increase livestock production and livestock breeding Establish, rehabilitate and equip livestock development facilities. Livestock Development 4 To increase fish production Develop fisheries infrastructure. Fisheries Development 5 To improve agriculture research Improve agriculture research infrastructure. Research Development 6 To improve human resource skills Training to support the upgrading of skills of technical and professional staff in research and extension services. Human Resource Development 7 To develop and identify areas for resettlement Provide infrastructure and social services. Resettlement Schemes Development Tourism 1 To develop and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure Establish and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure Tourism Infrastructure Development 2 To promote investment in quality tourism Develop the Northern Tourism Circuit. 3 To improve on the marketing of tourism sites a) Establish Tourism Information Centres; and Tourism Marketing b) Develop skills for operators and higher level training in tourism. Human Resource Development Manufacturing 1 To develop rural based industrial enterprises Promote and facilitate the development of appropriate infrastructure. Rural Industrialisation 2 To improve human resource skills Develop entrepreneurship training at all levels of education and on-farm agro-processing training. Human Resource Development Education 1 To provide equitable access to quality education Establish, rehabilitate and upgrade education facilities. Infrastructure Development 2 To improve standard of education service delivery for early childhood and basic education a) Provide professional development for early childhood and basic education; and b) Provide equipment. Human Resource Development Health 1 To provide sustainable infrastructure, conducive for the delivery of quality health services Establish, expand and rehabilitate health infrastructure. Infrastructure Development 2 To ensure the availability of medical equipment in health care facilities Provide medical equipment. Medical Equipment Provision 3 To improve the standard of health service delivery Provide skilled human resource. Human Resource Development Water and Sanitation 1 To provide water for productive use Provide rural water supply infrastructure (dams, weirs, irrigation schemes). Rural Water Supply and Sanitation 2 To provide sustainable and equitable access to safe water supply and sanitation facilities Develop and rehabilitate water points and sanitation. Natural Resources 1 To promote reforestation of depleted indigenous forests Establish and expand nurseries and replant depleted forests. Reforestation 2 To promote environmentally friendly technologies for income generation a) Provide equipment for beekeeping promotion; and Enterprise Development b) Develop professional expertise in beekeeping. Human Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 199 22.5.7 North-Western Province North-Western Province has a comparative advantage in honey, cassava, mixed beans and pineapple production. The Province has potential for expanding its mining and ethno-tourism activities. The Province has been earmarked for the development of one Multi-Facility Economic Zone to promote value addition. The opening up of mining ventures in the Province requires more investments in infrastructure, including energy, to match with the level of economic activities. Other challenges include lack of skilled human resource and high poverty levels. The main focus for the Province during the SNDP period will be the provision of relevant infrastructure and reliable energy sources to support agriculture production and improve competitiveness. The goal is to increase mining and agricultural production and productivity in order to improve the standard of living of the people. 22.5.7.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for North-Western Province during the SNDP period. Table 126: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes Infrastructure 1 To enhance movement of goods and services a) Establish and rehabilitate feeder roads; b) Establish bridges; and c) Establish railway lines. Infrastructure Development 2 To provide adequate housing and office accommodation for improved service delivery Establish and rehabilitate institutional housing units and office blocks. 3 To increase electrification levels in the rural areas Connect rural areas to electricity power supply. Rural Electrification 4 To increase electricity generation capacity and build appropriate transmission lines Expand and improve infrastructure for electricity generation, transmission and distribution. Electricity Generation and Transmission Line Development 5 To expand the use of renewable and alternative energy a) Promote the development and use of solar technology systems; and b) Promote the use of biogas for cooking, lighting and electricity generation. Renewable and Alternative Energy Development 6 To improve standards in all fields of engineering Develop engineering capacity for relevant fields of engineering. Human Resource Development Agriculture 1 To increase crop productivity a) Provide high yielding seed materials for crop diversification; b) Provide equipment and infrastructure for agricultural extension services; c) Establish farm power and mechanization infrastructure; d) Establish storage facilities; Crop Production and Productivity e) Establish and rehabilitate irrigation infrastructure; and Irrigation Development f) Establish farming blocks. Farm Block Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 200 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes Development 2 To promote the strengthening of farmer groups Provide infrastructure for farmer group enterprises development. Farmer Group Development 3 To improve agriculture research To improve agriculture research infrastructure. Research Development 4 To improve human resource skills Training to support the upgrading of skills of technical and professional staff in research and extension services. Human Resource Development 5 To develop and identify areas for resettlement Provide infrastructure and social services. Resettlement Schemes Development Tourism To develop and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure a) Establish and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure; and Tourism Infrastructure Development b) Develop skills for operators and higher level training in tourism. Human Resource Development Mining 1 To increase productivity a) Facilitate access to capital and equipment; and b) Mitigate environmental impact of mining. Development of Mines 2 To improve human resource skills Develop mining safety and environmental impact mitigation training. Human Resource Development Manufacturing 1 To expand the industrial base and increase value addition Facilitate the development of Multi Facility Economic Zones. Multi-Facility Economic Zone Development 2 To develop rural based industrial enterprises Promote and facilitate the development of appropriate infrastructure. Rural Industrialisation 3 To ensure security of supply of petroleum products Develop storage infrastructure for the reserves. Strategic Petroleum Reserves 4 To improve human resource skills Develop entrepreneurship training at all levels of education and on-farm agro processing training. Human Resource Development Education 1 To provide equitable access to quality education Establish, rehabilitate and upgrade education facilities. Infrastructure Development 2 To improve standard of education service delivery for early childhood and basic education a) Provide professional development for early childhood and basic education; and b) Provide equipment. Human Resource Development Health 1 To provide sustainable infrastructure, conducive for the delivery of quality health services Establish, expand and rehabilitate health infrastructure Infrastructure Development 2 To ensure the availability of medical equipment in health care facilities Provide medical equipment. Medical Equipment Provision 3 To improve the quality of health service delivery a) Provide professional development for heath personnel; and b) Develop Land Use Plans. Human Resource Development Land Use Plans Water and Sanitation 1 To provide water for productive use Provide rural water supply infrastructure (dams, weirs and irrigation schemes). Rural Water Supply and Sanitation 2 To provide sustainable and equitable access to safe water supply and sanitation facilities Develop and rehabilitate water points and sanitation. Natural Resources 1 To promote reforestation of depleted indigenous forests Establish and expand nurseries and replant depleted forests. Reforestation 2 To promote environmentally friendly technologies for income generation a) Provide equipment for beekeeping promotion; and Enterprise Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 201 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes b) Develop professional expertise in beekeeping. Human Development 22.5.8 Southern Province Southern Province has comparative advantage in cattle rearing, sorghum production, tourism and energy generation. The Province has potential for maize, soya beans, wheat and groundnuts production. The Province is endowed with mineral deposits as well as tourist‟s attractions which includes the renowned Victoria Falls, museums and cultural villages. The main challenge for the Province is poor infrastructure and declining agriculture productivity. The main focus for the Province during the SNDP period will be the provision of infrastructure for the promotion of energy generation and irrigation, tourism, skills development and livestock disease control. The goal of the Province is to diversify the local economy and revive agriculture. 22.5.8.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for Southern Province during the SNDP period. Table 127: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes Infrastructure 1 To enhance movement of goods and services a) Establish and rehabilitate feeder roads; and b) Rehabilitate railway lines. Infrastructure Development 2 To provide adequate housing and office accommodation for improved service delivery Establish and rehabilitate institutional housing units and office blocks. 3 To increase electrification levels in the Rural Areas Connect rural areas to electricity power supply. Rural Electrification 4 To ensure security of supply of petroleum products Develop storage infrastructure for the reserves Strategic Petroleum Reserves 5 To increase electricity generation capacity and build appropriate transmission lines Expand and Improve infrastructure for electricity generation, transmission and distribution. Electricity Generation and Transmission Line Development 6 To improve standards in all fields of engineering Develop engineering capacity for relevant fields of engineering. Human Resource Development 7 To ensure safety of civil aviation and reliable weather forecasting meteorological communication a) Establish and rehabilitate infrastructure; and Meteorological Infrastructure b) Provide equipment. Meteorological Equipment Agriculture 1 To increase crop productivity a) Provide high yielding seed materials for crop diversification; b) Provide equipment and infrastructure for agricultural extension services; c) Establish farm power and mechanization infrastructure; d) Establish storage facilities; and Crop Production and Productivity Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 202 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes e) Establish and rehabilitate irrigation infrastructure. Irrigation Development 2 To promote the strengthening of farmer groups Provide infrastructure for farmer group enterprises development. Farmer Group Development 3 To increase livestock production a) Establish, rehabilitate and equip livestock development facilities; and b) Livestock restocking. Livestock Development 4 To increase fish production Develop fisheries infrastructure. Fisheries Development 5 To improve agriculture research Improve agriculture research infrastructure. Research Development 6 To improve human resource skills Training to support the upgrading of skills of technical and professional staff in research and extension services. Human Resource Development 7 To develop and identify areas for resettlement Provide infrastructure and social services. Resettlement Schemes Development Tourism To develop and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure a) Establish and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure; and Tourism Infrastructure Development b) Develop skills for operators and higher level training in tourism. Human Resource Development Manufacturing To improve human resource skills Develop entrepreneurship training at all levels of education and on-farm agro processing training. Human Resource Development Mining 1 To increase production and productivity in the mines a) Facilitate access to capital and equipment; b) Increase extension services to small-scale miners; c) Provide incentives to small-scale miners particularly those in the gemstone sector; d) Enhance skills training of miners in production, value addition and marketing; and e) Mitigate environmental impact of mining. Development of Mines 2 To improve human resource skills Develop mining safety and environmental impact mitigation training. Human Resource Development Education 1 To provide equitable access to quality education Establish, rehabilitate and upgrade education facilities. Infrastructure Development 2 To improve standard of education service delivery for early childhood and basic education a) Provide professional development for early childhood and basic education; and b) Provide equipment. Human Resource Development Health 1 To provide sustainable infrastructure, conducive for the delivery of quality health services Establish, expand and rehabilitate health infrastructure. Infrastructure Development 2 To ensure the availability of medical equipment in health care facilities Provide medical equipment. Medical Equipment Provision 3 To improve the standard of health service delivery Provide skilled human resource. Human Resource Development Water and Sanitation 1 To provide water for productive use Provide rural water supply infrastructure (dams, weirs, irrigation schemes). Rural Water Supply and Sanitation 2 To provide sustainable and equitable access to safe water supply and sanitation facilities Develop and rehabilitate water points and sanitation facilities. Natural Resources Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 203 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 1 To promote reforestation of depleted indigenous forests Establish and expand nurseries and replant depleted forests. Reforestation 2 To promote environmentally friendly technologies for income generation a) Provide equipment for beekeeping promotion; and Enterprise Development b) Develop professional expertise in beekeeping Human Development 22.5.9 Western Province Western Province has comparative advantage in citrus fruits, fish and timber. The Province has potential for rice, cassava, honey and citrus production, cattle rearing and fishing. Western Province is well endowed in arable land and pasture, water resources, mineral deposits, ethno tourism and forests. The Province‟s major challenge is poor road infrastructure. The Province is covered by a deep mantle of Kalahari sands intersected by a huge network of water logged plains of the Zambezi river and its tributaries. Transportation across this terrain makes delivery of goods and services difficult and at the same time the terrain makes road building extremely expensive. Further, the Province continues to face the challenge of high poverty levels. The main focus for the Province during the SNDP period will be the provision of relevant infrastructure for water management and livestock disease control. The goal for the Province in the SNDP period is to revive agricultural production and productivity and improve transport infrastructure. 22.5.9.1 Objectives, Strategies and Programmes The Table below shows the objectives, strategies and programmes for Western Province during the SNDP period. Table 128: Objectives, Strategies and Programmes No. Objectives Strategies Programmes Infrastructure 1 To enhance movement of goods and services a) Establish and rehabilitate feeder roads; b) Construct railway line; and c) Rehabilitate railway lines. Infrastructure Development 2 To provide adequate housing and office accommodation for improved service delivery Establish and rehabilitate institutional housing units and office blocks. 3 To ensure safety of civil aviation and reliable weather forecasting meteorological communication a) Establish and rehabilitate infrastructure; and Meteorological Infrastructure b) Provide equipment. Meteorological Equipment 4 To ensure security of supply of petroleum products Develop storage infrastructure for the reserves. Strategic Petroleum Reserves 5 To improve standards in all fields of engineering Develop engineering capacity for relevant fields of engineering. Human Resource Development 6 To develop rural based industrial enterprises Promote and facilitate the development of appropriate infrastructure. Rural Industrialisation Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 204 No. Objectives Strategies Programmes 7 To improve access to electricity Connect districts to the National Grid. Rural Electrification Agriculture 1 To increase crop productivity a) Establish Farming Blocks. Farm Block Development b) Provide high yielding seed materials for crop diversification; c) Provide equipment and infrastructure for agricultural extension services; d) Establish farm power and mechanization infrastructure; e) Establish and rehabilitate irrigation infrastructure; f) Establish storage facilities; and Crop Production and Productivity g) Establish and rehabilitate irrigation infrastructure. Irrigation Development 2 To promote the strengthening of farmer groups Provide infrastructure for farmer group enterprises development. Farmer Group Development 3 To increase livestock production and livestock breeding a) Establish, rehabilitate and equip livestock development facilities; and b) Eradicate livestock diseases. Livestock Development 4 To increase fish production Develop fisheries infrastructure. Fisheries Development 5 To improve agriculture research Improve agriculture research infrastructure. Research Development 6 To improve human resource skills Training to support the upgrading of Skills of technical and professional staff in research and extension services. Human Resource Development 7 To develop and identify areas for resettlement Provide infrastructure and social services. Resettlement Schemes Development Tourism To develop and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure a) Establish and rehabilitate tourism support infrastructure; and Tourism Infrastructure Development b) Develop skills for operators and higher level training in tourism. Human Resource Development Education 1 To provide equitable access to quality education Establish, rehabilitate and upgrade education facilities. Infrastructure Development 2 To improve standard of education service delivery for early childhood and basic education a) Provide professional development for early childhood and basic education; and b) Provide equipment. Human Resource Development Health 1 To provide sustainable infrastructure, conducive for the delivery of quality health services Establish, expand and rehabilitate health infrastructure. Infrastructure Development 2 To ensure the availability of medical equipment in health care facilities Provide medical equipment. Medical Equipment Provision 3 To improve the standard of health service delivery Provide skilled human resource. Human Resource Development Water and Sanitation 1 To provide water for productive use Provide productive rural water supply infrastructure (dams, weirs and irrigation schemes). Rural Water Supply and Sanitation 2 To provide sustainable and equitable access to safe water supply and sanitation facilities Develop and rehabilitate water points and sanitation facilities. Natural Resources 1 To promote reforestation of depleted indigenous forests Establish and expand nurseries and replant depleted forests. Reforestation 2 To promote environmentally friendly technologies for income generation a) Provide equipment for beekeeping promotion; and Enterprise Development b) Develop professional expertise in beekeeping. Human Development Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 205 22.6 Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation (j) Implementation and Coordination The SNDP will be implemented and coordinated by the Provincial Development Coordinating Committees (PDCCs) and District Development Coordinating Committees (DDCCs) at provincial and district levels respectively. At sub-district level the Area Development Committees (ADCs) will coordinate the implementation of the programmes. In this regard, the PDCCs and the DDCCs will provide a forum for Government Institutions, Private sector, Non-Governmental Organizations and Civil Society participation in the implementation and coordination of regional programmes. The Provincial and District Planning Units will facilitate the operations of the PDCCs and DDCCs respectively. (ii) Monitoring and Evaluation Monitoring and Evaluation will be done at provincial, district and sub-district levels by the following committees: a) Sector Monitoring Teams at Provincial and District levels b) Provincial Monitoring Teams of the PDCCs c) District Monitoring Teams of the DDCCs d) Area Development Committees These committees will systematically monitor and report on the implementation of programmes so as to provide information on the progress regularly. Sectors will be required to submit quarterly progress reports to the coordinating units of the PDCCs and DDCCs, namely the Provincial Planning Units and District Planning Units respectively. Below are the baselines selected indicators for the regions: Figure 9: Poverty and Income- Poverty Levels (2006) 72 42 79 73 29 78 72 73 84 64 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 P e rc e n ta g e P o v e rt y l e v e ls Poverty Levels by Province Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 206 Figure 10: Household Income (2006) Figure 11: Education - Completion Rates (2006) 7 084 14 373 4 984 5 554 17 290 5 317 6 275 7 691 4 218 8 087 0 2 000 4 000 6 000 8 000 10 000 12 000 14 000 16 000 18 000 20 000 H o u se h o ld I n co m e Household Income by Province 55.3 76.2 27.8 45.5 48.9 48.8 34.7 52.8 42.9 48.1 0 20 40 60 80 100 C o m p le ti o n R a te Provinces Completion Rate by Province Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 207 Figure 12: Enrolment Rates by province (2006) 53.3 53.6 55.5 46.1 46.4 50 51 50 45.7 National, 50.17 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 E n ro lm e n t R a te s Enrolment Rates by Province Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 208 Figure 13: Health – Underweight Prevalence (2007) Table 129: Under Five Mortality and Infant Mortality Baseline (2007) Province Under five mortality Infant Mortality Central 118/1,000 64/1000 Copperbelt 133/1,000 79/1000 Eastern 151/1,000 82/1000 Luapula 157/1,000 97/1000 Lusaka 135/1,000 85/1000 Northern 159/1,000 94/1000 North-Western 108/1,000 65/1000 Southern 103/1,000 64/1000 Western 139/1,000 97/1000 National 119/1,000 22.7 Regional Budget and Financing In order to enhance the fiscal discretion and space of the regions, provinces and districts will be allocated development funds to implement some of the key programmes identified by the stakeholders at the provincial and district levels. This is to close the gap between national and regional level decision making processes. Regional development is peculiar in that it provides a link between the national and sub-national levels. The Table below shows the Sector Budget and Financing during the SNDP period. 8 5 12 14 7 12 11 11 10 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 U n d e r fi v e m o rt a li ty R a ti o s Table 130: Regional Budget and Financing (K’ Billion) Programmes Province 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Cost in K' billions Cost in K' billions Cost in K' billions Cost in K' billions Cost in K' billions GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total GRZ Foreign Financing Total Resettlement Schemes Development Central 0.2 0.0 0.2 8.4 0.0 8.4 1.9 0.0 1.9 2.7 0.0 2.7 4.2 0.0 4.2 Copperbelt 0.6 0.0 0.6 8.6 0.0 8.6 2.3 0.0 2.3 3.1 0.0 3.1 4.6 0.0 4.6 Eastern 0.2 0.0 0.2 3.2 0.0 3.2 1.3 0.0 1.3 1.9 0.0 1.9 2.9 0.0 2.9 Luapula 0.6 0.0 0.6 1.5 0.0 1.5 1.9 0.0 1.9 2.5 0.0 2.5 3.6 0.0 3.6 Lusaka 0.3 0.0 0.3 2.6 0.0 2.6 1.8 0.0 1.8 2.6 0.0 2.6 3.9 0.0 3.9 Northern 1.2 0.0 1.2 2.4 0.0 2.4 1.0 0.0 1.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 2.2 0.0 2.2 North-Western 0.5 0.0 0.5 6.6 0.0 6.6 2.2 0.0 2.2 3.0 0.0 3.0 4.4 0.0 4.4 Southern 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 Western 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.7 0.0 2.7 1.8 0.0 1.8 2.6 0.0 2.6 4.2 0.0 4.2 Rural Roads Development Central 6.0 0.0 6.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 9.0 0.0 9.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 Copperbelt 6.0 0.0 6.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 9.0 0.0 9.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 Eastern 6.0 0.0 6.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 9.0 0.0 9.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 Luapula 6.0 0.0 6.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 9.0 0.0 9.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 Lusaka 6.0 0.0 6.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 9.0 0.0 9.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 Northern 6.0 0.0 6.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 9.0 0.0 9.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 North-Western 6.0 0.0 6.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 9.0 0.0 9.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 Southern 6.0 0.0 6.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 9.0 0.0 9.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 Western 6.0 0.0 6.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 9.0 0.0 9.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 Natural Resources Plantation Central 0.8 0.0 0.8 3.6 0.0 3.6 0.8 0.0 0.8 1.1 0.0 1.1 1.8 0.0 1.8 Copperbelt 0.3 0.0 0.3 4.3 0.0 4.3 1.2 0.0 1.2 1.5 0.0 1.5 2.3 0.0 2.3 Eastern 0.2 0.0 0.2 3.7 0.0 3.7 1.6 0.0 1.6 2.2 0.0 2.2 3.3 0.0 3.3 Luapula 0.4 0.0 0.4 1.1 0.0 1.1 1.4 0.0 1.4 1.8 0.0 1.8 2.6 0.0 2.6 Lusaka 0.1 0.0 0.1 1.5 0.0 1.5 1.0 0.0 1.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 2.2 0.0 2.2 Northern 0.3 0.0 0.3 3.8 0.0 3.8 1.6 0.0 1.6 2.3 0.0 2.3 3.6 0.0 3.6 North-Western 0.3 0.0 0.3 3.1 0.0 3.1 1.0 0.0 1.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 2.1 0.0 2.1 Southern 0.6 0.0 0.6 6.9 0.0 6.9 3.8 0.0 3.8 4.9 0.0 4.9 7.1 0.0 7.1 Western 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.9 0.0 0.9 0.6 0.0 0.6 0.9 0.0 0.9 1.4 0.0 1.4 Oil Palm Development Luapula 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.0 0.3 0.3 0.0 0.3 0.4 0.0 0.4 0.6 0.0 0.6 Total 60.8 0.0 60.8 137.1 0.0 137.1 108.3 0.0 108.3 127.6 0.0 127.6 147.1 0.0 147.1 210 Part VII Monitoring and Evaluation Institutional Arrangement Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 211 23. IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT For the Sixth National Development Plan (SNDP), the focus will be on improving coordination of Monitoring and Evaluation (M & E) systems at national, provincial and district levels.Cabinet Office will ensure that the Plan M&E Framework is adhered to by the various implementing institutions, including the reporting requirements. There will be need for an appropriate legal framework to support the operationalization of the implementation, monitoring and evaluation institutional arrangement. Further M&E operational manuals and/or master plan will be developed to fully articulate the SNDP M&E framework to include strategies and detailed analysis of systems and tools for monitoring and evaluation of development plans. In order to enhance the monitoring and evaluation of the Plans, all stakeholders will need to take up their roles and responsibilities for data collection, analysis and reporting as presented in Figure 9 below. More specifically Parliament, Auditor General‟s Office, Ministry of Local Government and Housing and District Councils have been incorporated into the Plan M&E Institutional Framework, as key institutions to provide oversight, on effective national and sub national Monitoring and Evaluation Systems. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 212 Figure 14: Institutional Arrangement for Plans Implementation 23.1 National Level Monitoring (i) Parliament Submission of annual progress and evaluation reports to Parliament will be formalised so as to strengthen the oversight role of Parliament in monitoring and evaluation. (ii) Office of the Auditor General The Auditor General‟s Office will continue to undertake audits and value for money evaluations so as to provide an independent perspective on utilization of resources allocated to the Plan. (iii) National Development Coordinating Committee The National Development Coordinating Committee (NDCC) will be expected to meet bi-annually to consider emerging issues from implementation of the Plans . Cabinet PDCC (GRZ, CSOs , CPs etc.) DDCC (GRZ, CSOs , CPs etc.) Area Development Committees / Traditional Rulers Sector Ministries and other Spending Agencies Provincial Administration NDCC District Administration MoFNP (M&E, CSO, AG, BO, CIA) SAGs (GRZ, CSOs , CPs etc.) Cabinet Office Deconcentrated Ministries and / or Council Administration Advisory / Consultative Implementing Structure Direct Elect Represents. Parliament MLGH District Council Provides feedback / recommendations Direction of Info Flow Auditor General Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 213 (iv) Ministry of Finance and National Planning The Ministry of Finance and National Planning (MoFNP) will coordinate implementation, monitoring and evaluation processes and ensure that remedial measures are effected on programmes that are not on course. 23.2 Sector Level Monitoring (i) Sector Advisory Groups The Sector Advisory Groups (SAGs) will play a key role in ensuring that monitoring and evaluation findings fed into sector planning and budgeting. EachSAG will be serviced by a Monitoring and Evaluation sub-committee to give monitoring and evaluation strategic guidance and provide a coordinated M&E perspective. (ii) Sector Ministries/Institutions Sector lead ministries will undertake M&E activities and these will be coordinated and spearheaded by M&E personnel who shall also be responsible for Management Information Systems in their respective Ministries or institutions. 23.3 Provincial Level Monitoring (i) Provincial Development Coordinating Committee The Provincial Development Coordinating Committee will play a key role in ensuring that monitoring and evaluation findings fed into the provincial planning and budgeting processes. Each PDCC will be serviced by a Monitoring and Evaluation sub-committee to give monitoring and evaluation strategic guidance and provide a coordinated M&E perspective. (ii) Provincial Administration Provincial Administration will undertake M&E activities and these will be coordinated and spearheaded by M&E personnel who shall also be responsible for Management Information Systems in the provinces. 23.4 District level Monitoring (i) District Development Coordinating Committee The District Development Coordinating Committee (DDCC) will play a key role in ensuring that monitoring and evaluation findings feed into the district planning and budgeting processes. Each DDCC will be serviced by a Monitoring and Evaluation sub committee to give monitoring and evaluation strategic guidance and provide a coordinated M&E perspective. (ii) District Administration District Administration will undertake M&E activities and these will be coordinated and spearheaded by M&E personnel who shall also be responsible for Management Information Systems in the districts. Sixth National Development Plan 2011 – 2015 214 (iii) Area Development Committees At Sub-district level, Area Development Committees (ADCs) will undertake monitoring and evaluation activities in relation to project implementation in their areas and will provide information to the district Monitoring and Evaluation sub-committee and the communities. 23.5 Role of Non-State Actors in Monitoring and Evaluation Non-state actors will play an important complimentary role in monitoring and evaluation of Government programmes. The non-state actors will undertake their own independent monitoring and evaluation of programmes whose findings could be discussed with Government through existing advisory institutions like SAGs and the Ministry of Finance and National Planning. 23.6 Monitoring Processes, Systems and Tools The NDPs monitoring and evaluation will be undertaken through the following processes and systems: (i) Budget Execution Monitoring; (ii) Project Spot monitoring; (iii)Analysis of administrative data or Management Information Systems; (iv) Surveys; and (v) Research and Development. The Plans will be monitored through Quarterly Progress Reports, Annual Progress Report, Mid Term Review Report and Final Evaluation Report. 23.7 Capacity Building for Monitoring and Evaluation During the SNDP period, a Capacity Building Programme will be established to enhance smooth implementation, monitoring and evaluation of programmes. A cadre of M&E professionals with relevant skills to effectively monitor and evaluate development programme.

Sixth National Development Plan 2011-2015 · Nelum